Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaging & Containers / WestRock Company

WestRock Company

wrk · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker wrk
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaging & Containers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · WestRock Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2020
ANNUAL 
REPORT

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

COLLEEN F. ARNOLD
Former Senior Vice President
IBM
Compensation Committee,  
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR
Managing Member
TJB Management Consulting, LLC
Executive Committee, Compensation Committee,
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 J. POWELL BROWN
President and Chief Executive Officer
Brown & Brown, Inc.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, 
Finance Committee

TERRELL K. CREWS
Former Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Monsanto Corporation
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

RUSSELL M. CURREY
President
Boxwood Capital, LLC
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

SUZAN F. HARRISON
Former President
Global Oral Care, Colgate-Palmolive Company
Audit Committee, Finance Committee

JOHN A. LUKE JR.
(Non-Executive Chairman)  
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
MeadWestVaco Corporation
Executive Committee

GRACIA C. MARTORE
Former President and Chief Executive Officer
TEGNA, Inc.
Executive Committee, Audit Committee,  
Compensation Committee

JAMES E. NEVELS
Chairman 
The Swarthmore Group
Compensation Committee 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 

TIMOTHY H. POWERS
Former Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer
Hubbell, Inc.
Audit Committee, Compensation Committee

STEVEN C. VOORHEES
President and Chief Executive Officer
WestRock Company
Executive Committee

BETTINA M. WHYTE
President and Owner
Bettina Whyte Consultants, LLC
Compensation Committee,  
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 ALAN D. WILSON
(Lead Independent Director)  
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
McCormick & Company, Inc.
Executive Committee, Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee, Finance Committee

LEADERSHIP

STEVEN C. VOORHEES
President and Chief Executive Officer

DONNA OWENS COX
Chief Communications Officer

AMIR A. KAZMI
Chief Information and Digital Officer 

VICKI L. LOSTETTER
Chief Human Resources Officer

MARK W. RUSSELL
Senior Vice President
Performance Excellence  
and Safety

ROBERT B. MCINTOSH
Executive Vice President
General Counsel and
Secretary

NINA E. BUTLER
Chief Environmental Officer

JEFFREY W. CHALOVICH
Chief Commercial Officer
and President  
Corrugated Packaging

PETER C. DURETTE
Chief Strategy Officer
and Executive Vice President 
Container 

MARGARET HERNDON
Chief Marketing Officer

THOMAS M. STIGERS
Executive Vice President
Containerboard Mills

JAMES B. PORTER III
President
Business Development
and Latin America

JAIRO A. LORENZATTO
President
Brazil

PATRICK E. LINDNER
Chief Innovation Officer
and President  
Consumer Packaging

RAJIV BANAVALI
Senior Vice President
Science and Innovation

BRANDI COLANDER
Chief Sustainability Officer

JOHN L. O’NEAL
Executive Vice President
Global Food and Beverage

GEORGE D. OBERNESSER
Senior Vice President
Consumer Mills 

PATRICK M. KIVITS
President
Multi Packaging Solutions

WARD H. DICKSON
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer

JULIA A. MCCONNELL
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Accounting Officer

DANIEL P. MCNALLY
Chief Procurement Officer

WILLIAM A. MERRIGAN
Senior Vice President
Enterprise Logistics

TIMOTHY W. MURPHY
Senior Vice President
Finance

JOHN D. STAKEL
Senior Vice President
and Treasurer

DEAR FELLOW STOCKHOLDERS:
During the past fiscal year, we’ve witnessed how valuable and essential 
packaging is to our customers and the world at large. Against an 
extraordinary backdrop, we acted to navigate an ever-shifting supply 
chain to meet the demand for essential products and services needed by 
consumers. We are reminded daily that our solutions enable our customers 
to package and deliver food, beverages, healthcare products, cleaning 
products and other essential goods to consumers all over the world.

Our incredible WestRock teammates deserve our deep appreciation 
for their resilience and for their uncompromising attention to safety. 
The safety of the WestRock team always has been a priority, and faced 
with the global pandemic, our protocols shifted quickly to help protect 
our teammates. Our dedicated teammates adapted quickly to these 
changes so that we could continue to serve our customers, support our 
communities and help protect the health of people and their families. 

STEVE VOORHEES
Chief Executive Officer

We acted to ensure our ability to navigate in an unpredictable market 
from a position of financial strength. Key to this was the initiation in 
May 2020 of our Pandemic Action Plan, which included flexibly matching our supply with customer demand, reducing 
executive and discretionary expenses, reducing capital expenditures and resetting our quarterly dividend. 

We differentiate ourselves in the marketplace with our ability to provide paper, packaging, machinery and displays – and 
help manage complex supply chains. Our capabilities and approach are unique in our industry and support our vision 
to be the premier partner and unrivaled provider of sustainable, winning solutions for our customers. As our customers 
increase their demand for higher-value, more functional packaging solutions, the mix of our business is shifting toward 
higher-value packaging solutions and away from lower margin paper markets. 

As a result of the platform we have built, the actions we have taken during the past year and current market trends, we are 
very well positioned for success over both the short term and long term. 

FISCAL 2020 HIGHLIGHTS

I’m extremely proud of WestRock’s performance in fiscal 2020. In the face of a challenging, uncertain market 
environment, we delivered $17.6 billion in net sales, adjusted segment EBITDA of $2.8 billion and net cash provided by 
operating activities of $2.1 billion.

In fiscal 2020, sales of packaging solutions accounted for $12.5 billion, or 71%, of our total sales. Increasing demand 
for e-commerce, more sustainable fiber-based packaging and digitally-enabled solutions drove organic growth of our 
packaging solutions volumes to record levels in the September quarter. 

We generated $1.15 billion in adjusted free cash flow, marking the fifth consecutive year in which we generated more 
than $1 billion in adjusted free cash flow. We achieved this while reducing total debt by $633 million.

We have multiple levers to increase productivity that will help offset anticipated cost inflation and price pressures over 
the next year and beyond. Core to our productivity results are the contributions of our teammates, hundreds of which 
are trained in Six Sigma, and who execute projects contributing tens of millions of dollars in efficiency savings each and 
every year. 

We are investing in strategic capital projects, including those at the Florence, South Carolina, and Tres Barras, Brazil mills. 
These projects, when combined with the additional run-rate synergies from the KapStone acquisition, are expected to 
add more than $125 million of EBITDA in both fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022.

All told, fiscal 2020 was highlighted by the incredible efforts of our teammates during the pandemic to stay safe and 
healthy while nimbly adapting our operations to meet the critical needs of our customers. Working together, we 
managed through the challenges of this past year while developing and implementing plans to sustain and grow our 
business for the long term. 

IMAGINING AND DELIVERING ON A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

COVID-19 has heightened concerns about the environment and the planet. In fact, sustainable packaging features are 
more impactful today than they were before the pandemic. Sustainable fiber-based packaging is a driving factor with 
many of our customers as they seek to transition to more sustainable packaging solutions for their customers. We are 
extremely well positioned to partner with them to meet this growing need.

Our commitment to sustainability is part of who we are as a company. Our vision for sustainability, Imagining and 
Delivering on the Promise of a Sustainable Future, is founded on three main pillars around which we are focusing our 
attention and resources: 

 ƒ Supporting People and Communities

 ƒ Bettering the Planet

 ƒ Innovating for Our Customers and Their Customers

Our progress is already evident. For the first time, WestRock was named to the 2020 Dow Jones Sustainability North 
America and World Indices in recognition of our sustainable business practices. 

DIVERSITY, INCLUSION, EQUITY AND BELONGING

Sadly, the past year included tragic events punctuated by the continued senseless loss of life in the African American 
community. As we work to support our people and communities, we have developed and are implementing actions that 
will start with our leadership and ensure that we push for and enable changes that will make a positive difference for our 
WestRock teammates, their families and our broader communities. Our actions are focused on confronting bias, driving 
diversity and cultivating equity with a sense of belonging. Everyone at WestRock should feel welcome, heard, valued and 
safe every day so that we will create our future together to win together over the short and long term. 

LOOKING AHEAD

As we enter fiscal 2021, demand across most of our paper and packaging markets is improving. Over time, we will 
continue to grow our participation in higher value packaging solutions markets and reduce our participation in lower 
margin paper markets. We will invest in expanding our commercial, operating and innovation capabilities while building 
our workplace for the future. Our broad portfolio and capabilities enable us to successfully partner with customers to 
help them grow their sales, lower their total costs, meet their sustainability goals and manage their risks. 

I am optimistic that we will generate at least $1 billion in adjusted free cash flow in fiscal 2021 for the sixth consecutive 
year. As we execute our disciplined capital allocation strategy in the near-term, we will focus on reducing our leverage, 
completing our strategic capital projects and maintaining a competitive dividend. 

WestRock is the premier partner and unrivaled provider of sustainable, winning solutions for our customers, and we  
are delivering value for all our stakeholders, including our customers, teammates and stockholders. 

On behalf of the board of directors and all of us at WestRock, we thank you for your investment. And to the entire 
incredible WestRock team — thank you for all you do to support our company and our customers. 

Stay safe, stay well and stay strong!

Sincerely, 

Steve Voorhees
President and Chief Executive Officer

The non-GAAP financial measures Adjusted Segment EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow are referenced in this letter. See Appendix A for a discussion 
of our use of forward-looking statements and non-GAAP financial measures, including reconciliations of those measures to GAAP financial measures.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020

OR

For the transition period from              to             

Commission file number 001-38736

WESTROCK COMPANY

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

37-1880617
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
30328
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (770) 448-2193

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

WRK

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes      No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐   No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to 
Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§  232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was 
required to submit such files).   Yes     No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and 
“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer  ☐
Emerging growth company  ☐

Accelerated filer  ☐
Smaller reporting company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of 
its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public 
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes    ☐      No   

The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2020 (based on the closing price 

per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date), was approximately $7,220 million.

As of November 6, 2020, the registrant had 262,653,756 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding.

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 29, 2021 are incorporated by 

reference in Part III.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

Page
Reference

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

PART I

PART II

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

PART III

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

2

3

19

30

30

32

32

33

33

36

55

58

143

143

144

145

146

146

146

146

147

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.

BUSINESS

PART I

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we”, “us”, “our”, “WestRock” and “the Company” refer to the business 
of WestRock Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries for periods 
on or after November 2, 2018 and to WRKCo Inc. (formerly known as WestRock Company, “WRKCo”) for periods 
prior to November 2, 2018.

General 

WestRock is a multinational provider of sustainable, fiber-based paper and packaging solutions. We partner 
with our customers to provide differentiated paper and packaging solutions that help them win in the marketplace. 
Our  team  members  support  customers  around  the  world  from  our  operating  and  business  locations  in  North 
America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. 

On November 2, 2018, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of 
January  28,  2018,  among  WRKCo,  KapStone  Paper  and  Packaging  Corporation  (“KapStone”),  WestRock 
Company (formerly known as Whiskey Holdco,  Inc.), Whiskey Merger Sub, Inc. and Kola Merger Sub, Inc., the 
Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of KapStone through a transaction in which: (i) Whiskey Merger 
Sub, Inc. merged with and into WRKCo, with WRKCo surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company and (ii) Kola Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into KapStone, with KapStone surviving the merger as a 
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (together, the “KapStone Acquisition”). As a result, among other things, 
the  Company  became  the  ultimate  parent  of  WRKCo,  KapStone  and  their  respective  subsidiaries,  and  the 
Company changed its name to “WestRock Company” and WRKCo changed its name to “WRKCo Inc.”. WRKCo 
was  the  accounting  acquirer  in  the  transaction;  therefore,  the  historical  consolidated  financial  statements  of 
WRKCo for periods prior to the KapStone Acquisition are also considered to be the historical financial statements 
of the Company. The Company is the successor issuer to both WRKCo and KapStone pursuant to Rule 12g-3(c) 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). See “Note 3. Acquisitions and 
Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging, 
which  consists  of  our  containerboard  mills,  corrugated  packaging  and  distribution  operations,  as  well  as  our 
merchandising  displays  and  recycling  procurement  operations;  Consumer  Packaging,  which  consists  of  our 
consumer mills, food and beverage and partition operations; and Land and Development, which previously sold 
real estate, primarily in the Charleston, SC region. We completed the monetization of our assets in the Land and 
Development segment during fiscal 2020; therefore, this segment no longer exists. 

Products

Corrugated Packaging Segment

We  are  one  of  the  largest  integrated  producers  of  linerboard  and  corrugating  medium  (“containerboard”), 
corrugated products and specialty papers (including kraft papers and saturating kraft) in North America measured 
by tons produced, one of the largest producers of high-graphics preprinted linerboard measured by net sales in 
North America and one of the largest manufacturers of temporary promotional point-of-purchase displays in North 
America measured by net sales. We have integrated corrugated operations in North America, Brazil and India. We 
believe  we  are  one  of  the  largest  paper  recyclers  in  North  America  and  our  recycling  operations  provide 
substantially all of the recycled fiber to our containerboard and paperboard mills, as well as to third parties. Our 
Brazil operations own and operate forestlands that provide virgin fiber to our mill in Brazil.

We  operate  an  integrated  corrugated  packaging  system  that  manufactures  primarily  containerboard, 
corrugated sheets, corrugated packaging and preprinted linerboard for sale to consumer and industrial products 
manufacturers and corrugated box manufacturers. We produce a full range of high-quality corrugated containers 
designed  to  protect,  ship,  store,  promote  and  display  products  made  to  our  customers’  merchandising  and 
distribution  specifications.  We  convert  corrugated  sheets  into  corrugated  products  ranging  from  one-color 
protective cartons to graphically brilliant point-of-purchase packaging. Our corrugated container plants serve local 
customers  and  regional  and  large  national  accounts.  Corrugated  packaging  is  used  to  provide  protective 

3

packaging  for  shipment  and  distribution  of  food,  paper,  health  and  beauty,  and  other  household,  consumer, 
commercial  and  industrial  products.  Corrugated  packaging  may  also  be  graphically  enhanced  for  retail  sale, 
particularly  in  club  store  locations.  We  provide  customers  with  innovative  packaging  solutions  to  help  them 
promote  and  sell  their  products.  We  provide  structural  and  graphic  design,  engineering  services  and  custom, 
proprietary and standard automated packaging machines, offering customers turn-key installation, automation, line 
integration and packaging solutions. We offer a machinery solution that creates pouches that replace single-use 
plastics,  including  bubble  mailers.  We  also  distribute  corrugated  packaging  materials  and  other  specialty 
packaging  products,  including  stretch  film,  void  fill,  carton  sealing  tape  and  other  specialty  tapes,  through  our 
network  of  warehouses  and  distribution  facilities.  To  make  corrugated  sheet  stock,  we  feed  linerboard  and 
corrugating  medium  into  a  corrugator  that  flutes  the  medium  to  specified  sizes,  glues  the  linerboard  and  fluted 
medium together, and slits and cuts the resulting corrugated paperboard into sheets to customer specifications. 
Our  containerboard  mills  and  corrugated  container  operations  are  integrated  with  the  majority  of  our 
containerboard production used internally by our corrugated container operations. The balance is either used in 
trade swaps with other manufacturers or sold domestically and internationally.

We  design,  manufacture  and,  in  certain  cases,  pack  temporary  displays  for  sale  to  consumer  products 
companies  and  retailers.  These  displays  are  used  as  marketing  tools  to  support  new  product  introductions  and 
specific product promotions in mass merchandising stores, supermarkets, convenience stores, home improvement 
stores  and  other  retail  locations.  We  also  design,  manufacture  and,  in  some  cases,  pre-assemble  permanent 
displays  for  these  customers.  We  make  temporary  displays  primarily  from  corrugated  paperboard.  Unlike 
temporary displays, permanent displays are restocked with our customers’ product; therefore, they are constructed 
primarily  from  metal,  plastic,  wood  and  other  durable  materials.  We  provide  contract  packing  services,  such  as 
multi-product promotional packing and product manipulation, such as multipacks and onpacks. We manufacture 
and  distribute  point  of  sale  material  utilizing  litho,  screen  and  digital  printing  technologies.  We  manufacture 
lithographic laminated packaging for sale to our customers that require packaging with high quality graphics and 
strength characteristics.

Our recycling operations primarily procure recovered paper (also known as recycled fiber) from our converting 
facilities and from third parties, such as factories, warehouses, commercial printers, office complexes, grocery and 
retail  stores,  document  storage  facilities,  paper  converters  and  other  wastepaper  collectors.  We  handle  a  wide 
variety of grades of recovered paper, including old corrugated containers, office paper, box clippings, newspaper 
and print shop scraps. We operate recycling facilities that collect, sort, grade and bale recovered paper and, after 
sorting and baling, we transfer it to our containerboard and paperboard mills for processing or sell it principally to 
manufacturers of paperboard or containerboard in the United States (“U.S.”), as well as manufacturers of tissue, 
newsprint, roofing products and insulation, and to export markets. We operate a nationwide fiber marketing and 
brokerage system that serves large regional and national accounts, as well as our containerboard and paperboard 
mills,  and  sells  scrap  materials  from  our  converting  businesses  and  mills.  Many  of  our  recycling  facilities  are 
located  close  to  our  containerboard  and  paperboard  mills,  which  helps promote the  availability  of  supply  with 
reduced  shipping  costs.  We  conduct  our  recycling  operations  as  a  procurement  function,  focusing  on  the 
procurement of low cost, high quality recycled fiber for our mill system and, therefore, we do not record recycling 
net sales and the margin from these operations has reduced cost of goods sold. 

Sales of corrugated packaging products to external customers accounted for 64.6%, 64.2% and 59.0% of our 
net  sales  in  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  See  “Note  7.  Segment  Information”  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.

Consumer Packaging Segment

We  operate  integrated  virgin  and  recycled  fiber  paperboard  mills  and  consumer  packaging  converting 
operations,  which  convert  items  such  as  folding  cartons,  interior  partitions,  inserts  and  labels.  Our  integrated 
system  of  virgin  and  recycled  mills  produces  paperboard  for  our  converting  operations  and  third  parties.  We 
internally consume or sell to manufacturers of folding cartons and other paperboard products our coated natural 
kraft, bleached paperboard and coated recycled paperboard, and internally consume or sell to manufacturers of 
solid fiber interior packaging, tubes and cores, book covers and other paperboard products our specialty recycled 
paperboard. The mill owned by our Seven Hills Paperboard LLC (“Seven Hills”) joint venture in Lynchburg, VA 
manufactures gypsum paperboard liner for sale to our joint venture partner.

4

We are one of the largest manufacturers of folding cartons in North America. We believe we are the largest 
manufacturer  of  solid  fiber  partitions  in  North  America  measured  by  net  sales.  Our  folding  cartons  are  used  to 
package  items  such  as  food,  paper,  beverages,  dairy  products,  tobacco,  confectionery,  health  and  beauty  and 
other  household  consumer,  commercial  and  industrial  products,  primarily  for  retail  sale.  Our  folding  cartons  are 
also  used  by  our  customers  to  attract  consumer  attention  at  the  point-of-sale.  We  manufacture  express  mail 
packages for the overnight courier industry, provide inserts and labels, as well as rigid packaging and other printed 
packaging  products,  such  as  transaction  cards  (e.g.,  credit,  debit,  etc.),  brochures,  product  literature,  marketing 
materials (such as booklets, folders, inserts, cover sheets and slipcases) and grower tags and plant stakes for the 
horticultural market. For the global healthcare market, we manufacture paperboard packaging for over-the-counter 
and  prescription  drugs.  Our  customers  generally  use  our  inserts  and  labels  to  provide  customer  product 
information either inside a secondary package (e.g., a folding carton) or affixed to the outside of a primary package 
(e.g., a bottle). Folding cartons typically protect customers’ products during shipment and distribution, and employ 
graphics to promote them at retail. We manufacture folding cartons from recycled and virgin paperboard, laminated 
paperboard and various substrates with specialty characteristics, such as grease masking and microwaveability. 
We print, coat, die-cut and glue the cartons to customer specifications and ship finished cartons to customers for 
assembling,  filling  and  sealing.  We  employ  a  broad  range  of  offset,  flexographic,  gravure,  backside  printing, 
coating and finishing technologies, as well as iridescent, holographic, textured and dimensional effects to provide 
differentiated  packaging  products,  and  support  our  customers  with  new  package  development,  innovation  and 
design services and package testing services. We manufacture and sell our solid fiber and corrugated partitions 
and die-cut paperboard components principally to glass container manufacturers, producers of beer, food, wine, 
spirits, cosmetics and pharmaceuticals, and the automotive industry.

Sales of consumer packaging products to external customers accounted for 35.3%, 35.7% and 40.1% of our 
net  sales  in  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  See  “Note  7.  Segment  Information”  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations”, for additional information.

Land and Development Segment

During fiscal 2020, we completed the monetization of the various real estate holdings that we owned that were 
concentrated in the Charleston, SC region. Sales in our Land and Development segment to external customers 
accounted for 0.1%, 0.1% and 0.9% of our net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. See “Note 7. 
Segment Information” for additional information. We completed the monetization of our assets in the Land and 
Development segment during fiscal 2020; therefore, this segment no longer exists.

Seasonality

While  our  businesses  are  not  materially  impacted  by  seasonality,  there  is  some  variability  in  demand  that 
occurs from quarter to quarter, with net sales in the first quarter of each fiscal year typically being the lowest. As 
such, we disclose net sales, segment income and shipment data by segment by quarter in Item 7. “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Generally, we expect more of 
our earnings and cash flows to be generated in the second half of the fiscal year than in the first half of the fiscal 
year due to these variations and other factors, including the timing of scheduled mill maintenance outages.

Raw Materials

The primary raw materials used by our mill operations are recycled fiber at our recycled containerboard and 
paperboard mills and virgin fiber from hardwoods and softwoods at our virgin containerboard and paperboard mills. 
Certain of our virgin containerboard is manufactured with some recycled fiber content. Recycled fiber prices and 
virgin  fiber  prices  can  fluctuate  significantly.  While  virgin  fiber  prices  have  generally  been  more  stable  than 
recycled  fiber  prices,  they  also  fluctuate,  particularly  due  to  significant  changes  in  weather,  such  as  during 
prolonged periods of heavy rain or drought, or during housing construction slowdowns or accelerations.

Containerboard  and  paperboard  are  the  primary  raw  materials  used  by  our  converting  operations.  Our 
converting operations use many different grades of containerboard and paperboard. We supply substantially all of 
our converting operations' needs for containerboard and paperboard from our own mills and through the use of 
trade swaps with other manufacturers. These arrangements allow us to optimize our mill system and reduce freight 
costs.  Because  there  are  other  suppliers  that  produce  the  necessary  grades  of  containerboard  and  paperboard 
used in our converting operations, we believe we would be able to source significant replacement quantities from 

5

other  suppliers  in  the  event  that  we  incur  production  disruptions  for  recycled  or  virgin  containerboard  and 
paperboard. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May Face Increased Costs For, or Inadequate Availability of, 
Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation”.

Energy

Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. The cost of natural gas, coal, oil, electricity 
and  wood  by-products  (biomass)  at  times  has  fluctuated  significantly.  In  our  recycled  paperboard  mills,  we  use 
primarily  natural  gas  and  electricity,  supplemented  with  coal  and  fuel  oil  to  generate  steam  used  in  the  paper 
making process and, at a few mills, to generate electricity used on site. In our virgin fiber mills, we use natural gas, 
biomass and coal to generate steam used in the pulping and paper making processes and to generate some or all 
of the electricity used on site. We primarily use electricity and natural gas to operate our converting facilities. We 
generally  purchase  these  products  from  suppliers  at  market  or  tariff  rates.  See  Item 1.  “Business  — 
Governmental Regulation — Environmental” for additional information. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We 
May Face Increased Costs For, or Inadequate Availability of, Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation”. 
See also Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — “Energy” and “Derivative 
Instruments / Forward Contracts” for additional information regarding our energy consumption.

Transportation

Inbound  and  outbound  freight  is  a  significant  cost  for  us.  Factors  that  influence  our  freight  expense  are 
distance between our shipping and delivery locations, distance from our facilities to our customers and suppliers, 
mode of transportation  (rail, truck, intermodal and ocean) and freight rates, which are influenced by supply and 
demand and fuel costs. While we experienced higher freight costs in fiscal 2019, freight costs declined in fiscal 
2020. The principal markets for our products are in North America, South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. 
See  Item  1A.  “Risk  Factors  —  We  May  Face  Increased  Costs  For,  or  Inadequate  Availability  of,  Raw 
Materials, Energy and Transportation”.

Sales and Marketing

None  of  our  external  customers  individually  accounted  for  more  than  10%  of  our  consolidated  net  sales  in 
fiscal 2020. We generally manufacture our products pursuant to our customers’ orders. We believe that we have 
good  relationships  with  our  customers.  See  Item  1A.  “Risk  Factors  —  We  Depend  on  Certain  Large 
Customers”.

As a result of our vertical integration, our mills’ sales volumes may be directly impacted by changes in demand 
for our packaging products. During fiscal 2020, approximately two-thirds of our coated natural kraft tons shipped, 
approximately  three-fifths  of  our  coated  recycled  paperboard  tons  shipped  and  approximately  one-fifth  of  our 
bleached paperboard tons shipped were delivered to our converting operations, primarily to manufacture folding 
cartons, and approximately three-fourths of our containerboard tons shipped, including trade swaps and buy/sell 
transactions, were delivered to our converting operations to manufacture corrugated products. Under the terms of 
our  Seven  Hills  joint  venture  arrangement,  our  joint  venture  partner  is  required  to  purchase  all  of  the  qualifying 
gypsum paperboard liner produced by Seven Hills. Excluding the production from Seven Hills and from our Aurora, 
IL mill, which is converted into book covers and other products, approximately one-third of our specialty recycled 
paperboard  tons  shipped  in  fiscal  2020  were  delivered  to  our  converting  operations,  primarily  to  manufacture 
interior  partitions.  We  have  the  ability  to  move  our  internal  sourcing  among  certain  of  our  mills  to  optimize  the 
efficiency of our operations.

As a result of our broad portfolio of differentiated and sustainable paper and packaging solutions, we serve 
more  than  15,000  customers,  including  160  customers  who  buy  at  least  $1  million  from  both  our  Corrugated 
Packaging  and  Consumer  Packaging  segments.  We  believe  that  our  ability  to  leverage  our  full  portfolio  of 
differentiated solutions and capabilities enables us to set ourselves apart from our competitors.

We  market  our  products  primarily  through  our  own  sales  force.  We  also  market  a  number  of  our  products 
through independent sales representatives and independent distributors. We generally pay our sales personnel a 
combination of base salary, commissions and annual bonus. We pay our independent sales representatives on a 
commission basis. Orders from our customers generally do not have significant lead times. We discuss foreign net 
sales to unaffiliated customers and other non-U.S. operations’ financial and other segment information in “Note 7. 
Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

6

Competition

We  operate  in  a  competitive  global  marketplace  and  compete  with  many  large,  well  established  and  highly 
competitive  manufacturers  and  service  providers.  Our  business  is  affected  by  a  range  of  macroeconomic 
conditions, including industry capacity changes, global competition, economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad, 
as well as fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

The  industries  in  which  we  operate  are  highly  competitive,  and  no  single  company  dominates  any  of  those 
industries.  Our  containerboard  and  paperboard  operations  compete  with  integrated  and  non-integrated  national 
and  regional  companies  operating  primarily  in  North  America,  and  to  a  limited  extent,  manufacturers  outside  of 
North  America.  Our  competitors  include  large  and  small,  vertically  integrated  companies  and  numerous  smaller 
non-integrated companies. In the corrugated packaging and folding carton markets, we compete with a significant 
number of national, regional and local packaging suppliers in North America and abroad. In the solid fiber interior 
packaging,  promotional  point-of-purchase  display  and  converted  paperboard  products  markets,  we  primarily 
compete with a smaller number of national, regional and local companies offering highly specialized products. 

Since  all  of  our  businesses  operate  in  highly  competitive  industry  segments,  we  regularly  discuss  sales 
opportunities  for  new  business  or  for  renewal  of  existing  business  with  customers.  Our  packaging  products 
compete with packaging made from other materials, including plastics. The primary competitive factors we face 
include price, design, product innovation, quality, service and sustainability, with varying emphasis on these factors 
depending on the product line and customer preferences. Our machinery solutions represent one example of how 
we compete by providing differentiated solutions that create value for our customers. We believe that we compete 
effectively with respect to each of these factors and we obtain feedback on our performance with periodic customer 
surveys, among other means.

The  industries  in  which  we  operate  have  undergone  consolidation.  Within  the  packaging  products  industry, 
larger customers, with an expanded geographic presence, have tended to seek suppliers that can, because of their 
broad geographic presence, efficiently and economically supply all or a range of their packaging needs. In addition, 
our customers continue to demand higher quality products meeting stricter quality control requirements. Increasing 
demand for more sustainable products is also impacting our industry. See Item 1. “Business — Sustainability” for 
additional information.

See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We Face Intense Competition” and “Risk Factors — We May Be Adversely 
Affected by Factors That Are Beyond Our Control, Such as U.S. and Worldwide Economic and Financial 
Market Conditions, and Social and Political Change”.

Governmental Regulation

Health and Safety

Our business involves the use of heavy equipment, machinery and chemicals and requires the performance of 
activities that create safety exposures. The health and safety of our teammates is our first priority, and we have 
established safety policies, programs, procedures and training for our manufacturing operations. We are subject to 
a broad range of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety, 
and our safety program includes measures required for compliance. In addition, our program includes the ongoing 
identification and elimination of workplace exposures that can lead to injuries and sharing of health and safety best 
practices.

Certain governmental authorities in locations where we do business have established asbestos standards for 
the  workplace.  Although  we  do  not  use  asbestos  in  manufacturing  our  products,  asbestos  containing  material 
(“ACM”) is present in some of the facilities we lease or own. For those facilities where ACM is present and ACM is 
subject to regulation, we have established procedures for properly managing it. 

We do not believe that future compliance with occupational health and safety laws and regulations will have a 

material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

7

Environmental

Environmental  compliance  requirements  are  a  significant  factor  affecting  our  business.  We  employ 
manufacturing  processes  that  involve  discharges  to  water,  air  emissions,  water  intake  and  waste  handling 
activities. These processes are subject to numerous federal, state, local and international environmental laws and 
regulations,  as  well  as  the  requirements  of  environmental  permits  and  similar  authorizations  issued  by  various 
governmental  authorities.  Complex  and  lengthy  processes  may  be  required  to  obtain  and  renew  approvals, 
permits, and licenses for new, existing or modified facilities. Additionally, the use and handling of various chemicals 
or  hazardous  materials  require  release  prevention  plans  and  emergency  response  procedures.  Our  integrated 
chemical pulping mills in the U.S. and Brazil are subject to more stringent environmental programs and regulations, 
but all of our manufacturing facilities have environmental compliance obligations.

On  January  31,  2013,  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (the  “EPA”)  published  a  set  of  four 
interrelated  final  rules  establishing  national  air  emissions  standards  for  hazardous  air  pollutants  from  industrial, 
commercial and institutional boilers and process heaters, commonly known as “Boiler MACT.” The U.S. Court of 
Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit issued a ruling on the consolidated cases challenging Boiler MACT on 
July  29,  2016  vacating  key  portions  of  the  rule,  including  emission  limits  for  certain  subcategories  of  solid  fuel 
boilers, and sending it back to the EPA for further rulemaking. On August 24, 2020, a proposed EPA rule to amend 
Boiler  MACT  was  published  in  the  Federal  Register  in  response  to  issues  raised  in  multiple  court  decisions 
concerning  the  rule.  The  EPA’s  proposal  would  change  several  numeric  emission  limits  for  new  and  existing 
boilers and process heaters, including new fluidized bed boilers and existing coal-fired boilers like those at several 
WestRock  paper  mills.  Based  on  our  evaluation  of  the  proposed  rule,  emissions  data  and  testing,  we  do  not 
believe that the capital or operating costs for us to comply with the proposed Boiler MACT limits will be material; 
however,  we  are  continuing  to  track  the  development  of  the  proposed  rule  and  its  potential  impacts  on  us.  We 
anticipate that we will have up to three years after the effective date of the final rule to demonstrate compliance 
with the new Boiler MACT limits.

In addition to Boiler MACT, we are subject to several other federal, state, local and international environmental 
rules that may impact our business, including other Maximum Achievable Control Technology standards, National 
Ambient Air Quality Standards for nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide, fine particulate matter and ozone for facilities and 
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permitting requirements in the U.S. Legal requirements to review 
and  revise  existing  environmental  regulations  applicable  to  our  business,  as  well  as  litigation  challenging  these 
regulations, could result in more stringent or additional compliance obligations that may require capital investments 
or increase our operating costs.

We are involved in various administrative and other proceedings relating to environmental matters that arise in 
the normal course of business, and we may become involved in similar matters in the future. Although the ultimate 
outcome  of  these  proceedings  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty  and  we  cannot  at  this  time  estimate  any 
reasonably possible losses based on available information, we do not believe that the currently expected outcome 
of  any  environmental  proceedings  and  claims  that  are  pending  or  threatened  against  us  will  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We face potential liability under federal, state, local and international laws as a result of releases, or threatened 
releases, of hazardous substances into the environment from various sites owned and operated by third parties at 
which Company-generated wastes have allegedly been deposited. Generators of hazardous substances sent to 
off-site disposal locations at which environmental problems exist, as well as the owners of those sites and certain 
other classes of persons, are liable for response costs for the investigation and remediation of such sites under the 
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability  Act  of  1980  (“CERCLA”)  and  analogous 
laws. While joint and several liability is authorized under CERCLA, liability is typically shared with other potentially 
responsible parties (“PRPs”) and costs are commonly allocated according to relative amounts of waste deposited 
and other factors.

In  addition,  certain  of  our  current  or  former  locations  are  being  investigated  or  remediated  under  various 
environmental laws, including CERCLA. Based on information known to us and assumptions, we do not believe 
that the costs of these investigation and remediation projects will have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations,  financial  condition  or  cash  flows.  However,  the  discovery  of  contamination  or  the  imposition  of 
additional  obligations,  including  natural  resources  damages  at  these  or  other  sites  in  the  future,  could  result  in 
additional costs.

8

We believe that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under purchase 
and other agreements in connection with certain remediation sites. In addition, we believe that we have insurance 
coverage,  subject  to  applicable  deductibles  or  retentions,  policy  limits  and  other  conditions,  for  certain 
environmental matters. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful with respect to any claim 
regarding these insurance or indemnification rights or that, if we are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the 
insurance or indemnification rights will be sufficient to cover all our costs and expenses. We also cannot predict 
with certainty whether we will be required to perform remediation projects at other locations, and it is possible that 
our  remediation  requirements  and  costs  could  increase  materially  in  the  future  and  exceed  current  reserves.  In 
addition, we cannot currently assess with certainty the impact that future changes in cleanup standards or federal, 
state  or  other  environmental  laws,  regulations  or  enforcement  practices  will  have  on  our  results  of  operations, 
financial condition or cash flows.

See  Item  1A.  “Risk  Factors  —  We  are  Subject  to  a  Wide  Variety  of  Laws,  Regulations  and  Other 

Requirements That are Subject to Change and May Impose Substantial Compliance Costs”.

We  estimate  that  we  will  invest  approximately  $27  million  for  capital  expenditures  during  fiscal  2021  in 
connection  with  matters  relating  to  environmental  compliance.  It  is  possible  that  our  capital  expenditure 
assumptions and the project completion dates may change, and our projections are subject to change due to items 
such as the finalization of ongoing engineering projects and changes in environmental laws and regulations.

Climate Change

Some  of  our  paper  mills,  our  most  energy-intensive  manufacturing  facilities,  burn  renewable  biomass  to 
generate more than 60 percent of their energy needs based on overall fuel mix. Most of these facilities also self-
generate  the  steam  and  power  needed  for  their  manufacturing  processes  using  combined  heat  and  power  or 
“cogeneration”  systems.  Our  recycling  operations  help  to  divert  approximately  8  million  tons  of  paper  and 
packaging from landfills where it would otherwise degrade and release greenhouse gases in the form of methane, 
which  has  a  high  global  warming  potential.  Our  fiber  procurement  activities  create  economic  incentives  for 
landowners and family tree farmers to maintain their holdings as working forests that sequester carbon and provide 
many other environmental benefits, including protection for fresh water supplies and habitats for diverse species of 
plants and animals. 

In 2015, the Company established a goal to reduce its Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions per 
ton of production by 20% from a 2015 baseline by 2020. As of September 30, 2019, we achieved a 15% reduction 
of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) per ton of production and an absolute reduction of 21% from our baseline. We have 
accomplished these reductions primarily by displacing coal with natural gas and investing in new biomass boilers 
at our Covington, VA and Demopolis, AL mills. Our strategy for achieving our existing target includes continued 
investments  in  natural  gas  projects  and  infrastructure,  as  well  as  implementation  of  measures  to  improve  the 
energy efficiency of our manufacturing operations. Responsibility for tracking performance against our GHG target 
is  led  by  our  sustainability  group,  which  reports  to  our  Chief  Innovation  Officer,  and  the  data  is  verified  by  our 
internal audit department. 

Climate  change  presents  opportunities  for  our  business.  For  example,  we  produce  renewable  energy  in 
abundant amounts and generates renewable energy credits (“RECs”). An entity seeking to reduce its greenhouse 
gas  profile  can  purchase  our  RECs  and  receive  the  rights  to  the  environmental  attributes  of  the  renewable 
electricity generated by our integrated Kraft paper mills. The RECs we generate are flexible, market-based tools 
that  support  the  renewable  energy  market  and  advance  climate-related  sustainability  initiatives.  Our  recycling 
activities  also  may  present  the  opportunity  to  generate  offsets  that  could  be  used  to  meet  climate-related 
obligations for ourselves or others.

Climate change also presents potential risks and uncertainties for us. With respect to physical climate risks, 
our  manufacturing  operations  may  be  impacted  by  weather-related  events  such  as  hurricanes  and  floods, 
potentially  resulting  in  lost  production,  supply  chain  disruptions  and  increased  material  costs.  Unpredictable 
weather patterns also may impact virgin fiber prices, which may fluctuate during prolonged periods of heavy rain or 
drought.  On  the  other  hand,  changes  in  climate  also  could  result  in  more  accommodating  weather  patterns  for 
greater  periods  of  time  in  certain  areas,  which  may  create  favorable  fiber  market  conditions.  We  incorporate  a 
review  of  meteorological  forecast  data  into  our  fiber  procurement  decisions  and  strategies.  To  the  extent  that 

9

climate-related risks materialize, and we are unprepared for them, we may incur unexpected costs, which could 
have a material effect on our financial results of operations.

Responses to climate change may result in regulatory risks as new laws and regulations aimed at mandating 
GHG reductions come into effect. These rules and regulations could take the form of cap-and-trade, carbon taxes, 
or GHG reductions mandates for utilities that could increase the cost of purchased electricity. New climate rules 
and  regulations  also  may  result  in  higher  fossil  fuel  prices  or  fuel  efficiency  standards  that  could  increase 
transportation  costs.  Certain  jurisdictions  in  which  we  have  manufacturing  facilities  or  other  investments  have 
already  taken  actions  to  address  climate  change.  In  the  U.S,  the  EPA  has  issued  the  Clean  Air  Act  permitting 
regulations applicable to certain facilities that emit GHG. The EPA also has promulgated a rule requiring certain 
industrial  facilities  that  emit  25,000  metric  tons  or  more  of  carbon  dioxide  equivalent  per  year  to  file  an  annual 
report of their emissions. While we have facilities subject to existing GHG permitting and reporting requirements, 
the impact of these requirements has not been material to date.

In addition to these national efforts, some U.S. states in which we have manufacturing operations, including 
Washington,  New  York  and  Virginia,  are  taking  measures  to  reduce  GHG  emissions,  such  as  requiring  GHG 
emissions  reporting  or  developing  regional  cap-and-trade  programs.  In  addition,  several  of  our  international 
facilities  are  located  in  countries  that  have  already  adopted  GHG  emissions  trading  schemes.  For  example, 
Quebec has become a member of the Western Climate Initiative, which is a collaboration among California and 
certain  Canadian  provinces  that  have  joined  together  to  create  a  cap-and-trade  program  to  reduce  GHG 
emissions. In 2009, Quebec adopted a target of reducing GHG emissions by 20% below 1990 levels by 2020 and 
37.5% from 1990 levels by 2030. In 2011, Quebec issued a final regulation establishing a regional cap-and-trade 
program  that  required  reductions  in  GHG  emissions  from  covered  emitters  as  of  January  1,  2013.  Our  mill  in 
Quebec is subject to these cap-and-trade requirements, although the direct impact of this regulation has not been 
material to date. Other countries in which we conduct business, including China, European Union member states 
and India, have set GHG reduction targets in accordance with the agreement signed in April 2016 among over 170 
countries  that  established  a  framework  for  reducing  global  GHG  emissions  (also  known  as  the  “Paris 
Agreement”), which became effective in November 2016.

Regulation  related  to  climate  change  continues  to  develop  in  the  areas  of  the  world  where  we  conduct 
business. We have systems in place for tracking the GHG emissions from our energy-intensive facilities, and we 
carefully monitor developments in climate related laws, regulations and policies to assess the potential impact of 
such  developments  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  cash  flows  and  disclosure  obligations. 
Compliance with climate programs may require future expenditures to meet GHG emission reduction obligations in 
future years. These obligations may include carbon taxes, the requirement to purchase GHG credits, or the need to 
acquire  carbon  offsets.  Also,  we  may  be  required  to  make  capital  and  other  investments  to  displace  traditional 
fossil fuels, such as fuel oil and coal, with lower carbon alternatives, such as biomass and natural gas.  

Sustainability

At WestRock, we say sustainability is in every fiber of our company. In truth, it forms an integral part of our 
busines plan where our goal is to embed sustainability into our culture and strategy to innovate, create value and 
build  competitive  advantage.  Our  vision,  Imagining  and  Delivering  on  the  Promise  of  a  Sustainable  Future,  is 
represented by three pillars:





Supporting People and Communities
Bettering the Planet
Innovating for Our Customers and Their Customers

We deliver our fiber-based packaging solutions by way of our core purpose, Connecting People to Products® 
through safe and sustainable packaging. Paper-based packaging has many attributes that make it well-suited to 
helping  our  customers  deliver  more  sustainable  solutions  to  their  customers.  It  is  lightweight,  durable,  versatile, 
made with renewable materials and, in many instances, recyclable or compostable. We believe that our size and 
scale, coupled with our history of developing innovative products and solutions, uniquely positions us to help our 
customers meet or exceed their sustainability objectives. 

We  are  one  of  the  largest  recyclers  in  the  paper  industry.  We  recover  8  million  tons  annually  of  paper, 
cardboard and other materials, representing waste that would otherwise go into landfills. We use the majority of 

10

that recovered fiber in our own paper mills to make new products. All of the virgin fiber used by our paper mills in 
North America is certified through the Sustainable Forestry Initiative’s Fiber Sourcing Standard.

By operating across the entire supply chain, we are an example of the circular economy in action, using raw 
materials  that  are  either  recovered  or  that  in  many  instances  can  be  reused,  recycled  or  composted  in  a  more 
sustainable  “closed  loop”  business  model.  Our  customers  are  increasingly  interested  in  our  commitment  to 
sustainability as our progress with developing more sustainable products helps them achieve their sustainability 
goals.

Other examples of our commitment to sustainability include having one of the industry’s largest certified virgin 
fiber  procurement  systems  and  heading  industry-leading  foodservice  recycling  initiatives.  We  have  been 
recognized for our sustainability efforts through, among other things, industry award programs and inclusion in the 
FTSE 4 Good index. 

We are committed to our vision of Imagining and Delivering on the Promise of a More Sustainable Future to 

create long-term value for our people, communities, customers and the planet.

Patents and Other Intellectual Property

We  hold  a  substantial  number  of  foreign  and  domestic  trademarks,  trademark  applications,  trade  names, 
patents, patent applications and licenses relating to our business, our products and our production processes. Our 
patent  portfolio  consists  primarily  of  utility  and  design  patents  relating  to  our  products  and  manufacturing 
operations. It also includes exclusive rights to substantial proprietary packaging system technology in the U.S. or 
other licenses obtained from a third party. Our brand name and logo, and certain of our products and services, are 
protected by domestic and foreign trademark rights. Our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights, 
particularly those relating to our converting operations, are important to our operations as a whole. Our intellectual 
property has various expiration dates.

Employees

At September 30, 2020, we employed approximately 49,300 people, of which approximately 78% were located 
in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  and  22%  were  located  in  Europe,  South  America,  Mexico  and  Asia  Pacific.  Of  the 
approximately 49,300 employees, approximately 71% were hourly and 29% were salaried. Approximately 56% of 
our hourly employees in the U.S. and Canada are covered by collective bargaining agreements (“CBAs”), which 
typically have four to six-year terms. Approximately 21% of those employees covered under CBAs are operating 
under  agreements  that  expire  within  one  year  and  approximately  15%  of  those  employees  are  working  under 
expired contracts. 

While we have experienced isolated work stoppages in the past, we have been able to resolve them, and we 
believe that working relationships with our employees are generally good. While the terms of our CBAs vary, we 
believe the material terms of the agreements are customary for the industry, the type of facility, the classification of 
the employees and the geographic location covered.

In December 2019, the United Steelworkers Union (“USW”) ratified a new master agreement that applies to 
substantially all of our U.S. facilities represented by the USW. The agreement has a four-year term and covers a 
number of specific items, including wages, medical coverage and certain other benefit programs, substance abuse 
testing,  and  safety.  Individual  facilities  will  continue  to  have  local  agreements  for  subjects  not  covered  by  the 
master agreement and those agreements will continue to have staggered terms. The master agreement permits us 
to apply its terms to USW employees who work at facilities we acquire during the term of the agreement, including 
most former MeadWestvaco Corporation, KapStone and other acquired facilities. The master agreement covers 
approximately 63 of our U.S. operating locations and approximately 8,700 of our employees.

See  Item  1A.  “Risk  Factors  —  We  May  Be  Adversely  Impacted  By  Work  Stoppages  and  Other  Labor 

Relations Matters”.

11

Human Capital

Human Capital Management 

The attraction, retention and development of exceptional teammates is critical to our success. We accomplish 
this, in part, by developing the capabilities of our team members through our continuous learning, development 
and performance management programs. These programs include our safety, six sigma, supply chain, Leadership 
Excellence, Commercial Excellence and Manager Fundamentals programs. We sponsor early in career rotations 
and  college  hire  programs  that  support  our  functions  and  local  operations.  We  build  partnerships  with  schools, 
universities and associations to promote future careers in manufacturing.

The  capabilities  of  our  workforce  have  evolved  as  our  business  and  strategy  have  evolved.  We  have 
established  new  roles  reflecting  the  talent  and  capabilities  needed  by  our  business,  both  now  and  for  what  we 
expect  in  the  future.  In  2019,  we  created  the  roles  of  Chief  Commercial  Officer  and  Chief  Innovation  Officer, 
reflecting our evolving go-to-market strategy and our focus on innovation and organic growth. In 2020, we invested 
in roles and capabilities in our workforce to support our business strategy, including hiring a new Chief Marketing 
Officer, Chief Sustainability Officer and Senior Vice President of Science and Innovation. We have invested in our 
e-commerce and digital technology capabilities through new roles, talent and programs. These investments reflect 
our  focus  on  enhancing  our  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  sustainability,  organic  growth,  innovation  and  material 
science. As our business evolves, we will remain focused on having the right human capital capabilities, systems 
and processes in place to support our strategy.

Safety

The safety of our teammates remains the primary focus of our leaders. Our goal is to create a 100% safe work 
environment for our team members. Our safety strategy focuses on the “Four Ps”: people, process, prevention and 
performance. We seek to reduce exposures and eliminate life changing events through engagement, execution of 
targeted,  results-driven  activities,  and  implementing  systems  that  promote  continuous  improvement.  Our 
commitment to safety is reinforced by our use of the WestRock Safety Excellence Management System, a robust 
safety program and training curriculum.

Throughout the COVID-19 crisis, we have remained focused on protecting the health and safety of our team 
members  while  meeting  the  needs  of  our  customers.  Shortly  after  the  outset  of  COVID-19,  we  were  an  early 
adopter of enhanced safety measures and practices across our facilities to protect employee health and safety and 
ensure a reliable supply of essential products to our customers. We monitor and track the impact of the pandemic 
on our teammates and within our operations, and proactively modify or adopt new practices to promote their health 
and safety.

Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Belonging

Our  Diversity,  Inclusion,  Equity  and  Belonging  objective  is  to  be  a  company  where  each  of  us  genuinely 
belongs,  is  respected  and  valued,  and  can  do  our  best  work,  and  where  diversity,  inclusion  and  equity  are 
competitive advantages.

At September 30, 2020, 21% of our global workforce was comprised of females and 31% of our U.S. based 
workforce was comprised of people of color. Our board of directors includes four females (representing 33% of 
directors)  and  one  person  of  color  (representing  8%  of  directors).  We  are  implementing  a  multi-year  Diversity, 
Inclusion, Equity and Belonging action plan that we expect will increase our workforce diversity, advance inclusion, 
equity and belonging at all our locations, accelerate the development and career movement of diverse talent and 
ensure diverse succession plans such that we continue to create future opportunities for all of our teammates.

In collaboration with organizations, such as the Executive Leadership Council, Pathways and Signature, we 

are providing external development opportunities for our diverse talent.

We have included a diversity, inclusion, equity and belonging modifier in our fiscal 2021 short-term incentive 
plan for our top 12 executives. The modifier will be tied to the achievement of certain performance measures under 
our Diversity, Inclusion, Equity and Belonging action plan.

12

International Operations

Our  operations  outside  the  U.S.  are  conducted  through  subsidiaries  located  in  Canada,  Mexico,  South 
America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Sales attributable to non-U.S. operations were 17.7%, 18.2% and 19.9% of 
our net sales in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, some of which were transacted in U.S. dollars. See “Note 
7. Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. See also 
Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We are Exposed to Risks Related to International Sales and Operations”.

Available Information

Our  Internet  address  is  www.westrock.com.  Our  Internet  address  is  included  herein  as  an  inactive  textual 
reference only. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference herein and should not be 
considered part of this report. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and we make available free of charge most of our SEC 
filings through our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with the SEC. You may access 
these SEC filings via the hyperlink that we provide on our website to a third-party SEC filings website. We also 
make  available  on  our  website  our  board  committee  charters,  as  well  as  the  corporate  governance  guidelines 
adopted by our board of directors, our Code of Conduct for employees, our Code of Conduct and Ethics for the 
Board  of  Directors  and  our  Code  of  Ethical  Conduct  for  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  Senior  Financial 
Officers. Any amendments to, or waiver from, any provision of these codes that are required to be disclosed will be 
posted on our website. We will also provide copies of these documents, without charge, at the written request of 
any stockholder of record. Requests for copies should be mailed to: WestRock Company, 1000 Abernathy Road 
NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30328, Attention: Corporate Secretary. 

Forward-Looking Information

This report contains statements that relate to future, rather than past, events. These statements are forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking 
statements made in this report often address our expected future business and financial performance and financial 
conditions,  and  often  contain  words  such  as  “may”,  “will”,  “could”,  “would”,  “anticipate”,  “intend”,  “estimate”, 
“project”,  “plan”,  “believe”,  “expect”,  “target”  and  “potential”,  or  refer  to  future  time  periods.  Forward-looking 
statements are based on currently available information and our current expectations, beliefs, plans or forecasts, 
and include statements made in this report regarding, among other things: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

that  the  global  impact  of  COVID-19  continues  to  evolve  rapidly  and  the  extent  of  its  effect  on  our 
operational and financial performance in future periods will depend on future developments, which are 
highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration, scope and severity of 
the pandemic, the actions taken to contain or mitigate its impact, and the direct and indirect economic 
effects of the pandemic and related containment measures, among others;

that our financial results in fiscal 2021 will continue to be impacted by COVID-19;

that as the situation with COVID-19 continues to evolves, we will re-evaluate the level of our dividend;

our expectation that the actions we have undertaken and will continue to undertake pursuant to the 
WestRock Pandemic Action Plan will provide an additional $1 billion in cash through the end of fiscal 
2021 that we will be able to use to reduce our outstanding indebtedness;

our expectation that our actions under the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan will continue to position us 
both to sustain our business in a range of economic and market conditions and position us for long-
term success;

that we will continue to take actions to protect the health and safety of our teammates during COVID-
19;

that we expect to continue to incur expenses for cleaning, safety supplies and equipment, screening 
resources and other items related to COVID-19 as needed in the future;

13

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our belief that we have substantial liquidity to navigate the current dynamic environment;

that, in accordance with the CARES Act (as hereinafter defined), we expect to postpone an estimated 
$120 million of employment tax payments over the three quarters ended December 31, 2020 and will 
be  required  to  pay  50%  of  these  amounts  in  December  2021  and  the  remaining  50%  in  December 
2022;

that although we are not certain whether end market demand trends will continue into future reporting 
periods  and,  if  so,  for  how  long  and  to  what  degree,  we  believe  the  decline  in  specialty  SBS,  in 
particular for certain end markets, is more systemic;

our  belief  that  our  diverse  portfolio  of  paper  and  packaging  products  positions  us  well  to  adapt  and 
meet our customers’ changing needs across a broad cross-section of the economy;

that we expect to generate strong cash flows and reduce our debt meaningfully in fiscal 2021;

that  we  expect  to  add  more  than  $125  million  in  EBITDA  in  fiscal  2021  from  capturing  synergies 
related to the KapStone Acquisition, the new paper machine at our Florence, SC mill, our box plant in 
Porto Feliz, Brazil and the reconfiguration at our North Charleston, SC mill;

that in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 we expect a sequential decline in net sales and earnings from the 
fourth quarter reflecting the normal seasonal sequential volume declines in many of our businesses;

that we expect higher North American Corrugated box shipments to be offset by three fewer shipping 
days during the first quarter of fiscal 2021;

that while volume should remain strong in Brazil, we will execute a significant outage to support our 
Tres Barras mill upgrade and estimate 27,000 tons of maintenance downtime;

our  expectation  of  higher  energy  and  transportation  costs  entering  the  winter  season  along  with 
increased health insurance costs prior to the annual reset of employee deductibles;

our expectation that we will begin accruing short-term incentive payouts for fiscal 2021 at a target level 
that is higher than the payout level for fiscal 2020;

• we may further modify the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan;

•

•

•

•

•

•

our belief that our payment terms will not be shortened significantly in the near future, and that we do 
not  expect  our  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  to  be  significantly  impacted  by  additional 
extensions  of  payment  terms;  our  belief  that  we  are  one  of  the  largest  paper  recyclers  in  North 
America;

our belief that we are the largest manufacturer of solid fiber partitions in North America measured by 
net sales;

our belief that we would be able to source significant replacement quantities from other suppliers in the 
event we incur production disruptions for recycled or virgin containerboard and paperboard;

our belief that we have good relationships with our customers;

our belief that our ability to leverage our full portfolio of differentiated solutions and capabilities enables 
us to set ourselves apart from our competitors;

our  belief  that  we  compete  effectively  on  price,  design,  product  innovation,  quality,  service  and 
sustainability;

14

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our belief that future compliance with occupational health and safety laws and regulations will not have 
a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our  belief  that,  based  on  our  evaluation  of  the  proposed  Boiler  MACT  (as  defined  herein)  rule, 
emissions  data  and  testing,  the  capital  or  operating  costs  for  the  Company  to  comply  with  the 
proposed Boiler MACT limits will not be material;

that concerns about climate change may result in new laws and regulations that could take the form of 
cap-and-trade, carbon taxes or greenhouse gas reductions mandates for utilities that could increase 
the cost of purchased electricity;

that China’s ban of all imports of solid waste beginning in 2021 may impact the cost of recycled fiber in 
the markets in which we compete and benefit producers that have a high concentration of recycled 
fiber mills;

our belief that the currently expected outcome of any environmental proceedings and claims that are 
pending or threatened against us will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, 
financial condition or cash flows;

our belief that the costs associated with investigations or remediations under various environmental 
laws  and  regulations,  including  CERCLA,  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations, financial condition or cash flows but that the discovery of contamination or the imposition of 
additional obligations, including natural resources damaged at these or other sites in the future, could 
result in additional costs;

our  belief  that  we  can  assert  claims  for  indemnification  pursuant  to  existing  rights  we  have  under 
purchase  and  other  agreements  in  connection  with  certain  remediation  sites  and  have  insurance 
coverage, subject to applicable deductibles or retentions, policy limits and other conditions, for certain 
environmental matters;

that  compliance  with  climate  programs  may  require  future  expenditures  to  meet  GHG  emission 
reduction obligations in future years;

our  belief  that  our  size  and  scale,  coupled  with  our  history  of  developing  innovative  products  and 
solutions, uniquely positions us to help our customers meet or exceed their sustainability objectives;

that our businesses are likely to continue experiencing cycles relating to industry capacity and general 
economic conditions;

our belief that working relationships with our employees are generally good;

as  our  business  evolves,  we  will  remain  focused  on  having  the  right  human  capital  capabilities, 
systems and processes in place to support our strategy;

our expectation that the benefits from potential, as well as completed, acquisitions and joint ventures 
will include synergies, cost savings, growth opportunities or access to new markets (or a combination 
thereof), and in the case of divestitures, the realization of proceeds from the sale of businesses and 
assets to purchasers that place higher strategic value on these businesses and assets than we do;

our  expectation  that  the  KapStone  Acquisition  will  generate  run-rate  synergies  and  performance 
improvements of more than $200 million by the end of fiscal 2021;

our  expectation  that  we  will  continue  to  incur  significant  capital,  operating  and  other  expenditures 
complying with applicable environmental regulations;

15

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

that we may be required to incur additional indebtedness or issue equity securities in order to satisfy 
our  payment  or  investment  obligations  with  respect  to  our  joint  venture  with  Grupo  Gondi  (as 
hereinafter defined); 

that we may form additional joint ventures;

our belief that certain multiemployer pension plans (“MEPP” or “MEPPs”) in which we participate or 
have  participated,  including  Pace  Industry  Union-Management  Pension  Fund  (“PIUMPF”),  have 
material unfunded vested benefits;

that we expect to challenge the PIUMPF accumulated funding deficiency demands;

that we may withdraw from other MEPPs in the future;

our belief that our existing production capacity is adequate to serve existing demand for our products 
and that our plants and equipment are in good condition; 

our  belief  that  the  resolution  of  lawsuits  and  claims  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows;

that we expect in the future to continue to evaluate potential acquisitions similar to those completed in 
the past, although the size of individual acquisitions may vary;

our belief that our strong balance sheet and cash flow provide us the flexibility to continue to invest to 
sustain and improve our operating performance;

that the upgrade of our mill located in Tres Barras, Brazil is expected to be completed in the first half of 
2021;

our  general  expectation  that  the  integration  of  a  closed  facility’s  assets  and  production  with  other 
facilities  will  enable  the  receiving  facilities  to  better  leverage  their  fixed  costs  while  eliminating  fixed 
costs from the closed facility;

that we will likely engage in future restructuring initiatives;

our  expectation  that  funding  for  our  domestic  operations  in  the  foreseeable  future  to  come  from 
sources of liquidity within our domestic operations, including cash and cash equivalents, and available 
borrowings under our credit facilities, and that our foreign cash and cash equivalents are not expected 
to be a key source of liquidity to our domestic operations; 

that with the completion of certain of our strategic projects, we had expected to transition to our long-
range capital expenditure run-rate of approximately $900 million to $1.0 billion a year in fiscal 2021, 
however,  we  expect  to  invest  $800  million  to  $900  million  in  fiscal  2021;  that  at  these  capital 
investment  levels,  we  are  confident  that  we  will  continue  to  invest  in  the  appropriate  safety, 
environmental and maintenance projects, and complete our strategic mill projects while also making 
investments to support productivity and growth in our business; and that it is possible that our capital 
expenditure assumptions or future estimates may change, project completion dates may change, or 
we may decide to invest a different amount depending upon opportunities we identify, or changes in 
market conditions, or to comply with environmental or other regulatory changes;

our estimation that we will invest approximately $27 million for capital expenditures during fiscal 2021 
in connection with matters relating to environmental compliance;

our expectation that based on current projections, we will utilize nearly all of the remaining U.S. federal 
net operating losses and other U.S. federal credits during the current fiscal year and that foreign and 
state net operating losses and credits will be used over a longer period of time; 

16

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

that, barring significant changes in our current assumptions, including changes in tax laws or tax rates, 
forecasted taxable income, levels of capital expenditures and other items, we expect our cash tax rate 
to  be  slightly  higher  than  our  income  tax  rate  in  fiscal  2021,  2022  and  2023  primarily  due  to  the 
absence of certain nonrecurring tax credits, the reduction in capital investments as well as reversal of 
prior years’ accelerated tax depreciation causing taxable income to be higher;

our  expectation that, based on current  facts  and  assumptions, we will contribute  approximately $23 
million to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2021; 

our  estimation  that,  based  on  current  facts  and  assumptions, minimum  pension  contributions  to our 
U.S.  and  non-U.S.  pension  plans  will  be  in  the  range  of  approximately  $22  million  to  $23  million 
annually in fiscal 2022 through 2025;

our expectation that we will continue to make contributions in the coming years to our pension plans in 
order to ensure that our funding levels remain adequate in light of projected liabilities and to meet the 
requirements of the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“Pension Act”) and other regulations;

our anticipation that we will be able to fund our capital expenditures, interest payments, dividends and 
stock  repurchases,  pension  payments,  working  capital  needs,  note  repurchases,  restructuring 
activities,  repayments  of  current  portion  of  long-term  debt  and  other  corporate  actions  for  the 
foreseeable  future  from  cash  generated  from  operations,  borrowings  under  our  credit  facilities, 
proceeds from our A/R Sales Agreement (as hereinafter defined), proceeds from the issuance of debt 
or equity securities or other additional long-term debt financing, including new or amended facilities; 

that we may seek to refinance existing indebtedness, to extend maturities, reduce borrowing costs or 
otherwise improve the terms and composition of our indebtedness; 

that  if  actual  results  are  not  consistent  with  our  assumptions  and  estimates  used  to  calculate 
impairment losses, we may be exposed to additional impairment losses that could be material;

that  the  global  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  affect  our  accounting  estimates,  which  may 
materially change from period to period due to changing market factors;

that nearly all of our remaining salaried and non-union hourly employees accruing benefits will cease 
accruing benefits as of December 31, 2020;

our belief that our estimates for restructuring costs and other costs are reasonable, considering our 
knowledge of the industries we operate in, previous experience in exiting activities and valuations we 
may obtain from independent third parties;

our  belief  that  our  assumptions  are  appropriate  with  respect  to  health  insurance  costs,  workers’ 
compensation cost and pension and other postretirement benefit obligations;

our expectation of the impact of implementation of various accounting standards, including that certain 
of these standards will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements;

our belief that our restructuring actions have allowed us to more effectively manage our business;

our belief that by investing in a variety of asset classes and utilizing multiple investment management 
firms,  we  can  create  a  portfolio  for  our  pension  plans  that  yields  adequate  returns  with  reduced 
volatility;

that MWV TN (as defined herein) expects to only repay the liability at maturity from the Timber Note 
(as defined herein) proceeds;

our belief that the liability for environmental matters was adequately reserved at September 30, 2020; 

17

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our belief that we have substantial insurance coverage, subject to applicable deductibles and policy 
limits, with respect to asbestos claims;

our  belief  that  we  have  valid  defenses  to  asbestos-related  personal  injury  claims  and  intend  to 
continue  to  defend  them  vigorously,  and  that  should  the  volume  of  asbestos-related  personal  injury 
litigation grow substantially, it is possible that we could incur significant costs resolving these cases; 

our  expectation  that  the  resolution  of  pending  asbestos  litigation  and  proceedings  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on results of operations, financial condition or cash flows but that in any given 
period  or  periods,  it  is  possible  that  asbestos-related  proceedings  or  matters  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our  estimation  that  the  exposure  with  respect  to  certain  guarantees  we  have  made  could  be 
approximately $50 million;

our  belief  that  our  exposure  related  to  guarantees  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  results  of 
operations, financial condition or cash flows;

our expectation that we will not issue additional SARs;

that we may enter into various hedging transactions; 

our  belief  that  in  the  event  of  a  distribution  in  the  form  of  dividends  or  dispositions  of  our  foreign 
subsidiaries, we may be subject to incremental U.S. income taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign 
tax credits, and withholding taxes or income taxes payable to the foreign jurisdictions; 

that it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by up to $21.9 million in 
the next twelve months due to expiration of various statues of limitations and settlement of issues; 

our belief that our tax positions are appropriate;

the expected impact of market risks, such as interest rate risk, pension plan risk, foreign currency risk, 
commodity  price  risks,  energy  price  risk,  rates  of  return,  the  risk  of  investments  in  derivative 
instruments, and the risk of counterparty nonperformance, and expected factors affecting those risks, 
including our exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations; 

that the net proceeds from issuances of notes under our commercial paper program are expected to 
continue to be used for general corporate purposes; and

our belief that the decision by the Supreme Court of Brazil with respect to certain state value added tax 
reduced our gross receipts tax in Brazil prospectively and retrospectively, and will allow us to recover 
tax amounts collected by the government. 

Forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  currently  available  information  and  our  current  assumptions, 
expectations  and  projections  about  future  events.  You  should  not  rely  on  our  forward-looking  statements.  Our 
forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to future events, risks and 
uncertainties — many of which are beyond our control, dependent on actions of third parties or currently unknown 
to us — as well as potentially inaccurate assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our 
expectations and projections. Particular uncertainties that could cause our actual results to be materially different 
than those expressed in our forward-looking statements include: our ability to respond effectively to the impact of 
COVID-19;  our  ability  to  achieve  benefits  from  acquisitions  (including  the  KapStone  Acquisition)  and  the  timing 
thereof,  including  synergies,  performance  improvements;  our  ability  to  successfully  implement  capital  projects 
(including our strategic capital projects); the level of demand for our products; our ability to successfully identify 
and  make  performance  and  productivity  improvements;  anticipated  returns  on  our  capital  investments;  the 
possibility of and uncertainties related to planned and unplanned mill outages or production disruptions; investment 
performance,  discount  rates,  return  on  pension  plan  assets  and  expected  compensation  levels;  fluctuations  in 
energy,  raw  materials,  shipping  and  capital  equipment  costs;  fluctuations  in  selling  prices  and  volumes;  intense 
competition;  the  impact  of  operational  restructuring  activities;  potential  liability  for  outstanding  guarantees  and 

18

indemnities  and  the  potential  impact  of  such  liabilities;  the  potential  loss  of  key  customers;  changes  in  law, 
economic and financial conditions, including interest and exchange rate volatility, commodity and equity prices; our 
ability to maintain our current credit rating and the impact on our funding costs and competitive position if we do not 
do so; the amount and timing of our cash flows and earnings and other conditions, which may affect our ability to 
pay our quarterly dividend at the planned level or to repurchase shares at planned levels; our capital allocation 
plans, as such plans may change including with respect to the timing and size of share repurchases, acquisitions, 
joint ventures, dispositions and other strategic actions; the impact of announced price increases or decreases and 
the impact of the gain and loss of customers; compliance with governmental laws and regulations, including those 
related to the environment; the scope, and timing and outcome of any litigation, claims, or other proceedings or 
dispute  resolutions  and  the  impact  of  any  such  litigation  (including  the  Brazil  Tax  Liability),  claims  or  other 
proceedings or dispute resolutions on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows; income tax rates, 
future  deferred  tax  expense  and  future  cash  tax  payments;  future  debt  repayment;  the  occurrence  of  severe 
weather  or  a  natural  disasters,  such  as  hurricanes  or  other  unanticipated  problems,  such  as  labor  difficulties, 
equipment failure or unscheduled maintenance and repair, which could result in operational disruptions of varied 
duration; and other factors that are discussed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors”.

Forward-looking  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  they  are  made,  and  we  do  not  undertake  to  update 
these statements other than as required by law. You are advised, however, to review any further disclosures we 
make on related subjects in our periodic filings with the SEC.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

We  are  subject  to  certain  risks  and  events  that,  if  one  or  more  occur,  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  condition,  and  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per 
share (“Common Stock”). In evaluating us, our business and a potential investment in our securities, you should 
consider the following risk factors and the other information presented in this report, as well as the other reports 
and registration statements we file from time to time with the SEC. The risks addressed below are not the only 
ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could also 
adversely impact our business.

We May Experience Pricing Variability

Industry Risks

Our businesses have experienced, and are likely to continue experiencing, cycles relating to industry capacity 
and general economic conditions. The length and magnitude of these cycles have varied over time and by product. 
Prices  for  our  products  are  driven  by  many  factors,  including  general  economic  conditions,  demand  for  our 
products and competitive conditions in the industries within which we compete, and we have little influence over 
the timing and extent of price changes, which may be unpredictable and volatile. If supply exceeds demand, prices 
for our products could decline, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading 
price  of  our  Common  Stock  could  be  adversely  affected.  For  example,  we  believe  that  the  trading  price  of  our 
Common Stock has been adversely affected in recent years due, in part, to concerns about announcements by 
certain of our competitors of planned additional capacity in the North American containerboard market, as well as 
the subsequent implementation of certain of those plans.

Certain  published  indices  (including  those  published  by  Pulp  and  Paper  Week  (“PPW”))  contribute  to  the 
setting of selling prices for some of our products. PPW is a limited survey that may not accurately reflect changes 
in  market  conditions  for  our  products.  Changes  in  how  PPW  is  maintained,  or  other  indices  are  established  or 
maintained, could adversely impact the selling prices for these products.

Our Earnings Are Highly Dependent on Volumes

Because  our  operations  generally  have  high  fixed  operating  cost  components,  our  earnings  are  highly 
dependent on volumes, which tend to fluctuate. These fluctuations make it difficult to predict our financial results 
with any degree of certainty. Volumes for certain of the products that we produce were significantly impacted in 
fiscal 2020 by COVID-19. The pandemic has affected our operational and financial performance and the extent of 
its effect on our operational and financial performance will continue to depend on future developments, which are 
highly  uncertain  and  cannot  be  predicted  with  confidence,  including  the  duration,  scope  and  severity  of  the 
pandemic, the actions taken to contain or mitigate its impact, and the direct and indirect economic efforts of the 

19

pandemic and related containment measures, among others. Any failure to maintain volumes may adversely affect 
our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Face Increased Costs For, or Inadequate Availability of, Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation

We rely heavily on the use of certain raw materials, energy sources and third-party companies to transport our 

goods.

The costs of recycled fiber and virgin fiber, the principal externally sourced raw materials for our paper mills, 
are subject to pricing variability due to market and industry conditions. Demand for recycled fiber has fluctuated 
and  may  increase  due  to,  among  other  factors,  the  addition  of  new  recycled  paper  mill  capacity,  increasing 
demand for products packaged in packaging produced from paper manufactured from 100% recycled fiber and the 
shift  by  manufacturers  of  virgin  paperboard,  tissue,  newsprint  and  corrugated  packaging  to  the  production  of 
products  with  some  recycled  fiber  content.  In  2018,  China  implemented  a  ban  on  the  importation  of  some 
categories of recyclable materials (including mixed paper) and set strict contamination levels for other recovered 
paper imports, which resulted in higher levels of recycled fiber supply in the U.S. and lower associated costs for 
U.S.-based recycled fiber paper mills. In 2020, we experienced periods of increased recycled fiber costs, including 
those driven by the impact of COVID-19. Beginning in 2021, China has announced that it will ban all imports of 
solid waste (including unsorted mixed papers), which may impact the cost of recycled fiber in the markets in which 
we compete and benefit producers that have a high concentration of recycled fiber mills.

The market price of virgin fiber varies based on availability and source of virgin fiber, and the availability of 
virgin  fiber  may  be  impacted  by,  among  other  factors,  weather  conditions.  In  fiscal  2019,  for  instance,  the 
profitability of our U.S. operations was adversely impacted by wet weather conditions, which adversely impacted 
the availability of virgin fiber at some of our mills. In addition, costs for key chemicals used in our manufacturing 
operations fluctuate, which impacts our manufacturing costs. Certain published indices contribute to price setting 
for  some  of  our  raw  materials  and  future  changes  in  how  these  indices  are  established  or  maintained  could 
adversely impact the pricing of these raw materials.

The cost of natural gas, which we use in many of our manufacturing operations, including many of our mills, 
and other energy costs (including energy generated by burning natural gas, fuel oil, biomass and coal) has at times 
fluctuated  significantly.  High  energy  costs  could  increase  our  operating  costs  and  make  our  products  less 
competitive compared to similar or alternative products offered by competitors.

We  distribute  our  products  primarily  by  truck  and  rail,  although  we  also  distribute  some  of  our  products  by 
cargo ship. The reduced availability of trucks, rail cars or cargo ships could adversely impact our ability to distribute 
our products in a timely manner. High transportation costs could make our products less competitive compared to 
similar or alternative products offered by competitors. 

Because our businesses operate in highly competitive industry segments, we may not be able to recoup past 
or future increases in the cost of raw materials, energy or transportation through price increases for our products. 
The failure to obtain raw materials, energy or transportation services at reasonable market prices (or the failure to 
pass  on  price  increases  to  our  customers)  or  a  reduction  in  the  availability  of  raw  materials,  energy  or 
transportation  services  due  to  increased  demand,  significant  changes  in  climate  or  weather  conditions,  or  other 
factors could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of 
our Common Stock.

We Face Intense Competition

We  compete  in  industries  that  are  highly  competitive.  Our  competitors  include  large  and  small,  vertically 
integrated  companies  and  numerous  smaller  non-integrated  companies.  We  generally  compete  with  companies 
operating in North America, although we have operations spanning North America, South America, Europe, Asia 
and Australia. Factors affecting our ability to compete include the entry of new competitors into the markets we 
serve, increased competition from overseas producers, our competitors’ pricing strategies, the introduction by our 
competitors  of  new  technologies  and  equipment,  our  ability  to  anticipate  and  respond  to  changing  customer 
preferences  and  our  ability  to  maintain  the  cost-efficiency  of  our  facilities.  In  addition,  changes  within  these 
industries, including the consolidation of our competitors and our customers, may impact competitive dynamics. If 
our  competitors  are  more  successful  than  we  are  with  respect  to  any  key  competitive  factor,  our  results  of 

20

operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  condition,  and  the  trading  price  of  our  Common  Stock,  could  be  adversely 
affected.

Our products also compete, to some extent, with various other packaging materials, including products made 
of paper, plastics, wood and various types of metal. Customer shifts away from containerboard and paperboard 
packaging to packaging made from other materials could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and 
financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

Operating Risks

Our  Business  Has  Been,  and  Will  Continue  to  Be,  Impacted  by  the  Outbreak  of  the  COVID-19  Novel 

Coronavirus

The  global  impact  of  COVID-19  continues  to  evolve  rapidly.  COVID-19  has  impacted  our  operations  and 
financial performance and the extent of its effect on our operational and financial performance in future periods will 
depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the 
duration, scope and severity of the pandemic, the actions taken to contain or mitigate its impact, and the direct and 
indirect economic effects of the pandemic and related containment measures, among others.

In response to the spread of COVID-19, governmental authorities implemented numerous measures to try to 
contain the virus, including travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter-in-place and work from home orders, 
and shutdowns of so-called “nonessential” businesses. These measures have impacted, and may further impact, 
our workforce and operations, as well as those of our customers, vendors and suppliers. We have manufacturing 
operations  in  the  U.S.,  Canada,  Brazil,  Mexico,  Australia,  China  and  in  Europe,  and  each  of  these  countries  or 
regions has been affected by the outbreak of COVID-19 and taken various measures to try to contain it. Among 
other impacts to our business from the outbreak of COVID-19:

• We have experienced lower overall demand for our products due to economic uncertainty and changing 
consumer  behaviors  driven  by  COVID-19.  For  example,  we  have  experienced  softer  demand  in  the 
commercial print, tobacco, industrial, food service, cosmetics and spirits markets, as these markets have 
been adversely impacted by business closures due to government shelter-in-place orders and the adoption 
of social distancing practices.

• Our supply chain may be disrupted due to government restrictions or if our suppliers or vendors fail to meet 

their obligations to us or experience disruptions in their ability to do so.

• Our production capabilities may be disrupted if we are unable to secure sufficient supplies of raw materials, 
if  significant  portions  of  our  workforce  are  unable  to  work  effectively,  including  because  of  illness, 
government  actions  or  other  restrictions,  or  if  we  have  periods  of  disruptions  due  to  deep  cleaning  and 
sanitizing our facilities. In addition, we have incurred additional expense for cleaning, safety supplies and 
equipment, screening resources and other items and expect these costs to continue to some degree in the 
future.

• We may experience an increase in commodity and other input costs due to market volatility and product 

availability.

• We  may  experience  an  increase  in  our  working  capital  needs  or  an  increase  in  our  trade  accounts 

receivable write-offs as a result of increased financial pressures on our suppliers and customers.

• We  may  experience  changes  to  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  as  a  result  of  changes  in 
working  environments,  such  as  shelter-in-place  and  similar  orders,  as  well  as  the  potential  for  staffing 
limitations.

Our business has been, and will continue to be, impacted by the outbreak of the COVID-19 novel coronavirus 
and  these  impacts  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  conditions,  and  the 
trading price of our Common Stock.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
We  May  Be  Unsuccessful  in  Making  and  Integrating  Mergers,  Acquisitions  and  Investments,  and 

Completing Divestitures

We  have  completed  a  number  of  mergers,  acquisitions,  investments  and  divestitures  in  recent  years, 
including the combination of MeadWestvaco Corporation and Rock-Tenn Company (“RockTenn”) in fiscal 2015 to 
form WestRock (the “Combination”), our investments in Gondi, S.A. de C.V. (“Grupo Gondi”) beginning in fiscal 
2016,  the  spinoff  of  our  Specialty  Chemicals  business  in  fiscal  2016,  the  sale  of  our  Home,  Health  and  Beauty 
business, a former division of our Consumer Packaging segment (“HH&B”), in fiscal 2017, the acquisition of Multi 
Packaging Solutions International Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (“MPS” or “MPS Acquisition”) in fiscal 
2017 and the KapStone Acquisition in fiscal 2019, and we may acquire, invest in or sell, or enter into joint ventures 
with additional companies. We may not be able to identify suitable targets or purchasers or successfully complete 
suitable transactions in the future, and completed transactions may not be successful. These transactions create 
risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

disrupting our ongoing business, including distracting management from our existing businesses;

integrating  acquired  businesses  and  personnel  into  our  business,  including  integrating  information 
technology  systems  and  operations  across  different  cultures  and  languages,  and  addressing  the 
economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;

working with partners or other ownership structures with shared decision-making authority;

obtaining  and  verifying  relevant  information  regarding  a  business  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the 
transaction,  including  the  identification  and  assessment  of  liabilities,  claims  or  other  circumstances  that 
could result in litigation or regulatory risk exposure;

obtaining required regulatory approvals and/or financing on favorable terms;

retaining key employees, contractual relationships or customers;

the potential impairment of assets and goodwill;

the additional operating losses and expenses of businesses we acquire or in which we invest;

implementing controls, procedures and policies at companies we acquire; and

the dilution of interests of holders of our Common Stock through the issuance of equity securities.

Mergers,  acquisitions  and  investments  may  not  be  successful  and  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of 
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. Among the benefits we 
expect from potential, as well as completed, acquisitions and joint ventures are synergies, cost savings, growth 
opportunities or access to new markets (or a combination thereof), and in the case of divestitures, the realization of 
proceeds  from  the  sale  of  businesses  and  assets  to  purchasers  that  place  higher  strategic  value  on  these 
businesses  and  assets  than  we  do.  For  acquisitions,  our  success  in  realizing  these  benefits  and  the  timing  of 
realizing them depend on the successful integration of the acquired businesses and operations with our business 
and  operations.  Even  if  we  integrate  these  businesses  and  operations  successfully,  we  may  not  realize  the  full 
benefits we expected within the anticipated timeframe, or at all, and the benefits may be offset by unanticipated 
costs or delays.

We expect the KapStone Acquisition to generate run-rate synergies and performance improvements of more 
than $200 million by the end of fiscal 2021. The success of the KapStone Acquisition will depend on, among other 
things, our ability to realize anticipated growth opportunities, cost savings and other synergies. If we are not able to 
successfully  integrate  KapStone  within  the  anticipated  time  frame,  or  at  all,  the  expected  cost  savings  and 
synergies and other benefits of the KapStone Acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer or 
cost  us  more  to  realize  than  expected,  the  combined  businesses  may  not  perform  as  expected,  management’s 
time and energy may be diverted, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading 
price of our Common Stock, could be adversely affected. 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Acquisition of KapStone Subjects Us to Various Risks and Uncertainties

As  a  result  of  the  KapStone  Acquisition,  we  are  subject  to  various  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  the 

following: 

•

•

•

we may fail to realize anticipated synergies, cost savings, operating efficiencies and other benefits;

our  incurrence  of  substantial  indebtedness  in  connection  with  financing  the  KapStone  Acquisition  may 
have an adverse effect on our liquidity, limit our flexibility in responding to other business opportunities and 
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions; and

we may not be able to integrate KapStone without encountering difficulties and diverting management’s 
focus and resources from ordinary business activities and opportunities.

Any  one  or  more  of  these  risks  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial 

condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Incur Business Disruptions

The  operations  at  our  manufacturing  facilities  may  be  interrupted  or  impaired  by  various  operating  risks, 

including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

catastrophic  events,  such  as  fires,  floods,  earthquakes,  explosions,  natural  disasters,  severe  weather, 
including  hurricanes,  tornados  and  droughts,  and  pandemics,  including  COVID-19,  or  other  similar 
occurrences;

interruptions in the delivery of raw materials or other manufacturing inputs;

adverse government regulations;

equipment breakdowns or failures;

prolonged power failures;

unscheduled maintenance outages;

information system disruptions or failures due to any number of causes, including cyber-attacks;

violations of our permit requirements or revocation of permits;

releases of pollutants and hazardous substances to air, soil, surface water or ground water;

disruptions in transportation infrastructure, including roads, bridges, railroad tracks and tunnels;

shortages of equipment or spare parts; and

labor disputes and shortages.

For  example,  in  2018,  operations  at  our  Florence,  SC  and  Panama  City,  FL  mills  were  interrupted  by 
hurricanes, resulting in lost mill production and the incurrence of damages, supply chain disruptions and increased 
input costs (see “Note 7. Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional 
information).  Also,  in  2019  and  2020,  operations  at  three  of  our  mills  located  in  the  southeastern  U.S.  and 
operations at our Evadale, TX and Hodge, LA mills, respectively, were interrupted by hurricanes, resulting in lost 
mill production and in fiscal 2020 we experienced a flood at our operations in Guangzhou, China that negatively 
impacted our operations.

Business  disruptions  may  impair  our  production  capabilities  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations, 

cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We  May  Fail  to  Anticipate  Trends  That  Would  Enable  Us  to  Offer  Products  That  Respond  to  Changing 

Customer Preferences

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to offer differentiated solutions, and we must continually develop 
and  introduce  new  products  and  services  to  keep  pace  with  technological  and  regulatory  developments  and 
changing customer preferences. The services and products that we offer customers may not meet their needs as 
their  business  models  evolve.  Also,  our  customers  may  decide  to  decrease  their  use  of  our  products,  use 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
alternative materials for their product packaging or forego the packaging of certain products entirely. Regulatory 
developments  can  also  significantly  alter  the  market  for  our  products.  For  example,  a  move  to  electronic 
distribution of disclaimers and other paperless regimes could adversely impact our healthcare inserts and labels 
businesses. Similarly, New Jersey adopted a law in November 2020 banning single-use paper bags and a number 
of other states charge businesses or customers fees to use paper bags. These and similar developments could 
adversely impact demand for certain of our products.

Consumer preferences for products and packaging formats are constantly changing based on, among other 
factors,  cost,  convenience,  and  health,  environmental  and  social  concerns  and  perceptions.  For  example, 
changing  consumer  dietary  habits  and  preferences  have  slowed  the  sales  growth  for  certain  of  the  food  and 
beverage products that we package. Also, there is an increasing focus among consumers to ensure that products 
delivered through e-commerce are packaged efficiently. For instance, in 2019 Amazon began requiring all items 
sold through Amazon that are larger than a specified size to be designed and certified as ready-to-ship. Our results 
of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock, could be adversely 
affected if we fail to anticipate trends that would enable us to offer products that respond to changing customer 
preferences.

Our Capital Expenditures May Not Achieve the Desired Outcomes or May Be Achieved at a Higher Cost 

than Anticipated

We  regularly  make  capital  expenditures  and  many  of  our  capital  projects  are  complex,  costly  and/or 
implemented over an extended period of time. For example, in October 2020, we started up our strategic capital 
project at our Florence, SC mill in fiscal 2020 we completed a reconfiguration of our Charleston, SC mill, and we 
continue to invest in a strategic project at our Tres Barras, Brazil mill. Our capital expenditures for these and other 
capital projects could be higher than we anticipated, we may experience unanticipated business disruptions and/or 
we may not achieve the desired benefits from the capital projects, any of which could adversely affect our results of 
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. In addition, disputes 
between us and contractors who are involved with implementing capital projects could lead to time-consuming and 
costly litigation.

We are Exposed to Risks Related to International Sales and Operations

We derived 17.7% of our net sales in fiscal 2020 from outside the U.S. through international operations, some 
of  which  were  transacted  in  U.S.  dollars.  In  addition,  certain  of  our  domestic  operations  have  sales  to  foreign 
customers.  Our  operating  results  and  business  prospects  could  be  adversely  affected  by  risks  related  to  the 
countries outside the U.S. in which we have manufacturing facilities or sell our products. Specifically, Brazil, China, 
Mexico  and  India  are  exposed  to  varying  degrees  of  economic,  political  and  social  instability.  In  addition,  these 
countries’ economies and operating environments have been, and likely will continue to be, adversely impacted to 
varying  degrees  by  COVID-19.  We  are  exposed  to  risks  of  operating  in  those  countries,  as  well  as  others, 
including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

•

•

•

•

•

•

the difficulties with and costs of complying with a wide variety of complex laws, treaties and regulations;

unexpected changes in political or regulatory environments; earnings and cash flows that may be subject 
to tax withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions;

repatriating cash from foreign countries to the U.S.;

political, economic and social instability;

import and export restrictions and other trade barriers;

responding to disruptions in existing trade agreements or increased trade tensions between countries or 
political and economic unions;

• maintaining overseas subsidiaries and managing international operations;

•

•

•

obtaining regulatory approval for significant transactions;

government limitations on foreign ownership or takeovers, nationalizations of business or mandated price 
controls;

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•

transfer pricing.

Any  one  or  more  of  these  risks  could  adversely  affect  our  international  operations  and  our  results  of 

operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We Cannot Operate Our Joint Ventures Solely For Our Benefit, Which Subjects Us to Risks

We have invested in joint ventures and may form additional joint ventures in the future. Our participation in 

joint ventures is subject to risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with:

•

shared  decision-making,  which  could  require  us  to  expend  additional  resources  to  resolve  impasses  or 
potential disputes;

• maintaining good relationships with our partners, which could limit our future growth potential;

•

•

•

•

conflict of interest issues if our partners have competing interests;

investment  or  operational  goals  that  conflict  with  our  partners’  goals,  including  the  timing,  terms  and 
strategies for investments or future growth opportunities;

our  partners’  ability  to  fund  their  share  of  required  capital  contributions  or  to  otherwise  fulfill  their 
obligations as partners; and

obtaining consents from our partners for any sale or other disposition of our interest in a joint venture or 
underlying assets of the joint venture.

We  May  Produce  Faulty  or  Contaminated  Products  Due  to  Failures  in  Quality  Control  Measures  and 

Systems

Our  failure  to  produce  products  that  meet  safety  and  quality  standards  could  result  in  adverse  effects  on 
consumer health, litigation exposure, loss of market share and adverse financial impacts, among other potential 
consequences,  and  we  may  incur  substantial  costs  in  taking  appropriate  corrective  action  (up  to  and  including 
recalling products from end consumers) and to reimburse customers and/or end consumers for losses that they 
suffer as a result of these failures. Our actions or omissions with respect to product safety and quality could lead to 
regulatory  investigations,  enforcement  actions  and/or  prosecutions,  and  result  in  adverse  publicity,  which  may 
damage  our  reputation.  Any  of  these  results  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and 
financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We  provide  guarantees  or  representations  in  certain  of  our  contracts  that  our  products  are  produced  in 
accordance  with  customer  specifications.  If  the  product  contained  in  packaging  manufactured  by  us  is  faulty  or 
contaminated,  the  manufacturer  of  the  product  may  allege  that  the  packaging  we  provided  caused  the  fault  or 
contamination,  even  if  the  packaging  complies  with  contractual  specifications.  If  our  packaging  fails  to  function 
properly or to preserve the integrity of its contents, we could face liability from our customers and third parties for 
bodily injury or other damages. These liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and 
financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We Depend on Certain Large Customers

Our  Corrugated  Packaging  and  Consumer  Packaging  segments  have  large  customers,  the  loss  of  which 
could  adversely  affect  each  segment’s  sales  and,  depending  on  the  significance  of  the  loss,  our  results  of 
operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. In particular, because 
our  businesses  operate  in  highly  competitive  industry  segments,  we  regularly  bid  for  new  business  or  for  the 
renewal of existing business. The loss of business from our larger customers, or the renewal of business on less 
favorable terms, may adversely impact our financial results.

We  are  Subject  to  Cyber-Security  Risks,  Including  Related  to  Customer,  Employee,  Vendor  or  Other 

Company Data

We use information technologies to securely manage operations and various business functions. We rely on 
various  technologies,  some  of  which  are  managed  by  third  parties,  to  process,  transmit  and  store  electronic 
information.  In  addition,  we  facilitate  a  variety  of  business  processes  and  activities,  including  reporting  on  our 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business  and  interacting  with  customers,  vendors  and  employees.  We  also  collect  and  store  data,  including 
proprietary business information, and may have access to confidential or personal information that is subject to 
privacy  and  security  laws,  regulations  and  customer-imposed  controls.  Our  systems  are  subject  to  recurring 
attempts  by  third  parties  to  access  information  or  to  disrupt  our  operations.  Despite  our  security  design  and 
controls,  and  those  of  our  third-party  providers,  we  may  become  subject  to  system  damage,  disruptions  or 
shutdowns  due  to  any  number  of  causes,  including  cyber-attacks,  breaches,  employee  error  or  malfeasance, 
power outages, telecommunication or utility failures, systems failures, service provider failures, natural disasters or 
other catastrophic events. These vulnerabilities may remain undetected for an extended period of time. We may 
face other challenges and risks during our integration of acquired businesses and operations as we upgrade and 
standardize  our  information  technology  systems.  We  maintain  contingency  plans  and  processes  to  prevent  or 
mitigate  the  impact  of  these  events;  however,  these  events  could  result  in  operational  disruptions  or  the 
misappropriation  of  sensitive  data,  and  depending  on  their  nature  and  scope,  could  lead  to  the  compromise  of 
confidential  information,  improper  use  of  our  systems  and  networks,  manipulation  and  destruction  of  data, 
defective  products,  production  downtimes,  operational  disruptions  and  exposure  to  liability.  Such  disruptions  or 
misappropriations and the resulting repercussions, including reputational damage and legal claims or proceedings, 
may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  condition,  and  the  trading  price  of  our 
Common Stock.

We May Be Adversely Impacted By Work Stoppages and Other Labor Relations Matters

A significant number of our union employees are governed by CBAs. Expired contracts are in the process of 
renegotiation and others expire within one year. We may not be able to successfully negotiate new union contracts 
without work stoppages or labor difficulties or renegotiate them on favorable terms. We have experienced work 
stoppages  in  the  past  and  may  experience  them  in  the  future.  If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  renegotiate  the 
terms  of  any  of  these  agreements,  or  if  we  experience  any  extended  interruption  of  operations  at  any  of  our 
facilities as a result of strikes or other work stoppages, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, 
and  the  trading  price  of  our  Common  Stock,  could  be  adversely  affected.  In  addition,  our  businesses  rely  on 
vendors, suppliers and other third parties that have union employees. Strikes or work stoppages affecting these 
vendors, suppliers and other third parties could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial 
condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We May Fail to Attract, Motivate, Train and Retain Qualified Personnel, Including Key Personnel

Our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate, train and retain employees with the skills necessary to 
understand and adapt to the continuously developing needs of our customers. The increasing demand for qualified 
personnel  makes  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  attract  and  retain  employees  with  requisite  skill  sets,  particularly 
employees with specialized technical and trade experience. Changing demographics and labor work force trends 
also may result in a loss of knowledge and skills as experienced workers retire. If we fail to attract, motivate, train 
and  retain  qualified  personnel,  or  if  we  experience  excessive  turnover,  we  may  experience  declining  sales, 
manufacturing  delays  or  other  inefficiencies,  increased  recruiting,  training  and  relocation  costs  and  other 
difficulties, and our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common 
Stock may be adversely impacted.

We rely on key executive and management personnel to manage our business efficiently and effectively. The 
loss of any of our key personnel could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, 
and  the  trading  price  of  our  Common  Stock  may  be  adversely  impacted.  In  particular,  our  failure  to  identify 
candidates with the leadership skills to manage our increasingly complex organization, and our failure to ensure 
effective  transfers  of  knowledge  and  smooth  transitions  involving  key  executives,  could  hinder  our  strategic 
planning and execution.

Financial Risks

We  May  Be  Adversely  Affected  by  Factors  That  Are  Beyond  Our  Control,  Such  as  U.S.  and  Worldwide 

Economic and Financial Market Conditions, and Social and Political Change

Our businesses may be adversely affected by a number of factors that are beyond our control, including, but 

not limited to:

•

general economic and business conditions;

26

 
•

•

•

•

changes in tax laws or tax rates and conditions in the financial services markets, including counterparty 
risk,  insurance  carrier  risk,  rising  interest  rates,  inflation,  deflation,  fluctuations  in  the  value  of  local 
currency versus the U.S. dollar and the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar;

financial  uncertainties  in  our  major  international  markets,  including  uncertainties  surrounding  the  United 
Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit”;

social and political change impacting matters such as tax policy, sustainability, environmental regulations 
and trade policies and agreements; or

government deficit reduction and other austerity measures in specific countries or regions, or in the various 
industries in which we operate.

For  example,  we  may  experience  lower  demand  for  our  products  and  the  products  of  our  customers  that 
utilize  our  products  if  economic  conditions  in  the  U.S.  and  globally  (including  in  Europe,  Brazil  and  Mexico) 
deteriorate and result in higher unemployment rates, lower family income, unfavorable currency exchange rates, 
lower corporate earnings, lower business investment or lower consumer spending. In 2020, unemployment rates in 
the  principal  geographic  markets  that  we  serve  increased  significantly  and  gross  domestic  product  in  these 
markets decreased significantly, in each case due to COVID-19. These trends resulted in generally lower levels of 
demand  for  our  products,  which  adversely  impacted  our  financial  results.  In  addition,  changes  in  trade  policy, 
including  renegotiating  or  potentially  terminating,  existing  bilateral  or  multilateral  agreements,  as  well  as  the 
imposition  of  tariffs,  could  impact  demand  for  our  products  and  the  costs  associated  with  certain  of  our  capital 
investments.  Macro-economic  challenges  may  also  lead  to  changes  in  tax  laws  or  tax  rates  that  may  have  a 
material impact on our future cash taxes, effective tax rate or deferred tax assets and liabilities. We are not able to 
predict with certainty economic and financial market conditions, and social and political change, and our results of 
operations,  cash  flows  and  financial  condition,  and  the  trading  price  of  our  Common  Stock,  could  be  adversely 
affected by adverse market conditions and social and political change.

The Level of Our Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Impair Our Ability to 

Operate Our Business

At September 30, 2020, we had $9.4 billion of debt outstanding. The level of our indebtedness could have 

important consequences, including:

•

•

•

•

•

a portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to payments on indebtedness and will not be 
available for other purposes, including operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities, 
including acquisitions;

we  may  be  limited  in  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures, 
future business opportunities, acquisitions, general corporate and other purposes; 

our  indebtedness  that  is  subject  to  variable  rates  of  interest  exposes  us  to  increased  debt  service 
obligations in the event of increased interest rates;

we  may  be  limited  in  our  ability  to  adjust  to  changing  market  conditions,  which  would  place  us  at  a 
competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt; and

our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions or in our business may increase, and we 
may be unable to carry out important capital spending.

Certain  of  our  variable  rate  debt  uses  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  as  a  benchmark  for 
establishing  the  interest  rate.  The  U.K.  Financial  Conduct  Authority  intends  to  phase  out  LIBOR  by  the  end  of 
2021.  In  addition,  other  regulators  have  suggested  reforming  or  replacing  other  benchmark  rates.  The 
discontinuation, reform or replacement of LIBOR or any other benchmark rates may have an unpredictable impact 
on contractual mechanics in the credit markets or cause disruption to the broader financial markets. Uncertainty as 
to  the  nature  of  such  potential  discontinuation,  reform  or  replacement  may  negatively  impact  the  cost  of  our 
variable rate debt. 

We are subject to agreements that require us to meet and maintain certain financial ratios and covenants and 
may  restrict  us  from,  among  other  things,  disposing  of  assets  and  incurring  additional  indebtedness.  These 
restrictions may limit our flexibility to respond to changing market conditions and competitive pressures.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Rating Downgrades Could Increase Our Borrowing Costs or Otherwise Adversely Affect Us

Some  of  our  outstanding  indebtedness  has  received  credit  ratings  from  rating  agencies.  Our  credit  ratings 
could change based on, among other things, our results of operations and financial condition. Credit ratings are 
subject to ongoing evaluation by credit rating agencies and may be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by a 
rating  agency  or  placed  on  a  “watch  list”  for  a  possible  downgrade  or  assigned  a  “negative  outlook”.  Actual  or 
anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under 
review  for  a  downgrade  or  have  been  assigned  a  negative  outlook,  could  increase  our  borrowing  costs,  which 
could in turn adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of 
our Common Stock. If a downgrade were to occur or a negative outlook were to be assigned, it could impact our 
ability to access the capital markets to raise debt and/or increase the associated costs. In addition, while our credit 
ratings are important to us, we may take actions and otherwise operate our business in a manner that adversely 
affects our credit ratings.

We sell short-term receivables from certain customer trade accounts on a revolving basis. Any downgrade of 
the credit rating or deterioration of the financial condition of these customers may make it more costly or difficult for 
us to engage in these activities, which could adversely affect our cash flows and liquidity.

We  Have  a  Significant  Amount  of  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets  and  a  Write-Down  Would 

Adversely Impact Our Operating Results and Shareholders’ Equity 

At September 30, 2020, the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets was $9.6 billion. We review 
the carrying value of our goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently when impairment indicators exist. 
The impairment test requires us to analyze a number of factors and make estimates that require judgment. In fiscal 
2020,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  of  approximately  $1.3  billion  in  our  Consumer 
Packaging  reporting  unit.  The  rest  of  our  reporting  units  had  fair  values  that  exceeded  their  carrying  values  by 
more than 10%. Future changes in the cost of capital, expected cash flows, changes in our business strategy and 
external  market  conditions,  among  other  factors,  could  require  us  to  record  an  impairment  charge  for  goodwill, 
which  could  lead  to  decreased  assets  and  reduced  net  income.  If  a  significant  write  down  were  required,  the 
charge could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and shareholders’ equity, and could impact 
the  trading  price  of  our  Common  Stock.  See  “Note  1.  Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
for additional information.

We May Incur Additional Restructuring Costs and May Not Realize Expected Benefits from Restructuring

We  have  previously  restructured  portions  of  our  operations  and  likely  will  engage  in  future  restructuring 
initiatives. Because we are not able to predict with certainty market conditions, including changes in the supply and 
demand  for  our  products,  the  loss  of  large  customers,  the  selling  prices  for  our  products  or  our  manufacturing 
costs, we may not be able to predict with certainty the appropriate time to undertake restructurings. The cash and 
non-cash costs associated with these activities vary depending on the type of facility impacted, with the non-cash 
cost of a mill closure generally being more significant than that of a converting facility due to the higher level of 
investment.  Restructuring  activities  may  divert  the  attention  of  management,  disrupt  our  operations  and  fail  to 
achieve the intended cost and operations benefits.

We  May  Utilize  Our  Cash  Flow  or  Incur  Additional  Indebtedness  to  Satisfy  Certain  Payment  Obligations 

Related to, or Otherwise Increase our Investment in Grupo Gondi

In connection with our investment in the joint venture with Grupo Gondi, we entered into an option agreement 
pursuant to which we and certain shareholders of Grupo Gondi agreed to future put and call options with respect to 
the equity interests in the joint venture held by each party. We own 32.3% of the joint venture. Pursuant to the 
option agreement, prior to April 1, 2021, we may exercise a right to purchase an additional 18.7% equity interest in 
Grupo  Gondi  from  our  joint  venture  partners  at  a  predetermined  purchase  price.  If  we  exercise  our  right  to 
purchase  the  additional  18.7%  equity  interest,  our  partners  may  elect  to  sell  us  their  remaining  interest  at  fair 
market value at that time, or a portion thereof in the future in accordance with the terms of the option agreement. In 
addition, in the event that we do not exercise our right to purchase the additional 18.7% equity interest, our joint 
venture partners may call our 32.3% equity interest at a predetermined price between October 1, 2021 and April 1, 
2022. These arrangements, or other arrangements pursuant to which we increase our ownership in Grupo Gondi, 
may require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to satisfy our payment or investment obligations, 

28

which  may  reduce  the  amount  of  funds  available  for  our  operations,  capital  expenditures  and  corporate 
development  activities.  Also,  we  may  be  required  to  incur  additional  indebtedness  or  issue  equity  securities  in 
order to satisfy our payment or investment obligations. 

We May Incur Withdrawal Liability and/or Increased Funding Requirements in Connection with MEPPs

We  participate  in  several  MEPPs.  Our  contributions  to  any  particular  MEPP  may  increase  based  on  the 
declining  funded  status  of  a  MEPP  and  legal  requirements,  such  as  those  of  the  Pension  Act,  which  require 
substantially underfunded MEPPs to implement a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) 
to improve their funded status. The funded status of a MEPP may be impacted by, among other items, a shrinking 
contribution base as a result of the insolvency or withdrawal of other companies that currently contribute to these 
plans, the inability or failure of companies withdrawing from the plan to pay their withdrawal liability, low interest 
rates, changes in actuarial assumptions and/or lower than expected returns on pension fund assets.

We believe that certain of the MEPPs in which we participate or have participated, including PIUMPF, have 
material unfunded vested benefits. In fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from PIUMPF and 
the  Central  States,  Southeast  and  Southwest  Areas  Pension  Fund  (“Central  States”),  and  recorded  aggregate 
withdrawal  liabilities  of  $184.2  million  (nearly  all  of  which  was  for  PIUMPF),  which  includes  an  estimate  of  our 
portion of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency. We may withdraw from other MEPPs in the future.

In  September  2019,  we  received  a  demand  from  PIUMPF  asserting  that  we  owe  $170.3  million  on  an 
undiscounted  basis  (approximately  $0.7  million  per  month  for  the  next  20  years)  with  respect  to  our  withdrawal 
liability. The demand did not address any assertion of liability for PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency. We 
began  making  monthly  payments  for  the  withdrawal  liability  in  fiscal  2020.  In  February  2020,  we  received  a 
demand letter from PIUMPF asserting that we owe $51.2 million for our pro-rata share of PIUMPF’s accumulated 
funding  deficiency,  including  interest.  We  expect  to  challenge  the  accumulated  funding  deficiency  demand. The 
impact of increased contributions, future funding obligations or future withdrawal liabilities may adversely affect our 
results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock. See “Note 5. 
Retirement  Plans  —  Multiemployer  Plans”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information,  including  our  estimated  withdrawal  liabilities  and  a  summary  of  all  the  demand  letters  we  received 
from PIUMPF.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We  are  Subject  to  a  Wide  Variety  of  Laws,  Regulations  and  Other  Requirements  That  are  Subject  to 

Change and May Impose Substantial Compliance Costs 

We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and other requirements, 
including those relating to the environment, product safety, competition, corruption, occupational health and safety, 
labor  and  employment,  data  privacy,  tax  and  health  care.  These  laws,  regulations  and  other  requirements  may 
change or be applied or interpreted in ways that will require us to modify our equipment and/or operations, subject 
us  to  enforcement  risk,  expose  us  to  reputational  harm  or  impose  on  or  require  us  to  incur  additional  costs, 
including  substantial  compliance  costs,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and 
financial condition, and the trading price of our Common Stock.

We  have  incurred,  and  expect  to  continue  to  incur,  significant  capital,  operating  and  other  expenditures 
complying with applicable environmental regulations. Our environmental expenditures include those related to air 
and  water  quality,  waste  disposal  and  the  cleanup  of  contaminated  soil  and  groundwater,  including  situations 
where  we  have  been  identified  as  a  PRP.  Because  environmental  regulations  are  constantly  evolving,  we  will 
continue to incur costs to maintain compliance with those laws and our compliance costs could increase materially. 
Future compliance with existing and new laws and requirements may disrupt our business operations and require 
significant expenditures, and our existing reserves for specific matters may not be adequate to cover future costs. 
In particular, our manufacturing operations consume significant amounts of energy, and we may in the future incur 
additional or increased capital, operating and other expenditures from changes due to new or increased climate-
related and other environmental regulations. We could also incur substantial liabilities, including fines or sanctions, 
enforcement  actions,  natural  resource  damages  claims,  cleanup  and  closure  costs,  and  third-party  claims  for 
property damage and personal injury under environmental and common laws. 

29

The  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  of  1977  and  local  anti-bribery  laws,  including  those  in  Brazil,  China, 
Mexico, India and the United Kingdom (where we maintain operations directly or through a joint venture), prohibit 
companies  and  their  intermediaries  from  making  improper  payments  to  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of 
influencing  official  decisions.  Our  internal  control  policies  and  procedures,  or  those  of  our  vendors,  may  not 
adequately  protect  us  from  reckless  or  criminal  acts  committed  or  alleged  to  have  been  committed  by  our 
employees,  agents  or  vendors.  Any  such  violations  could  lead  to  civil  or  criminal  monetary  and  non-monetary 
penalties and/or could damage our reputation. 

We  are  subject  to  a  number  of  labor  and  employment  and  occupational  health  and  safety  laws  and 
regulations that could significantly increase our operating costs and reduce our operational flexibility. Additionally, 
changing privacy laws in the United States (where the California Consumer Privacy Act became effective in 2020), 
Europe  (where  the  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  became  effective  in  2018)  and  elsewhere  have  created 
new individual privacy rights, imposed increased obligations on companies handling personal data and increased 
potential exposure to fines and penalties. 

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved SEC staff comments.

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

We operate locations in North America, including the majority of U.S. states, South America, Europe, Asia and 
Australia.  We  lease  our  principal  offices  in  Atlanta,  GA.  We  believe  that  our  existing  production  capacity  is 
adequate  to  serve  existing  demand  for  our  products  and  consider  our  plants  and  equipment  to  be  in  good 
condition.

Our  corporate  offices,  significant  regional  offices  and  operating  facilities  as  of  September 30,  2020  are 

summarized below:

Segment
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Corporate and significant regional offices
Total

Number of Facilities

  Owned     Leased    
66     
44     
11     
121     

115     
77     
—     
192     

Total

181 
121 
11 
313  

The tables that follow show our annual production capacity in thousands of tons by mill at September 30, 2020, 
unless stated otherwise. Our mill system production levels and operating rates may vary from year to year due to 
changes in market and other factors, including weather-related events. Our simple average mill system operating 
rates  for  the  last  three  years  averaged  93%.  We  own  all  of  our  mills.  At  September 30,  2020,  we  also  owned 
approximately 135,000 acres of forestlands in Brazil.

30

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Corrugated Packaging Mills - annual production capacity in thousands of tons

 Linerboard  Medium  
315   
510   
950   

White Top
Linerboard  

Kraft
Paper/Bag  
375   

Saturating 
Kraft / 
Folding 
Carton   

Market

Pulp   

Bleached
Paperboard  

Location of Mill
Longview, WA
Fernandina Beach, FL
West Point, VA
Stevenson, AL
Solvay, NY
Hodge, LA
Florence, SC (1)
Panama City, FL
Dublin, GA
North Charleston, SC
Seminole, FL
Tres Barras, Brazil (2)
Hopewell, VA
Roanoke Rapids, NC
Tacoma, WA
La Tuque, QC
Cowpens, SC
St. Paul, MN
Morai, India
Total Capacity (3)

185   
885   
272   

137   

198   
185   

548   
800   
710   
353   
137   
235   
402   
360   
527   
290   
90   

45   

185   
200   
25   
6,112    2,587   

155   

735   

292   

341   

370   

210   
60   

275   
345   

60   

1,355   

986   

370   

352   

Total
Capacity 
1,200 
950 
920 
885 
820 
800 
710 
645 
615 
605 
600 
545 
527 
500 
485 
476 
230 
200 
180 
131    11,893  

131   

(1) The new machine at the Florence, SC mill started up in October 2020. The table reflects the expected annual 

capacity once the strategic project is fully operational.

(2) Reflects our current capacity. Once the expansion project is completed during fiscal 2021, the mill is expected 

to produce 750,000 tons annually.

(3) Our fiber sourcing for our Corrugated Packaging mills is approximately 62% virgin and 38% recycled.

Consumer Packaging Mills - annual production capacity in thousands of tons

Location of Mill
Mahrt, AL
Covington, VA
Evadale, TX (1)
Demopolis, AL
St. Paul, MN
Battle Creek, MI
Chattanooga, TN
Dallas, TX
Lynchburg, VA
Sheldon Springs, VT
   (Missisquoi Mill)
Stroudsburg, PA
Eaton, IN
Aurora, IL
Total Capacity (2)

Bleached
Paperboard   

Coated
Natural 
Kraft

Coated
Recycled
Paperboard   

Specialty
Recycled
Paperboard   

Market
Pulp

1,035     

950     
500     
360     

170     
160     

127     

111     
80     

1,810     

1,035     

648     

31

110     

110     

140     

118     

64     
32     
354     

Total
Capacity  
1,035 
950 
500 
470 
170 
160 
140 
127 
118 

111 
80 
64 
32 
3,957  

  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
      
   
(1) Reflects the expected annual capacity and product mix after the completion of the October 2020 announced 

machine shutdown.

(2) Our fiber sourcing for our Consumer Packaging mills is approximately 75% virgin and 25% recycled.

The  production  at  our  Lynchburg,  VA  mill  is  gypsum  paperboard  liner  and  the  paper  machine  at  this  mill  is 
owned by our Seven Hills joint venture. Our overall fiber sourcing for all of our mills is approximately 65% virgin 
and 35% recycled. 

Item 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are a defendant in a number of lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. While the 
ultimate results of such suits or other proceedings against us cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the 
resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of 
operations or cash flows.

See  “Note  18.  Commitments  and  Contingencies”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for 

additional information.

Item 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

32

PART II: FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 5.

MARKET  FOR  THE  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock

Our  Common  Stock  trades  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”)  under  the  symbol  “WRK”.  As  of 
November 4, 2020, there were approximately 6,313 stockholders of record of our Common Stock. The number of 
stockholders of record includes one single stockholder, Cede & Co., for all of the shares of our Common Stock 
held by our stockholders in individual brokerage accounts maintained at banks, brokers and institutions.

Dividends

On May 5, 2020, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per share for an annual rate of 
$0.80  per share, which  was  lower than our  previous  quarterly  dividend paid  in  fiscal  2020.  We  believe  that  this 
reduction in our dividend was prudent given the uncertain market conditions driven by COVID-19 and allowed us to 
allocate additional cash to pay down our outstanding debt. As the situation with COVID-19 continues to evolve, we 
will re-evaluate the level of our dividend. In August 2020, May 2020, February 2020 and November 2019 we paid a 
quarterly dividend of $0.20, $0.20, $0.465 and $0.465 per share, respectively for a total of $1.33 per share. During 
fiscal  2019,  we  paid  an  annual  dividend  of  $1.82  per  share.  During  fiscal  2018,  we  paid  an  annual  dividend  of 
$1.72 per share. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See  Part  III,  Item  12  of  this  Form  10-K  and  “Note  20.  Stockholders’  Equity”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated 

Financial Statements for additional information.

Stock Repurchase Plan

See  “Note  20.  Stockholders’  Equity”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 

information.

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial 
statements and notes thereto and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results  of  Operations”.  WRKCo  was  the  accounting  acquirer  in  the  KapStone  Acquisition;  therefore,  the 
historical consolidated financial statements of WRKCo for periods prior to the transaction (which was completed on 
November 2, 2018) are also considered to be the historical financial statements of the Company. We derived the 
consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  consolidated  statements  of  cash  flows  data  for  the  years  ended 
September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 
from  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  herein.  We  derived  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and consolidated statements of cash flows data for the year ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and 
the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 from audited financial statements 
not included in this report. 

33

The impact from acquisitions was the primary driver of the changes in the selected financial data in fiscal 2018 
and 2019 as compared to prior years in varying degrees due to the size and timing of the transactions. See “Note 
3. Acquisitions and Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 
The selected financial data has been updated to reflect the spinoff of our Specialty Chemicals business in fiscal 
2016. Our results of operations shown below may not be indicative of future results. 

(In millions, except per share amounts)

2020

Year Ended September 30,
2018

2017

2019

2016

Net sales
Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income)
    expense (1)
Pension risk transfer expense (2)
Pension lump sum settlement and retiree medical
    curtailment, net (3)
Land and Development impairments (4)
Restructuring and other costs (5)
Goodwill impairment (6)
Gain on sale of HH&B (7)
(Loss) income from continuing operations (8)
Loss from discontinued operations (net of

  $17,578.8    $18,289.0    $16,285.1    $14,859.7    $ 14,171.8 

  $
  $

(1.1)   $
—    $

(6.3)   $
—    $

184.2    $
—    $

—    $
—    $

— 
370.7 

—    $
  $
—    $
  $
  $
112.7    $
  $ 1,333.2    $
—    $
  $
(686.1)   $
  $

—    $
13.0    $
173.7    $
—    $
—    $

—    $
31.9    $
105.4    $
—    $
—    $
867.9    $ 1,909.3    $

32.6    $
46.7    $
196.7    $
—    $
192.8    $
698.6    $

— 
— 
366.4 
— 
— 
154.8 

tax) (9)

  $

—    $

—    $

—    $

—    $

(544.7)

Net (loss) income attributable to
    common stockholders
Diluted (loss) earnings per share from
    continuing operations
Diluted loss per share from discontinued
    operations
Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable

to common stockholders

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
Dividends paid per common share
Book value per common share
Total assets
Current portion of debt
Long-term debt due after one year
Total debt
Total stockholders’ equity
Net cash provided by operating activities
Capital expenditures
Cash paid for purchase of businesses,
    net of cash acquired
Purchases of common stock
Cash dividends paid to stockholders

  $

(690.9)   $

862.9    $ 1,906.1    $

708.2    $

(396.3)

  $

  $

(2.67)   $

3.33    $

7.34    $

2.77    $

0.59 

—    $

—    $

—    $

—    $

(2.13)

  $

2.77    $
255.7     
1.60    $
40.64    $

3.33    $
259.1     
1.82    $
45.27    $

(2.67)   $
259.2     
1.33    $
40.83    $

7.34    $
259.8     
1.72    $
45.24    $

(1.54)
257.9 
1.50 
  $
  $
38.75 
  $28,779.7    $30,156.7    $25,360.5    $25,089.0    $ 23,038.2 
  $
292.9 
  $ 9,207.7    $ 9,502.3    $ 5,674.5    $ 5,946.1    $ 5,496.3 
  $ 9,430.6    $10,063.4    $ 6,415.2    $ 6,554.8    $ 5,789.2 
  $10,630.6    $11,669.9    $11,469.4    $10,342.5    $ 9,728.8 
  $ 2,070.7    $ 2,310.2    $ 1,931.2    $ 1,463.8    $ 1,223.3 
796.7 
  $

978.1    $ 1,369.1    $

740.7    $

999.9    $

222.9    $

561.1    $

608.7    $

778.6    $

  $
  $
  $

—    $ 3,374.2    $
88.6    $
—    $
467.9    $
344.5    $

239.9    $ 1,588.5    $
93.0    $
195.1    $
403.2    $
440.9    $

376.4 
335.3 
380.7  

(1)

(2)

In fiscal 2018, we recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $180.0 million to withdraw from PIUMPF and $4.2 million to 
withdraw  from  Central  States.  See  “Note  5.  Retirement  Plans  —  Multiemployer  Plans”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements for additional information.

In fiscal 2016, we used plan assets to settle $2.5 billion of pension obligations of the WestRock Company Consolidated 
Pension Plan (the “Plan”) by purchasing group annuity contracts from the Prudential Insurance Company of America, a 
subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. (“Prudential”). This transaction transferred payment responsibility to Prudential for 
retirement benefits owed to approximately 35,000 U.S. retirees and their beneficiaries. As a result, we recorded a non-cash 
charge of $370.7 million pre-tax, which is included in the consolidated statements of operations in the line item “Pension 
and other postretirement non-service income (expense)”. 

34

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
(3)

(4)

In fiscal 2017, lump sum payments to certain beneficiaries of the Plan, together with several one-time severance benefit 
payments  out  of  the  Plan,  triggered  pension  settlement  accounting  and  a  remeasurement  of  the  Plan.  As  a  result  of 
settlement accounting, we recognized as a current period expense a pro-rata portion of the unamortized net actuarial loss, 
after remeasurement, and recorded a $32.6 million non-cash charge to our earnings, which is included in the consolidated 
statements of operations in the line item “Pension and other postretirement non-service income (expense)”. 

In  fiscal  2019,  we  recorded  a  $13.0  million  pre-tax  non-cash  impairment  of  certain  mineral  rights.  In  fiscal  2018,  we 
recorded  a  $31.9  million  pre-tax  non-cash  impairment  of  certain  mineral  rights  and  real  estate.  The  $23.6  million 
impairment of mineral rights in fiscal 2018 was driven by the non-renewal of a lease and associated with declining oil and 
gas prices, and the other $8.3 million was recorded to write-down the carrying value on real estate projects. Similarly, in 
fiscal 2017, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash real estate impairment of $46.7 million, or $39.7 million net of $7.0 million of 
noncontrolling  interest.  Due  to  the  accelerated  monetization  strategy  in  our  Land  and  Development  segment,  the  real 
estate impairments were recorded to write-down the carrying value on projects where the projected sales proceeds were 
less than the carrying value.

(5) Costs  recorded  in  each  period  are  not  comparable  since  the  timing  and  scope  of  the  individual  actions  vary.  The 
restructuring and other costs exclude the Specialty Chemicals costs, which are included in discontinued operations in fiscal 
2016.  See  “Note  4.  Restructuring  and  Other  Costs”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information regarding the type of costs incurred.

(6)  

In fiscal 2020, we recorded a $1,333.2 million pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment in our Consumer Packaging reporting 
unit. See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Long-
Lived Assets” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(7) On April 6, 2017, we completed the HH&B Sale. In fiscal 2017, we recorded a pre-tax gain on sale of HH&B of $192.8 

million. 

(8)

(9)

(Loss)  income  from  continuing  operations  was  impacted  by  multiemployer  pension  withdrawals,  pension  risk  transfer, 
pension lump sum settlement and retiree medical curtailment, net, Land and Development impairments, restructuring and 
other  costs,  the  goodwill  impairment  and  the  HH&B  Sale,  as  identified  in  the  table  above  for  the  respective  years.  In 
addition, income from continuing operations in fiscal 2018 included an income tax benefit of $1,128.8 million related to the 
Tax Act (as hereinafter defined). See “Note 6. Income Taxes — Impacts of the Tax Act” of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements for additional information. Income from continuing operations in fiscal 2019 and 2017 was reduced by 
$24.7  million  and  $26.5  million,  respectively,  pre-tax  for  the  expensing  of  inventory  stepped-up  in  purchase  accounting, 
primarily related to the KapStone Acquisition and the MPS Acquisition, respectively.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax in fiscal 2016 included a $478.3 million pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment 
charge  and  $101.1  million  pre-tax  customer  list  impairment  charge  associated  with  our  former  Specialty  Chemicals 
operations.

35

 
Item 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We are a multinational provider of sustainable fiber-based paper and packaging solutions. We partner with our 
customers to provide differentiated paper and packaging solutions that help them win in the marketplace. Our team 
members support customers around the world from our operating and business locations in North America, South 
America, Europe, Asia and Australia. 

Organization

On November 2, 2018, we completed the KapStone Acquisition. As a result, among other things, the Company 
became the ultimate parent of WRKCo, KapStone and their respective subsidiaries, and the Company changed its 
name to “WestRock Company” and WRKCo changed its name to “WRKCo Inc.”. See “Note 3. Acquisitions and 
Investments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Presentation

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging, 
which  consists  of  our  containerboard  mills,  corrugated  packaging  and  distribution  operations,  as  well  as  our 
merchandising  displays  and  recycling  procurement  operations;  Consumer  Packaging,  which  consists  of  our 
consumer mills, food and beverage and partition operations; and Land and Development, which previously sold 
real  estate,  primarily  in  the  Charleston,  SC  region.  We  have  not  included  a  discussion  of  the  Land  and 
Development segment below as its net sales and segment income are not significant due to the completion of the 
monetization  of  the  real  estate  holdings.  See  “Note  7.  Segment  Information”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  for  the  Land  and  Development  disclosures.  With  the  completion  of  the  monetization,  this 
segment no longer exists.

A detailed discussion of the fiscal 2020 year-over-year changes can be found below and a detailed discussion 
of fiscal 2019 year-over-year changes can be found in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 
2019.

Acquisitions

From time to time, we have completed acquisitions that have expanded our product and geographic scope, 
allowed us to increase our integration levels and impacted our comparative financials. We expect to continue to 
evaluate similar potential acquisitions in the future, although the size of individual acquisitions may vary. Below we 
summarize certain of these acquisitions.

On  November  2,  2018,  we  completed  the  KapStone  Acquisition.  KapStone  is  a  leading  North  American 
producer and distributor of containerboard, corrugated products and specialty papers, including liner and medium 
containerboard, kraft papers and saturating kraft. KapStone also owns Victory Packaging, a packaging solutions 
distribution  company  with  facilities  in  the  U.S.,  Canada  and  Mexico.  We  have  included  the  financial  results  of 
KapStone in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

See  “Note  3.  Acquisitions  and  Investments”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for 
additional information. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May Be Unsuccessful in Making and Integrating 
Mergers, Acquisitions and Investments, and Completing Divestitures”.

36

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

(In millions)

Net sales
Segment income

  Year Ended September 30,  

2020

2019

  $
  $

17,578.8   $
1,362.8   $

18,289.0 
1,790.2  

In  fiscal  2020,  we  continued  to  pursue  our  strategy  of  offering  differentiated  and  sustainable  paper  and 
packaging solutions that help our customers win. As a result of our broad portfolio, 160 customers bought at least 
$1 million from both our Corrugated Packaging and Consumer Packaging segments in fiscal 2020. Net sales of 
$17,578.8 million for fiscal 2020 decreased $710.2 million, or 3.9%, compared to fiscal 2019. The decrease was 
primarily due to lower selling price/mix and lower volumes excluding acquisitions, including the impact of COVID-
19, as well as unfavorable foreign currency impacts across our segments.

Segment  income  decreased  $427.4  million  in  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019,  primarily  due  to  lower 
Corrugated Packaging and Consumer Packaging segment income. A detailed review of our performance appears 
below under “Results of Operations”.

We  generated  $2,070.7  million  of  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  in  fiscal  2020,  compared  to 
$2,310.2  million  in  fiscal  2019.  The  decrease  was  primarily  due  to  lower  earnings  largely  due  to  lower  selling 
price/mix,  lower  volumes  excluding  acquisitions,  including  COVID-19,  as  well  as  other  factors.  Given  the 
uncertainties  associated  with  the  severity  and  duration  of  COVID-19  as  discussed  below,  in  May  2020  we 
implemented the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan. See “COVID-19 RESPONSE — WestRock Pandemic Action 
Plan” for more information. We invested $978.1 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 while returning $344.5 
million  in  dividends  to  our  stockholders.  We  believe  our  strong  balance  sheet  and  cash  flow  provide  us  the 
flexibility  to  continue  to  invest  to  sustain  and  improve  our  operating  performance.  See  “Liquidity  and  Capital 
Resources” for more information. 

Loss per diluted share was $2.67 in fiscal 2020 compared to earnings per diluted share of $3.33 in fiscal 2019. 
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share were $2.75  and  $3.98 in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The loss per 
diluted  share  in  fiscal  2020  was  driven  by  a  pre-tax  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  of  $1,333.2  million  in  our 
Consumer Packaging reporting unit. 

A detailed review of our fiscal 2020 and 2019 performance appears below under “Results of Operations”.

Expectations for Fiscal 2021 and the First Quarter of Fiscal 2021

We expect to generate strong cash flows and reduce our debt meaningfully in fiscal 2021. We expect capital 
investments to be $800 to $900 million, which is higher than the estimates that we incorporated into the WestRock 
Pandemic Action Plan due to specific growth projects that we subsequently identified. We expect to complete the 
Tres Barras mill upgrade in the first half of 2021 and to add more than $125 million in EBITDA in fiscal 2021 from 
capturing synergies related to the KapStone Acquisition, the new paper machine at our Florence, SC mill, our box 
plant in Porto Feliz, Brazil and the reconfiguration at our North Charleston, SC mill. We expect that our financial 
results  in  fiscal  2021  will  continue  to  be  impacted  by  COVID-19.  See  “COVID-19  Response  —  End  Market 
Segment Demand Trends” and “COVID-19 Response — Health and Safety of our Teammates” for additional 
information.

In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  we  expect  a  sequential  decline  in  net  sales  and  earnings  from  the  fourth 
quarter reflecting the normal seasonal sequential volume declines in many of our businesses. We expect higher 
North  American  Corrugated  box  shipments  to  be  offset  by  three  fewer  shipping  days  during  the  first  quarter  of 
fiscal 2021. While volume should remain strong in Brazil, we will execute a significant outage to support our Tres 
Barras  mill  upgrade  and  estimate  27,000  tons  of  maintenance  downtime.  We  also  expect  higher  energy  and 
transportation  costs  entering  the  winter  season  along  with  increased  health  insurance  costs  prior  to  the  annual 
reset of employee deductibles. In addition, our short-term incentive payouts for fiscal 2020 were below target as 

37

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
part of our pandemic action plan and we will begin accruing short-term incentive payouts for fiscal 2021 at a target 
level that is higher than the payout level for fiscal 2020.

WestRock Pandemic Action Plan

COVID-19 RESPONSE

In fiscal 2020, we executed our differentiated strategy with financial strength and substantial liquidity, and we 
adapted  quickly  to  changing  market  conditions  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Given  the  uncertainties 
associated with the severity and duration of the pandemic, in May 2020 we announced, and began implementing, 
the  WestRock  Pandemic  Action  Plan.  We  have  modified  the  WestRock  Pandemic  Action  Plan  as  the  impact  of 
COVID-19  has  continued  and  we  may  further  modify  it  in  the  future  by,  for  example,  changing  our  capital 
expenditure assumptions, future estimates or the duration of the planned items. We expect that the actions that we 
have undertaken and will continue to undertake pursuant to the plan will provide an additional $1 billion in cash 
through the end of fiscal 2021 that we will be able to use to reduce our outstanding indebtedness. Pursuant to the 
WestRock Pandemic Action Plan, we committed ourselves to:

• Continuing to protect the safety and well-being of our teammates, which we continue to do,

• Continuing to match our supply with our customers’ demand, which we continue to do,

• Decreasing the salaries of our senior executive team by up to 25% from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 
2020  and  decreasing  the  retainer  for  members  of  our  board  of  directors  by  25%  for  the  third  and  fourth 
calendar quarters of 2020, in addition to reducing discretionary expenses,

• Using Common Stock to pay our annual incentive for fiscal 2020 for nearly all participants, and setting 
the  payout  level  at  50%  of  the  target  opportunity  subject  to  a  safety  modifier  that  could  increase  the 
target by up to 5% or decrease it by up to 10%,

• Using Common Stock to make Company funded 401(k) contributions (i.e. our employee match of up to 

5%) beginning July 1, 2020 for calendar 2020, 

o We subsequently determined to fund the Company’s annual 401(k) contribution of 2.5% using Common 

Stock

o We  subsequently  determined  to  use  Common  Stock  to  make  Company  funded  401(k)  contributions 

through September 30, 2021

• Reducing  fiscal  2020  capital  investments  by  approximately  $150  million  to  approximately  $950  million  (we 
invested $978.1 million in fiscal 2020) and fiscal 2021 capital investments to a range of $600 million to $800 
million (which we have subsequently revised to $800 million to $900 million),

•

Postponing an estimated $120 million of employment taxes incurred through the end of calendar year 2020, 
pursuant to relief offered under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act, and

• Resetting our quarterly dividend to $0.20 per share for an annual rate of $0.80 per share.

In fiscal 2020, we achieved more than $350 million of the $1 billion goal set forth in the WestRock Pandemic 
Action Plan. We expect that our actions under the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan will continue to position us 
both to sustain our business in a range of economic and market conditions and for long-term success.

Health and Safety of our Teammates

Our first priority is the health and safety of our teammates. We have taken, and continue to take, actions to 

protect the health and safety of our teammates during COVID-19, including:

Implementing social distancing practices,

•
• Cleaning and disinfecting workstations and common surfaces frequently and arranging for deep cleaning and 

sanitizing of our sites, as needed,

38

• Requiring the use of face coverings to enter our facilities, 

•

•

Enforcing quarantine guidelines for team members affected by or potentially exposed to COVID-19, and

Supporting flexible and alternative work arrangements, including a work-from-home strategy for team 
members whose jobs can be performed remotely.

We have also implemented health questionnaires and temperature screenings in compliance with applicable 
law and launched an online Coronavirus Resource Center to keep our teammates up to date on Company and 
health  authority  information,  including  information  from  the  World  Health  Organization  and  the  U.S.  Centers  for 
Disease Control and Prevention.

During  fiscal  2020,  we  provided  one-time  COVID-19  recognition  awards  to  our  teammates  who  work  in 
manufacturing and operations and recognized expense of $31.6 million for those awards. During fiscal 2020, we 
also  incurred  an  additional  expense  of  $32.4  million  for  cleaning,  safety  supplies  and  equipment,  screening 
resources and other items. We expect to continue to incur expenses for these items as needed in the future.

Business Continuity

Our business is an essential part of the global supply chain. Our paper and packaging products enable our 
customers  to  package  essential  food,  beverage,  health  products,  cleaning  products  and  other  goods.  We  are 
continuing to operate and meet or exceed our customers’ needs in this rapidly evolving demand environment.

We formed a business continuity team comprised of senior leaders throughout our organization that develops 
and implements business continuity plans to ensure that our operations are well positioned to continue producing 
and delivering products to customers without disruption. The business continuity team meets regularly to identify 
and address issues as they arise and focuses on taking actions that address current circumstances associated 
with COVID-19 while positioning us for future growth.

Financial Flexibility and Liquidity

We expect the resetting of our dividend from $0.465 per share to $0.20 per share will allow for in excess of 

$400 million to be available for debt repayment through the end of fiscal 2021. 

In June 2020, WRKCo issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.00% Senior Notes due 2033. 
At September 30, 2020, we had approximately $3.6 billion of availability under long-term committed credit facilities 
and cash and cash equivalents. We have limited debt maturities prior to March 2022. We believe that we have 
substantial  liquidity  to  navigate  the  current  dynamic  environment,  and  remain  focused  on  maintaining  our 
investment grade rating and managing our working capital and taking appropriate actions to ensure our access to 
necessary liquidity.

The CARES Act allows employers to postpone paying their share of employment taxes incurred through the 
end of  calendar year 2020. We  expect  to postpone  an  estimated $120  million of  such  payments  over  the three 
quarters ended December 31, 2020 and will be required to pay 50% of these amounts in December 2021 and the 
remaining 50% in December 2022.

End Market Segment Demand Trends

End  market  demand  trends  continue  to  be  impacted  by  COVID-19.  Since  the  onset  of  COVID-19,  we  have 
experienced strong sequential demand from the e-commerce, food, and healthcare end markets. As we exited the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, corrugated container volumes increased, and October 2020 shipments continued to 
rise  as compared  to the prior year.  However,  we  have  also experienced lower sales  in  other market  segments, 
including specialty solid bleached sulphate (“SBS”), especially for commercial print, tobacco, plate and cup stock 
markets. Although we are not certain whether these trends will continue into future reporting periods and, if so, for 
how long and to what degree, we believe the decline in specialty SBS, in particular for certain end markets, is more 
systemic. Our view of related growth and earnings opportunities has been diminished in the foreseeable future. As 

39

a result of the expected lower volumes and cash flows, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 we recorded a non-cash 
goodwill impairment charge of $1.3 billion pre-tax in our Consumer Packaging reporting unit. In October 2020, we 
announced  the  shut-down  of  one  of  our  SBS  paper  machines  at  our  Evadale,  TX  mill,  which  will  result  in  the 
removal of 200,000 tons of capacity. 

We  believe  that  our  diverse  portfolio  of  sustainable  fiber-based  paper  and  packaging  solutions  positions  us 
well to adapt and meet our customers’ changing needs across a broad cross-section of the economy. In particular, 
for customers and markets that have had increased demand, the scale of our operations has enabled us to partner 
with our customers to support these needs.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes our consolidated results for the two years ended September 30, 2020:

(In millions)

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative, excluding intangible
    amortization
Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
Gain on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawal income
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
Goodwill impairment
Operating (loss) profit
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Pension and other postretirement non-service income
Other income, net
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Consolidated net (loss) income
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

  Year Ended September 30,

2020

2019

  $

17,578.8    $
14,381.6     
3,197.2     

18,289.0 
14,540.0 
3,749.0 

1,624.4     
400.5     
(16.3)    
(1.1)    
—     
112.7     
1,333.2     
(256.2)    
(393.5)    
(1.5)    
103.3     
9.5     
15.8     
(522.6)    
(163.5)    
(686.1)    
(4.8)    
(690.9)   $

1,715.2 
400.2 
(41.2)
(6.3)
13.0 
173.7 
— 
1,494.4 
(431.3)
(5.1)
74.2 
2.4 
10.1 
1,144.7 
(276.8)
867.9 
(5.0)
862.9  

  $

Net Sales (Unaffiliated Customers)

Net  sales  in  fiscal  2020  decreased  $710.2  million,  or  3.9%,  compared  to  fiscal  2019.  The  decrease  was 
primarily due to lower selling price/mix and lower volumes excluding acquisitions, including the impact of COVID-
19, as well as unfavorable foreign currency impacts across our segments. These decreases were partially offset by 
higher containerboard volumes and the impact of the KapStone Acquisition as the prior year included only eleven 
months  of  KapStone  ownership  (the  transaction  closed  on  November  2,  2018).  The  change  in  net  sales  by 
segment  is  outlined  below  in  “Results  of  Operations  —  Corrugated  Packaging  Segment”  and  “Results  of 
Operations — Consumer Packaging Segment”.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold decreased to $14,381.6 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $14,540.0 million in fiscal 2019. 
Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 81.8% in fiscal 2020 compared to 79.5% in fiscal 2019. The 
decrease in cost of goods sold in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily due to a decrease in net sales, 

40

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
productivity improvements, net cost deflation and lower depreciation, which were partially offset by increased cost 
of goods sold associated with the impact of acquisitions (primarily an additional month of KapStone ownership in 
fiscal 2020), one-time COVID-19 recognition awards to our teammates who work in manufacturing and operations 
and  other  manufacturing  cost  increases,  including  increased  costs  resulting  from  the  North  Charleston,  SC  mill 
reconfiguration and Florence, SC mill strategic capital project, as well as increased costs for safety, cleaning and 
other  items  related  to  COVID-19.  In  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  we  incurred  approximately  $4.5  million  and  $113.9 
million,  respectively,  of  direct  costs  and  property  damage  associated  with  Hurricane  Michael,  and  received 
Hurricane  Michael-related  insurance  proceeds  of  $32.3  million  and  $180.0  million,  respectively,  which  were 
recorded as a reduction of cost of goods sold in our Corrugated Packaging segment. The insurance proceeds were 
for $20.6 million and $124.7 million of direct costs and property damage for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, and 
for  $11.7  million  and  $55.3  million  for  business  interruption  recoveries,  respectively.  See  “Hurricane  Michael” 
below for additional information. In fiscal 2020 and 2019, we recorded a reduction of cost of goods sold of $32.1 
million and $11.4 million, respectively, in connection with an indirect tax claim in Brazil, primarily in the Corrugated 
Packaging segment. See “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies — Indirect Tax Claim” of the Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional  information.  In  fiscal  2019,  we  recorded  a  $24.7  million 
acquisition inventory step-up charge in our Corrugated Packaging segment related to the KapStone Acquisition. 
We discuss these items in greater detail below in “Results of Operations — Corrugated Packaging Segment” 
and “Results of Operations — Consumer Packaging Segment”.

Selling, General and Administrative Excluding Intangible Amortization

Selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  (“SG&A”)  excluding  intangible  amortization  decreased  $90.8 
million to $1,624.4 million in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 in part, due to a $31.3 million reduction in bonus 
compensation expense primarily associated with the Pandemic Action Plan, a $38.3 million reduction in travel and 
entertainment,  and  other  reductions  associated  with  the  implementation  of  shelter-in-place  orders  that  were 
initiated  in  response  to  COVID-19. Decreases  for  fiscal  2020  were  partially  offset  by  an  additional  month  of 
KapStone ownership in fiscal 2020, as well as a $9.9 million increase in bad debt expense compared to the prior 
year. SG&A excluding intangible amortization as a percentage of net sales declined in fiscal 2020 to 9.2% from 
9.4% in fiscal 2019.

Selling, General and Administrative Intangible Amortization

SG&A  intangible  amortization  was  $400.5  million  and  $400.2  million  in  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  respectively. 

Fiscal 2020 included an additional month of KapStone ownership in fiscal 2020. 

Gain on Disposal of Assets

The gain on disposal of assets in fiscal 2020 was $16.3 million and the gain on disposal of assets in fiscal 2019 
was $41.2 million. The gain on disposal of assets in fiscal 2019 was primarily due to the $48.5 million gain on sale 
of our former Atlanta beverage facility recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. 

Land and Development Impairments

In fiscal 2019, we recorded $13.0 million of pre-tax non-cash impairments of certain mineral rights following the 

termination of a third party leasing relationship. This charge is not reflected in segment income.

Restructuring and Other Costs

We  recorded  aggregate  pre-tax  restructuring  and  other  costs  of  $112.7  million  and  $173.7  million  for  fiscal 
2020  and  2019,  respectively.  These  amounts  are  not  comparable  since  the  timing  and  scope  of  the  individual 
actions  associated  with  each  restructuring,  acquisition,  integration  or  divestiture  vary.  We  generally  expect  the 
integration of a closed facility’s assets and production with other facilities to enable the receiving facilities to better 
leverage their fixed costs while eliminating fixed costs from the closed facility. See “Note 4. Restructuring and 
Other Costs” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information, including a description 
of the type of costs incurred. We have restructured portions of our operations from time to time and it is likely that 
we will engage in additional restructuring opportunities in the future. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May 
Incur Additional Restructuring Costs and May Not Realize Expected Benefits from Restructuring”.

41

Goodwill Impairment

In  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax  non-cash  goodwill  impairment  of  $1,333.2  million  in  our  Consumer 
Packaging reporting unit. The impairment is described below in “Critical Accounting Policies and Significant 
Accounting Estimates — Goodwill” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Expense, net

Interest  expense,  net  was  $393.5  million  and  $431.3  million  for  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  Interest 
expense, net in fiscal 2020 decreased primarily due to $20.5 million of interest income recorded in connection with 
an indirect tax claim in Brazil compared to $0.8 million in fiscal 2019, lower levels of debt and lower interest rates in 
the  current  year  period.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  an  additional  month  of  interest  expense 
associated  with  the  KapStone  Acquisition  in  the  current  year  compared  to  the  prior  year.  See  “Note  18. 
Commitments and Contingencies — Indirect Tax Claim” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for 
additional information. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — The Level of Our Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect 
Our Financial Condition and Impair Our Ability to Operate Our Business”.

Pension and Other Postretirement Non-Service Income

Pension and other postretirement non-service income was $103.3 million and $74.2 million in fiscal 2020 and 
2019, respectively. The increases were primarily due to the increase in plan asset balances used to determine the 
expected return on plan assets for fiscal 2020. Customary pension and other postretirement (income) costs are 
included in segment income. See “Note 5. Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
for more information.

Other Income, net

Other income, net was $9.5 million and $2.4 million in fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Provision for Income Taxes

We recorded income tax expense of $163.5 million for fiscal 2020 at an effective tax rate of (31.3)%, due to the 
loss before income tax in fiscal 2020, compared to an income tax expense of $276.8 million at an effective tax rate 
of 24.2% in fiscal 2019. Excluding the effect of the goodwill impairment, which was largely not tax deductible, our 
effective tax rate was 22.5%. See “Note 6. Income Taxes” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for 
additional information, including a table reconciling the statutory federal tax rate to our effective tax rate.

Hurricane Michael

In October 2018, our containerboard and pulp mill located in Panama City, FL sustained extensive damage 
from Hurricane Michael. We shut down the mill’s operations in advance of the hurricane’s landfall. Repair work was 
completed  on  the  two  paper  machines  and  related  infrastructure  during  June  2019.  In  fiscal  2019,  we  received 
$180.0  million  of  insurance  proceeds.  In  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  we  settled  our  property  damage  and 
business  interruption  insurance  claim  for  $212.3  million  (net  of  our  $15  million  deductible),  and  received  the 
remaining $32.3 million of insurance proceeds.

The insurance proceeds received in fiscal 2020 consisted of $11.7 million of business interruption recoveries 
and $20.6 million for direct costs and property damage. In fiscal 2019, we received insurance proceeds of $180.0 
million. The insurance proceeds for fiscal 2019 consisted of $55.3 million of business interruption recoveries and 
$124.7 million for direct costs and property damage. 

Corrugated Packaging Segment

Corrugated Packaging Shipments

Corrugated  Packaging  shipments  are  expressed  as  a  tons  equivalent,  which  includes  external  and 
intersegment tons shipped from our Corrugated Packaging mills plus Corrugated Packaging container shipments 
converted from billion square feet (“BSF”) to tons. We have presented the Corrugated Packaging shipments in two 

42

groups:  North  American  and  Brazil  /  India  because  we  believe  investors,  potential  investors,  securities  analysts 
and others find this breakout useful when evaluating our operating performance. We have included the impact of 
the  KapStone  Acquisition  beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019.  In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  we 
adjusted the second quarter and full year fiscal 2019 amounts in the table below by an immaterial amount to adjust 
the acquired KapStone operations. The table below reflects shipments in thousands of tons, BSF and millions of 
square feet (“MMSF”) per shipping day. The number of shipping days vary by geographic location.

North American Corrugated Packaging Shipments

Fiscal 2019
North American Corrugated Packaging
    Shipments - thousands of tons
North American Corrugated Containers
    Shipments - BSF
North American Corrugated Containers Per
    Shipping Day - MMSF

Fiscal 2020
North American Corrugated Packaging
    Shipments - thousands of tons
North American Corrugated Containers
    Shipments - BSF
North American Corrugated Containers Per
    Shipping Day - MMSF

Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments

First

Quarter    

Second
Quarter    

Third

Quarter    

Fourth
Quarter    

Fiscal
Year

   2,346.7     2,510.2     2,644.2     2,616.4     10,117.5 

22.5    

23.4    

24.3    

24.1    

94.3 

369.4    

372.2    

384.7    

382.7    

377.3 

   2,591.2     2,618.8     2,504.4     2,504.4     10,218.8 

23.9    

23.8    

23.2    

24.9    

95.8 

385.9    

371.2    

369.3    

388.0    

378.6  

Fiscal 2019
Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments

- thousands of tons

185.6    

176.5    

171.0    

194.6    

727.7 

First

Quarter    

Second
Quarter    

Third

Quarter    

Fourth
Quarter    

Fiscal
Year

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Shipments

- BSF

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Per Shipping
    Day - MMSF

Fiscal 2020
Brazil / India Corrugated Packaging Shipments

1.6    

1.5    

1.6    

1.7    

6.4 

20.7    

20.6    

21.0    

21.8    

21.0 

- thousands of tons

168.1    

182.5    

176.4    

185.1    

712.1 

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Shipments

- BSF

Brazil / India Corrugated Containers Per
    Shipping Day - MMSF

1.7    

1.6    

1.6    

1.9    

6.8 

22.9    

21.3    

21.0    

24.3    

22.4  

43

 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
  
   
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
  
   
  
  
Corrugated Packaging Segment – Net Sales and Income

(In millions, except percentages)

  Net Sales (1)    

Segment
Income

Return
on Sales  

Fiscal 2019
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2020
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

2,733.8    $
2,990.7     
3,072.8     
3,019.4     
11,816.7    $

246.8     
310.3     
392.7     
449.8     
1,399.6     

2,909.5    $
2,882.5     
2,728.8     
2,898.4     
11,419.2    $

283.4     
244.5     
227.9     
281.9     
1,037.7     

9.0%

10.4 
12.8 
14.9 
11.8%

9.7%
8.5 
8.4 
9.7 
9.1%

(1) Net Sales before intersegment eliminations

Net Sales (Aggregate) — Corrugated Packaging Segment

Net sales before intersegment elimination for the Corrugated Packaging segment decreased $397.5 million in 
fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 primarily reflecting $447.1 million from lower selling price/mix on sales, $150.3 
million of lower volumes excluding acquisitions, including the impact of COVID-19, as well as $93.2 million related 
to unfavorable impacts of foreign currency. These items were partially offset by $278.3 million of net sales from the 
acquired  KapStone  operations  for  October  2019  as  fiscal  2020  included  an  additional  month  of  KapStone 
ownership. 

Segment Income — Corrugated Packaging Segment

Segment income attributable to the Corrugated Packaging segment in fiscal 2020 decreased $361.9 million 
compared  to  fiscal  2019,  primarily  due  to  the  margin  impact  of  lower  selling  price/mix  of  $466.4  million,  $55.3 
million  of  lower  volumes  excluding  acquisitions,  including  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  $22.7  million  of  unfavorable 
foreign currency impacts, and other manufacturing cost increases, including estimated increased costs of $43.4 
million associated with the North Charleston, SC mill reconfiguration and Florence, SC mill strategic capital project, 
one-time  COVID-19  recognition  awards  to  our  teammates  who  work  in  manufacturing  and  operations  and 
increased costs for safety, cleaning and other items related to COVID-19. Since we started tracking and reporting 
the impact of COVID-19 in the third quarter of fiscal 2020, we have made one-time COVID-19 recognition awards 
to our manufacturing and operations teammates and incurred increased costs for safety, cleaning and other items 
related  to  COVID-19  of  approximately  $33.5  million.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  the  net  favorable 
impact of Hurricane Michael in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. The net recovery of Hurricane Michael direct 
costs and property damage was a favorable $5.3 million compared to the prior year net expense incurred, and the 
impact of business interruption recoveries in the current year period compared to lost production and sales net of 
recoveries in the prior year were an estimated favorable $25.1 million. In addition, we realized an estimated $115.8 
million of productivity improvements, an estimated $30.5 million decreased impact of economic downtime, $18.4 
million for an indirect tax claim in Brazil and an estimated $11.8 million of net cost deflation, each as compared to 
the  prior  year.  See  “Note  18.  Commitments  and  Contingencies  —  Indirect  Tax  Claim”  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional  information.  Net  cost  deflation  consisted  primarily  of  lower 
energy, virgin fiber, freight and chemical costs that were partially offset by higher recovered fiber, and wage and 
other costs compared to the prior year. The prior year included an acquisition inventory step-up charge of $24.7 
million.

44

   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
Consumer Packaging Segment

Consumer Packaging Shipments

Consumer  Packaging  shipments  are  expressed  as  a  tons  equivalent,  which  includes  external  and 
intersegment tons shipped from our Consumer Packaging mills plus Consumer Packaging converting shipments 
converted from BSF to tons. The shipment data table excludes gypsum paperboard liner tons produced by Seven 
Hills since it is not consolidated. 

Fiscal 2019
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands
    of tons

Fiscal 2020
Consumer Packaging Shipments - thousands
    of tons

First

Quarter    

Second
Quarter    

Third

Quarter    

Fourth
Quarter    

Fiscal
Year

969.6    

985.5    

980.1    

974.0     3,909.2 

922.4    

987.7    

984.5    

976.8     3,871.4  

Consumer Packaging Segment – Net Sales and Income

(In millions, except percentages)

  Net Sales (1)    

Segment
Income

Return
on Sales  

Fiscal 2019
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

Fiscal 2020
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total

 $

 $

 $

 $

1,618.8   $
1,668.3    
1,650.1    
1,668.8    
6,606.0   $

1,536.9   $
1,616.3    
1,552.6    
1,627.2    
6,333.0   $

76.9    
85.2    
91.0    
135.0    
388.1    

46.2    
90.8    
95.3    
91.4    
323.7    

4.8%
5.1 
5.5 
8.1 
5.9%

3.0%
5.6 
6.1 
5.6 
5.1%

(1) Net Sales before intersegment eliminations

Net Sales (Aggregate) — Consumer Packaging Segment

Net sales before intersegment eliminations for the Consumer Packaging segment decreased $273.0 million in 
fiscal 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to $145.3 million of lower volumes, including the impact of 
COVID-19,  $100.5  million  of  lower  selling  price/mix  on  sales  and  $30.2  million  of  unfavorable  foreign  currency 
impacts.

Segment Income — Consumer Packaging Segment

Segment  income  attributable  to  the  Consumer  Packaging  segment  in  fiscal  2020  decreased  $64.4  million 
compared to the prior year. Segment income in the period was reduced by an estimated $69.5 million of margin 
impact  from  lower  selling  price/mix,  an  estimated  $53.4  million  of  economic  downtime,  $51.5  million  of  lower 
volumes, including the impact of COVID-19, $10.3 million of unfavorable foreign currency impacts, and other items. 
These items were partially offset by $69.0 million of productivity improvements, an estimated $40.1 million of net 
cost deflation and $22.6 million of lower depreciation and amortization, each as compared to the prior year. Net 
cost  deflation  consisted  primarily  of  lower  virgin  fiber,  chemical,  energy,  and  freight  costs,  which  were  partially 
offset wage and other costs. Recovered fiber costs were essentially flat. Since we started tracking and reporting 

45

 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
the impact of COVID-19 in the third quarter of fiscal 2020, we have made one-time COVID-19 recognition awards 
to our manufacturing and operations teammates and incurred increased costs for safety, cleaning and other items 
related to COVID-19 of approximately $25.1 million. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We  fund  our  working  capital  requirements,  capital  expenditures,  mergers,  acquisitions  and  investments, 
restructuring activities, dividends and stock repurchases from net cash provided by operating activities, borrowings 
under our credit facilities, proceeds from our A/R Sales Agreement (as hereinafter defined), proceeds from the sale 
of property, plant and equipment removed from service and proceeds received in connection with the issuance of 
debt and equity securities. See “Note 13. Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional 
information. Funding for our domestic operations in the foreseeable future is expected to come from sources of 
liquidity within our domestic operations, including cash and cash equivalents, and available borrowings under our 
credit facilities. As such, our foreign cash and cash equivalents are not expected to be a key source of liquidity to 
our domestic operations. 

Cash and cash equivalents were $251.1 million at September 30, 2020 and $151.6 million at September 30, 
2019. Approximately one-half of the cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2020 were held outside of the 
U.S.  At  September 30,  2020,  total  debt  was  $9,430.6  million,  $222.9  million  of  which  was  current.  At 
September 30, 2019, total debt was $10,063.4 million, $561.1 million of which was current. Included in our total 
debt  at  September  30,  2020  was  $208.9  million  of  non-cash  acquisition  related  step-up.  Total  debt  declined 
compared to the prior year primarily due to net cash provided by operating activities exceeding aggregate capital 
expenditures and dividends by $748.1 million, which was partially offset by a $99.5 million increase in our cash and 
cash equivalents balance. This includes the achievement of more than $350 million of the $1 billion goal set forth in 
the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan. In addition, debt was also increased by $100.3 million related to our October 
1, 2019 adoption of the leasing guidance codified in Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting 
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842 “Leases” (“ASC 842”) that recharacterized $100.3 million from short-term and 
long-term liabilities for two chip mills to a finance lease obligation.

In June 2020, WRKCo issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.00% Senior Notes due 2033 
(the  “June  2033  Notes”).  We  may  redeem  the  June  2033  Notes,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  any  time  at  specified 
redemption  prices,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any.  The  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  the  June  2033 
Notes were primarily used to repay the $100.0 million principal amount of WestRock MWV, LLC’s (“MWV”) 9.75% 
notes  due  June  2020  and  reduce  outstanding  indebtedness  under  our  Receivables  Securitization  Facility  and 
Revolving Credit Facility (each as hereinafter defined). See “Note 13. Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information.

At  September 30,  2020,  we  had  approximately  $3.6  billion  of  availability  under  long-term  committed  credit 
facilities  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  Our  primary  availability  is  under  our  revolving  credit  facilities  and 
Receivables  Securitization  Facility,  the  majority  of  which  matures  on  November  21,  2024.  This  liquidity  may  be 
used to provide for ongoing working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions, 
dividends and stock repurchases. We have limited debt maturities prior to March 2022.

Certain restrictive covenants govern our maximum availability under the credit facilities. We test and report our 
compliance with these covenants as required by these facilities and were in compliance with all of these covenants 
at September 30, 2020.

At September 30, 2020, we had $62.9 million of outstanding letters of credit not drawn upon.

We use a variety of working capital management strategies including supply chain financing ("SCF") programs, 
vendor financing and commercial card programs, a monetization facility where we sell short-term receivables to a 
group  of  third-party  financial  institutions  and  a  receivables  securitization  facility.  We  describe  these  programs 
below and, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We  engage  in  certain  customer-based  SCF  programs  to  accelerate  the  receipt  of  payment  for  outstanding 
accounts receivables from certain customers. Certain costs of these programs are borne by the customer or us. 
Receivables  transferred  under  these  customer-based  supply  chain  finance  programs  generally  meet  the 
requirements to be accounted for as sales in accordance with guidance under ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing” 

46

 
resulting  in  derecognition  of  such  receivables  from  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Receivables  involved  with 
these  customer-based  supply  chain  finance  programs  constitute  approximately  2%  of  our  annual  net  sales.  In 
addition,  we  have  a  monetization  facility  which  sells  to  a  third-party  financial  institution  all  of  the  short-term 
receivables  generated  from  certain  customer  trade  accounts.  For  a  discussion  of  our  monetization  facility  see 
“Note 12. Fair Value — A/R Sales Agreement”.

Our working capital management strategy includes working with our suppliers to revisit terms and conditions, 
including the extension of payment terms. Our current payment terms with the majority of our suppliers generally 
range from payable upon receipt to 120 days, and vary for items such as the availability of cash discounts. We do 
not believe our payment terms will be shortened significantly in the near future, and we do not expect our net cash 
provided  by  operating  activities  to  be  significantly  impacted  by  additional  extensions  of  payment  terms.  Certain 
financial institutions offer voluntary SCF programs that enable our suppliers, at their sole discretion, to sell their 
receivables from us to the financial institutions on a non-recourse basis at a rate that leverages our credit rating 
and thus might be more beneficial to our suppliers. We and our suppliers agree on commercial terms for the goods 
and services we procure, including prices, quantities and payment terms, regardless of whether the supplier elects 
to participate in SCF programs. The suppliers sell us goods or services and issue the associated invoices to us 
based on the agreed-upon contractual terms. The due dates of the invoices are not extended due to the supplier’s 
participation  in  SCF  programs.  Our  suppliers,  at  their  sole  discretion  if  they  choose  to  participate  in  a  SCF 
program, determine which invoices, if any, they want to sell to the financial institutions. No guarantees are provided 
by us under SCF programs and we have no economic interest in a supplier’s decision to participate in the SCF 
program. Therefore, amounts due to our suppliers that elect to participate in SCF programs are included in the line 
item accounts payable and accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheet and the activity is reflected in net 
cash provided by operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Based on correspondence with 
the financial institutions that are involved with our two primary SCF programs, while the amount suppliers elect to 
sell to the financial institutions varies from period to period, the amount generally averages approximately 15% of 
our accounts payable balance.

We  also  participate  in  certain  vendor  financing  and  commercial  card  programs  to  support  our  travel  and 
entertainment expenses and smaller vendor purchases. Amounts outstanding under these programs are classified 
as  debt  primarily  because  we  receive  the  benefit  of  extended  payment  terms  and  a  rebate  from  the  financial 
institution that we would not have otherwise received without the financial institutions’ involvement. We also have a 
receivables  securitization  facility  (as  defined  herein)  that  allows  for  borrowing  availability  based  on  the  eligible 
underlying  accounts  receivable  and  compliance  with  certain  covenants.  For  a  discussion  of  our  receivables 
securitization facility and the amount outstanding under our vendor financing and commercial card programs see 
“Note 13. Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Cash Flow Activity

(In millions)

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used for investing activities
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

  Year Ended September 30,

2020

2019

  $
  $
  $

2,070.7    $
(921.5)   $
(1,021.1)   $

2,310.2 
(4,579.6)
1,780.2  

Net cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2020 decreased $239.5 million from fiscal 2019 primarily 
due to lower consolidated net income and a $117.7 million net increase in the use of working capital compared to 
the prior year. 

Net cash used for investing activities of $921.5 million in fiscal 2020 consisted primarily of $978.1 million for 
capital  expenditures  that  was  partially  offset  by  $35.0  million  of  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment and $16.9 million of proceeds from corporate owned life insurance benefits. Net cash used for investing 
activities of $4,579.6 million in fiscal 2019 consisted primarily of $3,374.2 million for cash paid for the purchase of 
businesses, net of cash acquired (excluding the assumption of debt), primarily related to the KapStone Acquisition, 
and $1,369.1 million for capital expenditures that were partially offset by $119.1 million of proceeds from the sale of 
property,  plant  and  equipment,  primarily  related  to  the  sale  of  our  Atlanta  beverage  facility,  $33.2  million  of 

47

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
proceeds  from  corporate  owned  life  insurance  benefits  and  $25.5  million  of  proceeds  from  property,  plant  and 
equipment insurance proceeds related to our Panama City, FL mill. 

Under the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan, which we announced in May 2020 in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic,  we  expected  to  reduce  our  fiscal  2020  capital  expenditures  by  approximately  $150  million  to 
approximately  $950 million.  Fiscal  2020  capital expenditures aggregated $978.1  million  in  fiscal  2020,  including 
work  on  our  strategic  projects  at  our  Florence,  SC  and  Tres  Barras,  Brazil  mills.  We  also  had  to  navigate  the 
impact of shelter-in-place and other similar restrictions and the availability of contract and technical resources as a 
result  of  COVID-19.  We  started  up  the  paper  machine  at  our  Florence,  SC  mill  in  October  2020  and  expect  to 
increase capacity during fiscal 2021. The Tres Barras mill upgrade project should be completed in the first half of 
2021. With the expected completion of certain of our strategic projects, we had expected to transition to our long-
range capital expenditure run-rate of approximately $900 million to $1.0 billion a year in fiscal 2021. We expect to 
invest $800 million to $900 million in fiscal 2021, which is higher than the estimates that we incorporated into the 
WestRock Pandemic Action Plan due to specific growth projects that we subsequently identified. At these capital 
investment  levels,  we  are  confident  that  we  will  continue  to  invest  in  the  appropriate  safety,  environmental  and 
maintenance  projects,  and  complete  our  strategic  mill  projects  while  also  making  investments  to  support 
productivity  and  growth  in  our  business.  However,  it  is  possible  that  our  capital  expenditure  assumptions  may 
change,  project  completion  dates  may  change,  or  we  may  decide  to  invest  a  different  amount  depending  upon 
opportunities  we  identify,  or  changes  in  market  conditions,  or  to  comply  with  environmental  or  other  regulatory 
changes.

In fiscal 2020, net cash used for financing activities of $1,021.1 million consisted primarily of a net decrease in 
debt of $673.9 million and cash dividends paid to stockholders of $344.5 million. In fiscal 2019, net cash provided 
by financing activities of $1,780.2 million consisted primarily of a net increase in debt of $2,314.6 million, primarily 
related to the KapStone Acquisition and partially offset by cash dividends paid to stockholders of $467.9 million 
and purchases of Common Stock of $88.6 million.

We  estimate  that  we  will  invest  approximately  $27  million  for  capital  expenditures  during  fiscal  2021  in 
connection with matters relating to environmental compliance. We were obligated to purchase approximately $310 
million  of  fixed  assets  at  September 30,  2020  for  various  capital  projects.  See  Item  1A.  “Risk  Factors  —  Our 
Capital Expenditures May Not Achieve the Desired Outcomes or May Be Achieved at a Higher Cost than 
Anticipated”.

At  September 30,  2020  the  U.S.  federal,  state  and  foreign  net  operating  losses  and  other  U.S.  federal  and 
state tax credits available to us aggregated approximately $78 million in future potential reductions of U.S. federal, 
state and foreign cash taxes. Based on our current projections, we expect to utilize nearly all of the remaining U.S. 
federal  net  operating  losses  and  other  U.S.  federal  credits  during  the  current  fiscal  year.  Foreign  and  state  net 
operating losses and credits will be used over a longer period of time. Our cash tax rate is highly dependent on our 
taxable  income,  utilization  of  net  operating  losses  and  credits,  changes  in  tax  laws  or  tax  rates,  capital 
expenditures  or  other  factors.  Barring  significant  changes  in  our  current  assumptions,  including  changes  in  tax 
laws or tax rates, forecasted taxable income, levels of capital expenditures and other items, we expect our cash tax 
rate to be slightly higher than our income tax rate in fiscal 2021, 2022 and 2023 primarily due to the absence of 
certain nonrecurring tax credits, the reduction in capital investments, as well as reversal of prior years’ accelerated 
tax depreciation causing taxable income to be higher.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, we made contributions of $22.5 million and $25.1 million, respectively, to our U.S. 
and non-U.S. pension plans. Based on current facts and assumptions, we expect to contribute approximately $23 
million to our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2021. We have made contributions and expect to continue 
to make contributions in the coming years to our pension plans in order to ensure that our funding levels remain 
adequate in light of projected liabilities and to meet the requirements of the Pension Act and other regulations. The 
net overfunded status of our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans at September 30, 2020 was $51.7 million. Based on 
current assumptions, including future interest rates, we estimate that minimum pension contributions to our U.S. 
and non-U.S. pension plans will be approximately $22 million to $23 million annually in fiscal 2022 through 2025. 
See “Note 5. Retirement Plans” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  evaluate  our  potential  exposure  to  MEPPs,  including  with  respect  to 
potential  withdrawal  liabilities.  In  fiscal  2018,  we  submitted  formal  notification  to  withdraw  from  two  plans  and 
recorded  an  aggregate  estimated  withdrawal  liability  of  $184.2  million,  nearly  all  of  which  was  for  PIUMPF.  In 
September 2019, we received a demand from PIUMPF asserting that we owe $170.3 million on an undiscounted 

48

basis (approximately $0.7 million per month for the next 20 years) with respect to our withdrawal liability. The initial 
demand did not address any assertion of liability for PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency. In October 2019, 
we received two additional demand letters from PIUMPF related to a subsidiary of ours asserting that we owe $2.3 
million on an undiscounted basis to be paid over 20 years with respect to the subsidiary’s withdrawal liability and 
$2.0  million  for  its  accumulated  funding  deficiency.  We  received  an  updated  demand  letter  decreasing  the 
accumulated  funding  deficiency  demand  from  $2.0  million  to  $1.3  million  in  April  2020.  In  February  2020,  we 
received a demand letter from PIUMPF asserting that we owe $51.2 million for our pro-rata share of PIUMPF’s 
accumulated funding deficiency, including interest. We are evaluating each of these demands and we expect to 
challenge  the  accumulated  funding  deficiency  demands. We  began  making  monthly  payments  for  these 
withdrawal  liabilities  in  fiscal  2020,  excluding  the  accumulated  funding  deficiency  demands.  See  “Note  5. 
Retirement  Plans  —  Multiemployer  Plans”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May Incur Withdrawal Liability and/or Increased Funding 
Requirements in Connection with MEPPs”. 

On May 5, 2020, our board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per share for an annual rate of 
$0.80  per share, which  was  lower than our  previous  quarterly  dividend paid  in  fiscal  2020.  We  believe  that  this 
reduction in our dividend was prudent given the uncertain market conditions driven by COVID-19 and allowed us to 
allocate additional cash to pay down our outstanding debt. As the situation with COVID-19 continues to evolve, we 
will re-evaluate the level of our dividend. In August 2020, May 2020, February 2020 and November 2019 we paid a 
quarterly dividend of $0.20, $0.20, $0.465 and $0.465 per share, respectively for a total of $1.33 per share. During 
fiscal  2019,  we  paid  an  annual  dividend  of  $1.82  per  share.  During  fiscal  2018,  we  paid  an  annual  dividend  of 
$1.72 per share. 

In  July  2015,  our  board  of  directors  authorized  a  repurchase  program  of  up  to  40.0  million  shares  of  our 
Common Stock, representing approximately 15% of our outstanding Common Stock as of July 1, 2015. Shares of 
our Common Stock may be purchased from time to time in open market or privately negotiated transactions. The 
timing, manner, price and amount of repurchases will be determined by management at its discretion based on 
factors, including the market price of our Common Stock, general economic and market conditions and applicable 
legal requirements. The repurchase program may be commenced, suspended or discontinued at any time. In fiscal 
2020, we repurchased no shares of our Common Stock. In fiscal 2019, we repurchased approximately 2.1 million 
shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  an  aggregate  cost  of  $88.6  million.  As  of  September 30,  2020,  we  had 
approximately 19.1 million shares of Common Stock available for repurchase under the program.

We  anticipate  that  we  will  be  able  to  fund  our  capital  expenditures,  interest  payments,  dividends  and  stock 
repurchases, pension payments, working capital needs, note repurchases, restructuring activities, repayments of 
current portion of long-term debt and other corporate actions for the foreseeable future from cash generated from 
operations,  borrowings  under  our  credit  facilities,  proceeds  from  our  A/R  Sales  Agreement,  proceeds  from  the 
issuance  of  debt  or  equity  securities  or  other  additional  long-term  debt  financing,  including  new  or  amended 
facilities.  In  addition,  we  continually  review  our  capital  structure  and  conditions  in  the  private  and  public  debt 
markets in order to optimize our mix of indebtedness. In connection with these reviews, we may seek to refinance 
existing  indebtedness  to  extend  maturities,  reduce  borrowing  costs  or  otherwise  improve  the  terms  and 
composition of our indebtedness.

Contractual Obligations 

We  summarize  our  enforceable  and  legally  binding  contractual  obligations  at  September 30,  2020,  and  the 
effect these obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods in the following table. 
Certain  amounts  in  this  table  are  based  on  management’s  estimates  and  assumptions  about  these  obligations, 
including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors, including 
estimated  minimum  pension  plan  contributions  and  estimated  benefit  payments  related  to  postretirement 
obligations,  supplemental  retirement  plans  and  deferred  compensation  plans.  Because  these  estimates  and 
assumptions are subjective, the enforceable and legally binding obligations we actually pay in future periods may 
vary from those presented in the table.

49

(In millions)

  Total

and 2022    

and 2025    Thereafter  

Payments Due by Period
Fiscal 
2023

Fiscal 
2024

Fiscal 
2021

Long-Term Debt, including current portion,
    excluding finance lease obligations (1)
Lease obligations (2)
Purchase obligations and other (3) (4) (5)
Total

214.2   $ 1,077.8   $ 1,986.8   $ 5,729.1 
 $ 9,007.9   $
452.7 
205.0    
   1,138.0    
   1,669.2    
339.7 
989.4    
 $11,815.1   $ 1,408.6   $ 1,583.9   $ 2,301.1   $ 6,521.5  

299.0    
207.1    

181.3    
133.0    

(1)

Includes  only  principal  payments  owed  on  our  debt  assuming  that  all  of  our  long-term  debt  will  be  held  to  maturity, 
excluding scheduled payments. We have excluded $147.9 million of fair value of debt step-up, deferred financing costs and 
unamortized  bond  discounts  from  the  table  to  arrive  at  actual  debt  obligations.  See  “Note  13.  Debt”  of  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the interest rates that apply to our various debt instruments.

(2) See “Note 15. Leases” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(3) Purchase obligations include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that 
specify  all  significant  terms,  including:  fixed  or  minimum  quantities  to  be  purchased;  fixed,  minimum  or  variable  price 
provision;  and  the  approximate  timing  of  the  transaction.  Purchase  obligations  exclude  agreements  that  are  cancelable 
without penalty.

(4) We have included future estimated minimum pension plan contributions, MEPP withdrawal payments with definite payout 
terms and estimated benefit payments related to postretirement obligations, supplemental retirement plans and deferred 
compensation  plans.  Our  estimates  are  based  on  factors,  such  as  discount  rates  and  expected  returns  on  plan  assets. 
Future contributions are subject to changes in our underfunded status based on factors such as investment performance, 
discount rates, returns on plan assets and changes in legislation. It is possible that our assumptions may change, actual 
market performance may vary or we may decide to contribute different amounts. We have excluded $73.3 million of MEPP 
withdrawal liabilities recorded as of September 30, 2020, including our estimate of the accumulated funding deficiency, due 
to lack of definite payout terms for certain of the obligations. See “Note 5. Retirement Plans – Multiemployer Plans” of 
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

  (5) We have not included the following items in the table:

•

•

An item labeled “other long-term liabilities” reflected on our consolidated balance sheet because these liabilities do not 
have a definite pay-out scheme.

$246.0 million for certain provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes” associated with liabilities, primarily for uncertain tax 
positions due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of payment, if any.

In  addition  to  the  enforceable  and  legally  binding  obligations  presented  in  the  table  above,  we  have  other 
obligations  for  goods  and  services  and  raw  materials  entered  into  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  These 
contracts, however, are subject to change based on our business decisions.

Expenditures for Environmental Compliance

See Item 1. “Business — Governmental Regulation — Environmental” and “Business — Governmental 

Regulation — Climate Change” for a discussion of our expenditures for environmental compliance.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We  report  our  financial  results  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  U.S. 
(“GAAP”).  However,  management  believes  certain  non-GAAP  financial  measures  provide  investors  and  other 
users with additional meaningful information that should be considered when assessing our ongoing performance. 
Management also uses these non-GAAP financial measures in making financial, operating and planning decisions, 
and in evaluating our performance. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an 
alternative  for,  our  GAAP  results.  The  non-GAAP  financial  measures  we  present  may  differ  from  similarly 
captioned measures presented by other companies.

We use the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted Net Income” and “Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share”. 

50

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
Management  believes  these  measures  provide  our  board  of  directors,  investors,  potential  investors,  securities 
analysts and others with useful information to evaluate our performance because they exclude restructuring and 
other costs and other specific items that management believes are not indicative of the ongoing operating results 
of the business. We and our board of directors use this information to evaluate our performance relative to other 
periods.  We  believe  that  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  measures  to  Adjusted  Net  Income  and  Adjusted 
Earnings Per Diluted Share are Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders and (Loss) earnings per 
diluted share, respectively. 

Set forth below is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share to 
Loss  (earnings)  per  diluted  share,  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  measure  (in  dollars  per  share)  for  the 
periods indicated.

  Years Ended September 30,  

2020

2019

  $

(Loss) earnings per diluted share
Goodwill impairment
Restructuring and other items
North Charleston and Florence transition and

reconfiguration costs

COVID-19 manufacturing and operations bonus
Losses at closed plants, transition and start-up costs
Accelerated depreciation on major capital projects and
    certain plant closures
Interest accretion and other
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Multiemployer pension withdrawal expense (income)
Brazil indirect tax claim
Litigation recovery
Adjustment related to Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
Direct recoveries from Hurricane Michael, net of

related proceeds

Gain on sale of certain closed facilities
Land and Development impairment and operating results (1)
Inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of LIFO
Other
Adjustment to reflect adjusted earnings on a fully diluted basis
Adjusted Earnings Per Diluted Share

  $

(1)

Includes a $13.0 million impairment of mineral rights in fiscal 2019.

(2.67)  $
5.07     
0.33     

0.13     
0.09     
0.07     

0.05     
0.05     
—     
—     
(0.14)   
(0.07)   
(0.06)   

(0.05)   
(0.05)   
—     
—     
0.02     
(0.02)   
2.75    $

3.33 
—  
0.56 

— 
— 
0.05 

0.12 
(0.02)
0.02 
(0.01)
(0.02)
— 
0.02 

(0.03)
(0.15)
0.03 
0.07 
0.01 
— 
3.98  

51

 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
The GAAP results in the tables below for Pre-Tax, Tax and Net of Tax are equivalent to the line items “(Loss) 
income before income taxes”, “Income tax (expense) benefit” and “Consolidated net (loss) income”, respectively, 
as reported on the statements of operations. Set forth below are reconciliations of Adjusted Net Income to the most 
directly comparable GAAP measure, Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders (represented in the 
table below as the GAAP Results for Consolidated net (loss) income (i.e. Net of Tax) less net income attributable to 
Noncontrolling interests), for the periods indicated (in millions):

  Year ended September 30, 2020     Year ended September 30, 2019  

GAAP Results
Goodwill impairment
Restructuring and other items
North Charleston and Florence transition
    and reconfiguration costs
COVID-19 manufacturing and operations
    bonus
Losses at closed plants, transition and
    start-up costs
Accelerated depreciation on major capital
    projects and certain plant closures
Interest accretion and other
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Multiemployer pension withdrawal
    expense (income)
Brazil indirect tax claim
Litigation recovery
Adjustment related to Tax Cuts and
    Jobs Act
Direct recoveries from Hurricane Michael,
    net of related proceeds
Gain on sale of certain closed facilities
Land and Development impairment and
    operating results (1)
Inventory stepped-up in purchase
    accounting, net of LIFO
Other
Adjusted Results
Noncontrolling interests
Adjusted Net Income

Net of 
Tax

Tax

  Pre-Tax    
  $ (522.6)   $ (163.5)   $ (686.1)   $ 1,144.7    $ (276.8)   $
—     
    1,333.2     
(28.1)    
112.7     

(18.9)    1,314.3     
84.5     
(28.2)   

—     
173.7     

    Pre-Tax    

Tax

Net of 
Tax
867.9 
— 
145.6 

43.4     

(10.6)   

32.8     

31.6     

(7.7)   

23.9     

—     

—     

—     

—     

— 

— 

21.9     

(5.4)   

16.5     

19.7     

(5.6)    

14.1 

17.3     
15.0     
1.5     

0.9     
(51.9)    
(23.9)    

(4.2)   
(3.7)   
(0.4)   

(0.2)   
16.0 
5.9 

13.1     
11.3     
1.1     

0.7     
(35.9)    
(18.0)    

42.1     
(5.5)    
5.1     

(4.6)    
(7.3)    
—     

(10.5)    
1.3     
(1.3)    

1.2     
2.1     
—     

31.6 
(4.2)
3.8 

(3.4)
(5.2)
— 

—     

(16.4)   

(16.4)    

—     

4.1     

4.1 

(16.1)    
(15.6)    

(1.3)    

4.0 
3.8 

0.3 

(12.1)    
(11.8)    

(10.8)    
(52.6)    

2.6     
12.9     

(8.2)
(39.7)

(1.0)    

10.5     

(2.6)    

7.9 

—     
6.0     

— 
(1.5)   
 $ (230.7)   $

  $

952.1 

—     
4.5     

24.7     
3.9     

721.4    $ 1,343.6 

(4.8)    
716.6     

     $

(6.0)    
(1.0)   

18.7 
2.9 
 $ (307.7)   $ 1,035.9 
(5.0)
     $ 1,030.9  

(1)

Includes a $13.0 million impairment of mineral rights in fiscal 2019.

We discuss certain of these charges in more detail in “Note 4. Restructuring and Other Costs” and “Note 18. 

Commitments and Contingencies — Indirect Tax Claim”.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

We  have  prepared  our  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP,  which 
requires  management  to  make  estimates  that  affect  the  amounts  of  revenues,  expenses,  assets  and  liabilities 
reported.  Certain  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  “Note  1.  Description  of  Business  and 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

These critical accounting policies are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of 
operations and require some of management’s most subjective and complex judgments. The accounting for these 
matters  involves  the  making  of  estimates  based  on  current  facts,  circumstances  and  assumptions  that,  in 

52

 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
    
 
  
  
    
 
  
   
  
  
  
  
management’s judgment, could change in a manner that would materially affect management’s future estimates 
with respect to such matters and, accordingly, could cause our future reported financial condition and results of 
operations  to  differ  materially  from  those  that  we  are  currently  reporting  based  on  management’s  current 
estimates.

Goodwill

We review the carrying value of our goodwill annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, 
or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed fair value as set 
forth in ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other.” We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, 
which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component.

ASC  350  allows  an  optional  qualitative  assessment,  prior  to  a  quantitative  assessment  test,  to  determine 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. We generally do 
not attempt a qualitative assessment and move directly to the quantitative test. As part of the quantitative test, we 
utilize the present value of expected cash flows or, as appropriate, a combination of the present value of expected 
cash flows and the guideline public company method to determine the estimated fair value of our reporting units. 
This present value model requires management to estimate future cash flows, the timing of these cash flows, and a 
discount rate (based on a weighted average cost of capital), which represents the time value of money and the 
inherent risk and uncertainty of the future cash flows. The assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are 
consistent with the assumptions that the reporting units use for internal planning purposes, which we believe would 
be  generally  consistent  with  that  of  a  market  participant.  If  we  determine  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If we determine that the 
carrying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  estimated  fair  value,  we  measure  goodwill  impairment  charge 
based  on  the  excess  of  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  amount  over  its  fair  value  as  required  under  ASU  2017-04, 
“Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment”, which we early adopted starting with our fiscal 2020 annual goodwill 
impairment test on July 1, 2020. We describe our accounting policy for goodwill further in “Note 1. Description of 
Business  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  —  Goodwill  and  Long-Lived  Assets”  of  the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

We began seeing the impact of COVID-19 in a limited manner at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2020. 
The  impact  on  our  operations  increased  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  During  these  interim  periods,  we 
evaluated  the  current  economic  environment,  including  our  then  current  assessment  of  the  long-term  impact  of 
COVID-19 on our  forecasts, and we concluded  there  were no indicators of impairment of our long-lived assets, 
including goodwill that required a quantitative test to be performed.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment testing. We considered 
factors  such  as,  but  not  limited  to,  our  expectations  for  the  short-term  and  long-term  impacts  of  COVID-19, 
macroeconomic  conditions,  industry  and  market  considerations,  and  financial  performance,  including  planned 
revenue, earnings and capital investments of each reporting unit. The discount rate used for each reporting unit 
ranged from 8.0% to 14.0%. We used perpetual growth rates in the reporting units ranging from 0.5% to 1.0%. All 
reporting units that have goodwill were noted to have a fair value that exceeded their carrying values, except the 
Consumer Packaging reporting unit. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment of $1,333.2 million or 
$1,314.3 million after-tax. Each of our other reporting units had fair values that exceeded their respective carrying 
values by more than 10% each. If we had concluded that it was appropriate to increase the discount rate we used 
by 100 basis points to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, the fair value of each of our reporting units, 
excluding Consumer Packaging, would have continued to exceed its carrying value.

The impairment was driven by the expected lower volumes and cash flows related to certain external SBS end 
markets, including commercial print, tobacco and plate and cup stock markets. We have experienced significant 
declines in demand for these products and are not showing significant recovery. We believe these declines are 
more systemic and our view of related growth and earnings opportunities has been diminished for the foreseeable 
future.  Worldwide  SBS  operating  rates  are  down,  and  the  market  has  taken  increased  levels  of  economic 
downtime. In October 2020, we announced the shut-down of one of our SBS paper machines at our Evadale, TX 
mill, which will result in the removal of 200,000 tons of capacity. At September 30, 2020, following the impairment, 
the  North American  Corrugated,  Consumer Packaging, Brazil Corrugated  and  Victory  Packaging  reporting units 
had  $3,533.0  million,  $2,288.7  million,  $99.4  million  and  $41.1  million  of  goodwill,  respectively.  Our  long-lived 
assets,  including  intangible  assets  remain  recoverable.  Subsequent  to  our  annual  test,  we  monitored  industry 
economic trends until the end of our fiscal year and determined no additional testing for goodwill impairment was 

53

warranted. We have not made any material changes to our impairment loss assessment methodology during the 
past three fiscal years. Currently, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material 
change  in  future  assumptions  or  estimates  we  use  to  calculate  impairment  losses.  However,  we  cannot  predict 
certain  market  factors  with  certainty,  including  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  and  have  certain  risks  inherent  to  our 
operations as described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors”. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and 
estimates, particularly for our Consumer Packaging reporting unit for which the fair value approximates its carrying 
value after the impairment recognition, we may be exposed to additional impairment losses that could be material.

See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We Have a Significant Amount of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

and a Write-Down Would Adversely Impact Our Operating Results and Shareholders’ Equity”.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Our income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, reflect 
management’s  best  assessment  of  estimated  current  and  future  taxes  to  be  paid.  Significant  judgments  and 
estimates are required in determining the consolidated income tax expense. In evaluating our ability to recover our 
deferred  tax  assets  within  the  jurisdiction  from  which  they  arise  we  consider  all  available  positive  and  negative 
evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax 
planning  strategies,  recent  financial  operations  and  their  associated  valuation  allowances,  if  any.  We  use 
significant judgment in (i) determining whether a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely 
than not to be sustained upon examination and (ii) measuring the tax benefit as the largest amount of benefit that is 
more  likely  than  not  to  be  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.  We  do  not  record  any  benefit  for  the  tax  positions 
where we do not meet the “more likely than not” initial recognition threshold. Income tax positions must meet a 
“more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. We generally recognize interest 
and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  income  tax  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations.  Resolution  of  the  uncertain  tax  positions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  cash  flows  or 
materially benefit our results of operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution. A 1% change 
in our effective tax rate would increase or decrease tax expense by approximately $5.2 million for fiscal 2020. A 1% 
change  in  our  effective  tax  rate  used  to  compute  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets,  as  recorded  on  the 
September 30, 2020 consolidated balance sheet, would increase or decrease tax expense by approximately $123 
million for fiscal 2020.

Pension

The funded status of our qualified and non-qualified U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans increased $137.5 million 
in  fiscal  2020.  Our  U.S.  qualified  and  non-qualified  pension  plans  were  over  funded  by  $105.2  million  as  of 
September 30, 2020. Our non-U.S. pension plans were under funded by $53.5 million as of September 30, 2020. 
Our  U.S.  pension  plan  benefit  obligations  were  negatively  impacted  in  fiscal  2020  primarily  by  a  34-basis  point 
decrease  in  the  discount  rate  compared  to  the  prior  measurement  date.  The  non-U.S.  pension  plan  obligations 
were negatively impacted in fiscal 2020 by a 26-basis point decrease in the discount rate compared to the prior 
measurement date. A 25-basis point change in the discount rate, compensation level and expected long-term rate 
of return on plan assets, factoring in our corridor (as defined herein) as appropriate, would have had the following 
effect on fiscal 2020 pension expense (amounts in the table in parentheses reflect additional income, in millions):

Discount rate
Compensation level
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

New Accounting Standards

Pension Plans

25 Basis
Point

Increase    

 $
 $
 $

(14.7)  $
0.2   $
(15.6)  $

25 Basis
Point

Decrease  
13.2 
(0.2)
15.6  

See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a  full  description  of  recent  accounting  pronouncements,  including  the 
respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

54

 
 
 
 
 
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We  are  exposed  to  market  risk  from  changes  in,  among  other  things,  interest  rates,  foreign  currencies  and 
commodity prices. We aim to identify and understand these risks and then implement strategies to manage them. 
When evaluating these strategies, we evaluate the fundamentals of each market, our sensitivity to movements in 
pricing, and underlying accounting and business implications. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer 
must approve the execution of all transactions contemplated in accordance with our Financial and Commodity Risk 
Management Corporate Policy. The sensitivity analyses we present below do not consider the effect of possible 
adverse  changes  in  the  general  economy,  nor  do  they  consider  additional  actions  we  may  take  to  mitigate  our 
exposure to such changes. We may not be successful in managing these risks.

Containerboard and Paperboard Shipments

We are exposed to market risk related to our sales of containerboard and paperboard. We sell a significant 
portion of our mill production and converted products pursuant to contracts that provide that prices are either fixed 
for  specified  terms  or  provide  for  price  adjustments  based  on  negotiated  terms,  including  changes  in  specified 
index prices. We have the capacity to annually ship approximately 11.9 million tons in our Corrugated Packaging 
segment  and  approximately  4.0  million  tons  in  our  Consumer  Packaging  segment.  Although  our  mill  system 
operating rates may vary from year to year due to changes in market and other factors, our simple average mill 
system operating rates for the last three years averaged 93%. A hypothetical $10 per ton decrease in the price of 
containerboard  and  paperboard  throughout  the  year  based  on  our  capacity  would  decrease  our  sales  by 
approximately  $119  million  and  $40  million  in  our  Corrugated  Packaging  and  Consumer  Packaging  segments, 
respectively. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — Our Earnings Are Highly Dependent on Volumes”.

Energy

Energy is one of the most significant costs of our mill operations. The cost of natural gas, coal, oil, electricity, 
diesel and wood by-products (biomass) at times have fluctuated significantly. In our recycled paperboard mills, we 
use primarily natural gas and electricity, supplemented with coal and fuel oil to generate steam used in the paper 
making process and, at a few mills, to generate electricity used on site. In our virgin fiber mills, we use biomass, 
natural gas and coal to generate steam used in the pulping and paper making processes and to generate some or 
all of the electricity used on site. We primarily use electricity and natural gas to operate our converting facilities. We 
generally  purchase  these  products  from  suppliers  at  market  or  tariff  rates.  We  may  from  time  to  time  use 
commodity contracts to hedge energy exposures.

We spent approximately $773 million on all energy sources in fiscal 2020 to operate our facilities. Natural gas 
and electricity each account for approximately 30% to 40% of our energy purchases depending upon pricing. While 
the amount of energy we consume my vary from year to year due to production levels and other factors, in fiscal 
2021 we expect to consume approximately 88 million MMBtu of natural gas. A hypothetical 10% increase in the 
price of energy throughout the year would increase our cost of energy by approximately $77 million based on fiscal 
2020 pricing and consumption.

Recycled Fiber

Recycled fiber is the principal raw material we use in the production of recycled paperboard and a portion of 
our containerboard. We consume approximately 5.5 million tons of recycled fiber per year. Recycled fiber prices 
can fluctuate significantly. Our purchases of old corrugated containers and double-lined kraft clippings accounted 
for our largest recycled fiber costs and approximately 85% to 90% of our recycled fiber purchases. The remaining 
10% to 15% of our recycled fiber purchases consisted of a number of other grades of recycled paper. The mix of 
recycled  fiber  may  vary  due  to  factors  such  as  market  demand,  availability  and  pricing.  A  hypothetical  10% 
increase in recycled fiber prices in our mills for a fiscal year would increase our costs by approximately $55 million.

Virgin Fiber

Virgin fiber is the principal raw material we use in the production of a portion of our containerboard, bleached 
paperboard and market pulp. While virgin fiber prices have generally been more stable than recycled fiber prices, 
they also fluctuate, particularly due to significant changes in weather, such as during prolonged periods of heavy 

55

rain or drought, or during housing construction slowdowns or accelerations. A hypothetical 10% increase in virgin 
fiber prices in our mills for a fiscal year would increase our costs by approximately $137 million.

Freight

Inbound and outbound freight is a significant expenditure for us. Factors that influence our freight expense are 
items such as distance between our shipping and delivery locations, distance from customers and suppliers, mode 
of transportation (rail, truck, intermodal and ocean) and freight rates, which are influenced by supply and demand 
and fuel costs, primarily diesel. While we experienced higher freight costs in fiscal 2019, freight costs declined in 
fiscal 2020. A hypothetical 10% increase for a fiscal year would increase our costs by approximately $161 million, 
of which nearly one-eighth to one-fifth would be the portion related to higher diesel costs based on our estimated 
83 million gallons consumed annually and pricing. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May Face Increased Costs 
For, or Inadequate Availability of, Raw Materials, Energy and Transportation”.

Interest Rates

We are exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily as a result of our short-term and long-term debt. As 
discussed  below,  we  may  from  time  to  time  use  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  manage  the  interest  rate 
characteristics of a portion of our outstanding debt. Based on the amounts and mix of our fixed and floating rate 
debt at September 30, 2020, including the impact of our interest rate swaps, if market interest rates increase an 
average  of  100  basis  points,  our  annual  interest  expense  would  increase  by  approximately  $13  million.  We 
determined these amounts by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing costs. This 
analysis does not consider the effects of changes in the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an 
environment.  See  Item  1A.  “Risk  Factors  —  The  Level  of  Our  Indebtedness  Could  Adversely  Affect  Our 
Financial Condition and Impair Our Ability to Operate Our Business”.

Derivative Instruments / Forward Contracts

We periodically may issue and settle foreign currency denominated debt, exposing us to the effect of changes 
in  spot  exchange  rates  between  loan  issue  and  loan  repayment  dates  and  changes  in  spot  exchange  rates  on 
open balances at each balance sheet date. From time to time, we may use foreign exchange contracts to hedge 
these  exposures  with  terms  of  generally  one  month.  Based  on  our  open  foreign  exchange  contracts  as  of 
September  30,  2020,  the  effect  of  a  1%  change  in  exchange  rates  would  impact  other  income,  net  by 
approximately  $3  million.  Although  these  foreign  currency  sensitive  instruments  expose  us  to  market  risk, 
fluctuations  in  the  value  of  these  instruments  are  mitigated  by  expected  offsetting  fluctuations  in  the  foreign 
currency denominated debt exposures. The fluctuation of these instruments may cause future cash settlement of 
the hedge.

We  periodically  may  also  enter  into  interest  rate  swaps  to  manage  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  a 
portion of our outstanding debt. Interest rate swaps are either designated for accounting purposes as cash flow 
hedges of forecasted floating interest payments on variable rate debt or fair value hedges of fixed rate debt, or we 
may elect not to treat them as accounting hedges. Based on our open interest rate swaps as of September 30, 
2020, the effect of a 1% change in interest rates would impact interest expense by approximately $6 million. We 
may  enter  into  swaps  or  forward  contracts  on  certain  commodities  to  manage  the  price  risk  associated  with 
forecasted purchases or sales of those commodities. We currently have no active commodity forward contracts. 

Pension Plans

Our pension plans are influenced by trends in the financial markets and the regulatory environment, among 
other  factors.  Adverse  general  stock  market  trends  and  falling  interest  rates  increase  plan  costs  and  liabilities. 
During  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  the  effect  of  a  0.25%  decrease  in  the  discount  rate  would  have  reduced  pre-tax 
income by approximately $13 million and $10 million, respectively, and a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would 
have  increased  pre-tax  income  by  $15  million  and  $10  million,  respectively.  Similarly,  MEPPs  in  which  we 
participate  could  experience  similar  circumstances  which  could  impact  our  funding  requirements  and  therefore 
expenses.  See  “Note  5.  Retirement  Plans  —  Multiemployer  Plans”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements. See also Item 1A. “Risk Factors — We May Incur Withdrawal Liability and/or Increased Funding 
Requirements in Connection with MEPPs”.

56

Foreign Currency

We  predominately  operate  in  markets  in  the  U.S.,  but  derived  17.7%  of  our  net  sales  in  fiscal  2020  from 
outside  the  U.S.  through  international  operations,  some  of  which  were  transacted  in  U.S.  dollars.  In  addition, 
certain of our domestic operations have sales to foreign customers. Although we are impacted by the exchange 
rates of a number of currencies, our largest exposures are generally to the Brazilian Real, British Pound, Canadian 
dollar,  Euro  and  Mexican  Peso.  In  conducting  our  foreign  operations,  we  also  make  inter-company  sales  and 
receive  royalties  and  dividends  denominated  in  different  currencies.  These  activities  expose  us  to  the  effect  of 
changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  Flows  of  foreign  currencies  into  and  out  of  our  operations  are 
generally stable and regularly occurring and are recorded at fair market value in our financial statements. 

At times, certain of our foreign subsidiaries have U.S. dollar-denominated external debt. In these instances, we 
may hedge the non-functional currency exposure with derivatives. We issue inter-company loans to and receive 
foreign cash deposits from our foreign subsidiaries in their local currencies, exposing us to the effect of changes in 
spot  exchange  rates  between  loan  issue  and  loan  repayment  dates  and  changes  in  spot  exchange  rates  from 
deposits. From time to time, we may use foreign-exchange hedge contracts with terms of generally less than one 
year to hedge these exposures. Although our derivative and other foreign currency sensitive instruments expose 
us to market risk, fluctuations in the value of these instruments are mitigated by expected offsetting fluctuations in 
the matched exposures.

During  fiscal  2020  and  2019,  the  effect  of  a  hypothetical  10%  change  in  foreign  currencies  that  we  have 
exposure to compared to the U.S. dollar would have impacted our segment results by approximately $30 million 
and  $39  million,  respectively.  See  “Note  7.  Segment  Information”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements for additional information.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, the effect of a hypothetical 1% change in exchange rates would have impacted 
accumulated other comprehensive income by approximately $21 million and $31 million, respectively. This impact 
does not consider the effects of a stronger or weaker dollar on our ability to compete for export business or the 
overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Changes in foreign exchange rates could impact 
the  price  and  the  demand  for  our  products  such  as  a  strengthening  dollar  causes  exports  to  become  more 
expensive to foreign customers and business that have to pay for them in other currencies. See Item 1A. “Risk 
Factors  —  We  May  Be  Adversely  Affected  by  Factors  That  Are  Beyond  Our  Control,  Such  as U.S.  and 
Worldwide Economic and Financial Market Conditions, and Social and Political Change”.

57

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Financial Statements

Description

Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Income Taxes

Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 1.
Note 2.   Revenue Recognition
Note 3.   Acquisitions and Investments
Note 4.   Restructuring and Other Costs
Note 5.   Retirement Plans
Note 6.  
Note 7.   Segment Information
Interest Expense, Net
Note 8.  
Note 9.  
Inventories
Note 10.  Property, Plant and Equipment
Note 11. Other Intangible Assets
Note 12. Fair Value
Note 13. Debt
Note 14.  Selected Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements of Parent, Issuer, Guarantors 

and Non-Guarantors

Note 15.  Leases
Note 16.  Special Purpose Entities
Note 17. Related Party Transactions
Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies
Note 19. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Other Comprehensive Loss
Note 20. Stockholders’ Equity
Note 21. Share-Based Compensation
Note 22. Earnings Per Share
Note 23. Financial Results by Quarter (Unaudited)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Page
Reference
59
60
61
62
63
65
65
77
78
81
83
95
99
103
103
103
104
104
106

110
121
123
124
124
128
130
131
135
135
137
140
142

For supplemental quarterly financial information, please see “Note 23. Financial Results by Quarter 

(Unaudited)” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions, except per share data)

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative, excluding intangible
    amortization
Selling, general and administrative intangible amortization
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
Goodwill impairment
Operating (loss) profit
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Pension and other postretirement non-service income
Other income, net
Equity in income of unconsolidated entities
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax (expense) benefit
Consolidated net (loss) income
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
    stockholders

Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
    stockholders

Cash dividends paid per share

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

  $

17,578.8    $
14,381.6     
3,197.2     

18,289.0    $
14,540.0     
3,749.0     

16,285.1 
12,923.1 
3,362.0 

1,624.4     
400.5     
(16.3)    
(1.1)    
—     
112.7     
1,333.2     
(256.2)    
(393.5)    
(1.5)    
103.3     
9.5     
15.8     
(522.6)    
(163.5)    
(686.1)    
(4.8)    
(690.9)   $

1,715.2     
400.2     
(41.2)    
(6.3)    
13.0     
173.7     
—     
1,494.4     
(431.3)    
(5.1)    
74.2     
2.4     
10.1     
1,144.7     
(276.8)    
867.9     
(5.0)    
862.9    $

1,546.6 
296.6 
10.1 
184.2 
31.9 
105.4 
— 
1,187.2 
(293.8)
(0.1)
95.3 
12.7 
33.5 
1,034.8 
874.5 
1,909.3 
(3.2)
1,906.1 

(2.67)   $

3.36    $

7.46 

(2.67)   $

3.33    $

7.34 

1.33    $

1.82    $

1.72  

  $

  $

  $

  $

See Accompanying Notes

59

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(In millions)

Consolidated net (loss) income
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

Foreign currency:

Foreign currency translation loss

Derivatives:

Deferred (loss) gain on cash flow hedges
Reclassification adjustment of net loss (gain) on cash

flow hedges included in earnings
Unrealized gain on available for sale security
Reclassification adjustment of gain on available for
    sale security included in earnings
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit
    plans:

Net actuarial gain (loss) arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net
    actuarial loss, included in pension and
    postretirement cost
Prior service cost arising during period
Amortization and curtailment recognition of prior
    service cost, included in pension and
    postretirement cost

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Comprehensive (loss) income

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to
    noncontrolling interests

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to common
    stockholders

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

  $

(686.1)   $

867.9    $

1,909.3 

(215.0)    

(143.4)    

(234.4)

(10.0)    

1.1     

(0.2)    
—     

3.6     
—     

—     

—     

(1.5)

— 

0.5 
0.8 

24.2     

(248.5)    

(13.1)

35.4     
(19.6)    

17.2     
(3.3)    

15.0 
(5.5)

3.8     
(177.6)    
(863.7)    

1.8     
(375.3)    
492.6     

0.2 
(238.0)
1,671.3 

(4.5)    

(3.6)    

(3.2)

  $

(868.2)   $

489.0    $

1,668.1  

See Accompanying Notes

60

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except per share data)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $66.3 and $53.2)
Inventories
Other current assets
Assets held for sale

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Restricted assets held by special purpose entities
Prepaid pension asset
Other assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Current portion of debt
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt due after one year
Pension liabilities, net of current portion
Postretirement benefit liabilities, net of current portion
Non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose entities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
Equity:

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0 million shares authorized; no
    shares outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 600.0 million shares authorized;
    260.4 million and 257.8 million shares outstanding at September
    30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively
Capital in excess of par value
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

September 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

251.1    $

2,142.7   
2,023.4   
520.5   
7.0   
4,944.7   
10,778.9   
5,962.2   
3,667.2   
1,267.5   
368.7   
1,790.5   
28,779.7    $

  $

222.9    $

1,674.2   
386.7   
645.1   
2,928.9   
9,207.7   
305.2   
145.4   
1,136.5   
2,916.9   
1,490.3   

1.3   

—   

2.6   
10,916.3   
1,031.6   
(1,319.9)  
10,630.6   
16.9   
10,647.5   
28,779.7    $

  $

151.6 
2,193.2 
2,107.5 
496.2 
25.8 
4,974.3 
11,189.5 
7,285.6 
4,059.5 
1,274.3 
224.7 
1,148.8 
30,156.7 

561.1 
1,831.8 
470.4 
571.8 
3,435.1 
9,502.3 
294.0 
162.1 
1,145.2 
2,878.0 
1,053.9 

1.9 

— 

2.6 
10,739.4 
1,997.1 
(1,069.2)
11,669.9 
14.3 
11,684.2 
30,156.7  

See Accompanying Notes

61

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

(In millions, except per share data)

Number of Shares of Common Stock Outstanding:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Shares issued under restricted stock plan
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax
    withholdings (1)
Purchases of common stock (2)

Balance at end of fiscal year
Common Stock:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax
    withholdings (1)

Balance at end of fiscal year
Capital in Excess of Par Value:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Compensation expense under share-based plans
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax
    withholdings (1)
Fair value of share-based awards issued in business combinations
Purchases of common stock (2)

Balance at end of fiscal year
Retained Earnings:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Adoption of accounting standards (3)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
Dividends declared (per share - $1.33, $1.82 and $1.72) (4)
Issuance of common stock, net of stock received for minimum tax
    withholdings
Purchases of common stock (2)

Balance at end of fiscal year
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:
Balance at beginning of fiscal year
Adoption of ASU 2018-02 reclassification of stranded

tax effects resulting from Tax Reform
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

Balance at end of fiscal year
Total Stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling Interests: (5)
Balance at beginning of fiscal year

Net income
Contributions
Distributions and adjustments to noncontrolling interests

Balance at end of fiscal year
Total Equity

  $

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

257.8     
0.9     

1.7     
—     
260.4     

253.5     
3.2     

3.2     
(2.1)    
257.8     

  $

2.6    $

2.5    $

—     
2.6     

0.1     
2.6     

254.5 
0.7 

1.7 
(3.4)
253.5 

2.5 

— 
2.5 

10,739.4     
130.3     

10,588.9     
64.8     

10,624.9 
66.9 

46.6     
—     
—     
10,916.3     

101.1     
70.8     
(86.2)    
10,739.4     

38.9 
— 
(141.8)
10,588.9 

1,997.1     
73.5     
(690.9)    
(348.1)    

—     
—     
1,031.6     

1,573.3     
43.5     
862.9     
(479.8)    

(0.4)    
(2.4)    
1,997.1     

172.4 
— 
1,906.1 
(445.2)

(6.7)
(53.3)
1,573.3 

(1,069.2)    

(695.3)    

(457.3)

(73.4)    
(177.3)    
(1,319.9)    
10,630.6     

14.3     
2.7     
—     
(0.1)    
16.9     
10,647.5    $

—     
(373.9)    
(1,069.2)    
11,669.9     

13.0     
3.2     
0.2     
(2.1)    
14.3     
11,684.2    $

— 
(238.0)
(695.3)
11,469.4 

43.6 
2.1 
0.5 
(33.2)
13.0 
11,482.4  

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Included in the issuance of common stock in fiscal 2019 is the issuance of approximately 1.6 million shares of Common Stock valued at 
$70.1 million in connection with the KapStone Acquisition.
In fiscal 2019, we repurchased approximately 2.1 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of $88.6 million. In fiscal 
2018, we repurchased approximately 3.4 million shares of our Common Stock for an aggregate cost of $195.1 million.
For fiscal 2020, the amount primarily relates to the adoption of ASU 2018-02 (as hereinafter defined). For fiscal 2019, the amount relates 
to the adoption of ASC 606 (as hereinafter defined).
Includes cash dividends paid and dividend equivalent units on certain restricted stock awards.
Excludes amounts related to contingently redeemable noncontrolling interests, which are separately classified outside of permanent equity 
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

See Accompanying Notes

62

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

Operating activities:

Consolidated net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:

Depreciation, depletion and amortization
Cost of real estate sold
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
Share-based compensation expense
401(k) match in common stock
Pension and other postretirement funding more than expense

(income)

Multiemployer pension withdrawal (income) expense
Land and Development impairments
Goodwill impairment
Other impairment adjustments
(Gain) loss on disposal of plant, equipment and other, net
Other
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and
    divestitures:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other assets
Accounts payable
Income taxes
Accrued liabilities and other

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Cash paid for purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Cash receipts on sold trade receivables
Investment in unconsolidated entities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from property, plant and equipment insurance settlement
Other

Net cash used for investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes
Additions to revolving credit facilities
Repayments of revolving credit facilities
Additions to debt
Repayments of debt
Changes in commercial paper, net
Other financing (repayments) additions
Issuances of common stock, net of related minimum tax withholdings
Purchases of common stock
Cash dividends paid to stockholders
Cash distributions paid to noncontrolling interests
Other

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted
   cash
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

2020

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

  $

(686.1)   $

867.9    $

1,909.3 

1,487.0   
16.1   
43.0   
130.3   
20.8   

(80.1)  
(1.1)  
—   
1,333.2   
25.8   
(13.2)  
(39.3)  

30.5   
21.8   
(202.4)  
(86.4)  
(27.6)  
98.4   
2,070.7   

(978.1)  
—   
—   
(1.3)  
35.0   
6.5   
16.4   
(921.5)  

598.6   
428.0   
(528.2)  
696.4   
(1,449.2)  
(339.2)  
(80.3)  
22.2   
—   
(344.5)  
(2.4)  
(22.5)  
(1,021.1)  

1,511.2   
17.3   
37.1   
64.2   
—   

(61.3)  
(6.3)  
13.0   
—   
38.3   
(43.0)  
(80.2)  

272.9   
(110.5)  
(124.6)  
(39.1)  
7.2   
(53.9)  
2,310.2   

(1,369.1)  
(3,374.2)  
—   
(11.2)  
119.1   
25.5   
30.3   
(4,579.6)  

2,498.2   
222.2   
(227.2)  
5,061.6   
(5,631.6)  
339.2   
52.2   
18.3   
(88.6)  
(467.9)  
(4.3)  
8.1   
1,780.2   

(28.6)  
99.5   
151.6   
251.1    $

4.0   
(485.2)  
636.8   
151.6    $

  $

1,252.2 
121.2 
(1,069.4)
66.8 
— 

(96.8)
184.2 
31.9 
— 
13.5 
2.9 
(96.3)

(580.1)
(72.1)
(67.7)
180.3 
130.6 
20.7 
1,931.2 

(999.9)
(239.9)
461.6 
(114.3)
23.3 
7.9 
46.2 
(815.1)

1,197.3 
702.4 
(572.2)
855.2 
(2,032.9)
— 
(269.9)
26.6 
(195.1)
(440.9)
(33.3)
7.7 
(755.1)

(28.2)
332.8 
304.0 
636.8  

63

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

(In millions)

Cash paid during the period for:
Income taxes, net of refunds
Interest, net of amounts capitalized

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

  $
  $

147.2 
395.4 

  $
  $

226.1 
412.5 

  $
  $

60.5 
284.4  

The adoption of ASC 842, Leases, resulted in recognition of non-cash right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and non-

cash operating lease liabilities. See “Note 15. Leases” for more information on the impact of this adoption.

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

(In millions)

Non-cash investing activities:

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Deferred purchase price of trade receivables sold

  $

— 

  $

— 

  $

436.7  

Liabilities  assumed  in  fiscal  2019  primarily  relate  to  the KapStone  Acquisition.  Liabilities  assumed  in  fiscal 
2018  primarily  relate  to  the  Plymouth  Packaging  Acquisition  and  the  Schlüter  Acquisition  (each  as  hereinafter 
defined). See “Note 3. Acquisitions and Investments” for additional information.

(In millions)

Fair value of assets acquired, including goodwill
Cash consideration for the purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Stock issued in business combinations
Fair value of share-based awards issued in business combinations
Deferred payments and (unpaid) unreceived working capital or escrow

Liabilities and noncontrolling interest assumed

See Accompanying Notes

Year Ended September 30,
2018
2019

  $

  $

5,948.9    $
(3,369.3)  
(70.1)  
(70.8)  
16.6   
2,455.3    $

303.2 
(242.1)
— 
— 
(25.0)
36.1  

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 1.

Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we”, “us”, “our”, “WestRock” and “the Company” refer to the business 
of WestRock Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and its partially-owned consolidated subsidiaries for periods 
on or after November 2, 2018 and to WRKCo Inc. (formerly known as WestRock Company) for periods prior to 
November 2, 2018.

WestRock  is  a  multinational  provider  of  sustainable  fiber-based  paper  and  packaging.  We  partner  with  our 
customers to provide differentiated paper and packaging solutions that help them win in the marketplace. Our team 
members support customers around the world from our operating and business locations in North America, South 
America, Europe, Asia and Australia. 

On  November  2,  2018,  we  completed  the  KapStone  Acquisition.  KapStone  is  a  leading  North  American 
producer and distributor of containerboard, corrugated products and specialty papers, including liner and medium 
containerboard, kraft papers and saturating kraft. KapStone also owns Victory Packaging, a packaging solutions 
distribution  company  with  facilities  in  the  U.S.,  Canada  and  Mexico.  KapStone  is  reported  in  our  Corrugated 
Packaging  segment.  WRKCo  (formerly  known  as  WestRock  Company)  was  the  accounting  acquirer  in  the 
transaction; therefore, the historical consolidated financial statements of WRKCo for periods prior to the KapStone 
Acquisition  are  also  considered  to  be  the  historical  financial  statements  of  the  Company.  See  “Note  3. 
Acquisitions and Investments” for additional information.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and, in certain cases, include 
amounts  based  on  management's  prudent  judgments  and  estimates. Actual  results  may  differ  from  these 
estimates.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WestRock and our partially owned subsidiaries 
for which we have a controlling financial interest, including variable interest entities for which we are the primary 
beneficiary. Equity investments in which we exercise significant influence but do not control and are not the primary 
beneficiary are accounted for using the equity method. Investments without a readily determinable value in which 
we  are  not  able  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  the  investee  are  accounted  under  the  measurement 
alternative (i.e. cost less impairment, adjusted for any qualifying observable price changes). Our equity and cost 
method  investments  are  not  material  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate.  We  have  eliminated  all  significant 
intercompany accounts and transactions. See “Note 7. Segment Information” for our equity method investments.

Reclassifications and Adjustments

During  fiscal  2020,  we  evaluated  our  revolving  credit  facilities  and  determined  that  the  borrowings  and 
repayments for certain facilities should be presented gross instead of net on the consolidated statements of cash 
flow and corrected the presentation of the prior years by an immaterial amount. Certain amounts in prior periods 
have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates

Preparing  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates, and the differences could be material.

The most significant accounting estimates inherent in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements 
include  estimates  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  goodwill,  intangibles  and  property,  plant  and  equipment,  to 
determine the useful lives of assets that are amortized or depreciated, and to measure income taxes, self-insured 

65

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

obligations, restructuring activities and estimating the fair value of assets and liabilities of acquired businesses. In 
addition, significant estimates form the basis for our reserves with respect to collectability of accounts receivable, 
inventory  valuations,  pension  benefits,  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowances  and  certain  benefits  provided  to 
current  and  retired  employees.  Various  assumptions  and  other  factors  underlie  the  determination  of  these 
significant  estimates.  The  process  of  determining  significant  estimates  is  fact  specific  and  takes  into  account 
factors such as historical experience, current and expected economic conditions, product mix, and in some cases, 
actuarial  techniques.  The  global  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  also  affect  our  accounting  estimates, 
which may materially change from period to period due to changing market factors. We regularly evaluate these 
significant factors and make adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate.

Revenue Recognition

We  generally  recognize  revenue  on  a  point-in-time  basis  when  the  customer  takes  title  to  the  goods  and 
assumes  the  risks  and  rewards  for  the  goods,  which  coincide  with  the  transfer  of  control  of  our  goods  to  the 
customer. Additionally, we manufacture certain customized products that have no alternative use to us (since they 
are made to specific customer orders), and we believe that for certain customers we have a legally enforceable 
right to payment for performance completed to date on these products, including a reasonable profit. For products 
that meet these two criteria, we recognize revenue “over time”. This results in revenue recognition prior to the date 
of shipment or title transfer for these products and increases the contract asset (unbilled receivables) balance with 
a corresponding reduction in finished goods inventory on our balance sheet.

We  net,  against  our  gross  sales,  provisions  for  discounts,  returns,  allowances,  customer  rebates  and  other 
adjustments. Such adjustments are based on historical experience which is consistent with the most likely method 
as provided in ASC 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”).

As permitted by ASC 606, we have elected to treat costs associated with obtaining new contracts as expenses 
when incurred if the amortization period of the asset we would recognize is one year or less. We do not record 
interest income when the difference in timing of control transfer and customer payment is one year or less. We also 
account  for  sales  and  other  taxes  that  are  imposed  on  and  concurrent  with  individual  revenue-producing 
transactions between a customer and us on a net basis which excludes the taxes from our net sales.

Shipping and Handling Costs

We classify shipping and handling costs, such as freight to our customers’ destinations, as a component of 
cost of goods sold. When shipping and handling costs are included in the sales price charged for our products, 
they are recognized in net sales since we treat shipping and handling as fulfilment activities.

Cash Equivalents

We consider  all highly liquid investments  that mature three months or less from the date of purchase to be 
cash  equivalents.  The  carrying  amounts  of  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  approximate  fair  market  values.  We 
place our cash and cash equivalents primarily with large credit worthy banks, which limits the amount of our credit 
exposure.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances

We derive our accounts receivable from revenue earned from customers located primarily in North America, 
South America, Europe, Asia and Australia. Given our diverse customer base, we have limited exposure to credit 
loss  from  any  particular  customer  or  industry  segment,  and  hence  we  generally  do  not  require  collateral.  We 
perform an evaluation of probable credit losses inherent in our accounts receivable at each balance sheet date. 
Such  an  evaluation  includes  consideration  of  historical  loss  experience,  trends  in  customer  payment  frequency, 
present economic conditions, and judgment about the future financial health of our customers and industry sector. 
The average of our receivables collection is within 30 to 60 days. We sell certain receivables under our A/R Sales 
Agreement (as hereinafter defined). See “Note 12. Fair Value — Accounts Receivable Sales Agreement”.

66

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We  state  accounts  receivable  at  the  amount  owed  by  the  customer,  net  of  an  allowance  for  estimated 
uncollectible  accounts,  returns  and  allowances,  cash  discounts  and  other  adjustments.  We  do  not  discount 
accounts receivable because we generally collect accounts receivable over a relatively short time. We charge off 
receivables  when  they  are  determined  to  be  no  longer  collectible.  Bad  debt  expense  was  $19.9  million,  $10.0 
million and $4.2 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The following table represents a summary of the changes in the reserve for allowance for doubtful accounts, 

returns and allowances and cash discounts for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in millions):

Balance at beginning of fiscal year
Reduction in sales and charges to costs and expenses
Deductions
Balance at end of fiscal year

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

53.2    $
270.8     
(257.7)    
66.3    $

49.7    $
259.6     
(256.1)    
53.2    $

45.8 
202.8 
(198.9)
49.7  

Inventories

We value our U.S. inventories at the lower of cost or market, with cost for the majority of our U.S. inventories 
determined  on  the  last-in  first-out  (“LIFO”)  basis.  We  value  all  other  inventories  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net 
realizable  value,  with  cost  determined  using  methods  that  approximate  cost  computed  on  a  first-in  first-out 
inventory  valuation  method  (“FIFO”)  basis.  These  other  inventories  represent  primarily  foreign  inventories, 
distribution  business  inventories,  spare  parts  inventories  and  certain  inventoried  supplies  and  aggregate  to 
approximately 41% and 39% of FIFO cost of all inventory at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Prior to the application of the LIFO method, our U.S. operating divisions use a variety of methods to estimate 
the  FIFO  cost  of  their  finished  goods  inventories.  Such  methods  include  standard  costs,  or  average  costs 
computed by dividing the actual cost of goods manufactured by the tons produced and multiplying this amount by 
the tons of inventory on hand. Lastly, certain operations calculate a ratio, on a plant by plant basis, the numerator 
of which is the cost of goods sold and the denominator is net sales. This ratio is applied to the estimated sales 
value of the finished goods inventory. Variances and other unusual items are analyzed to determine whether it is 
appropriate  to  include  those  items  in  the  value  of  inventory.  Examples  of  variances  and  unusual  items  that  are 
considered  to  be  current  period  charges  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  abnormal  production  levels,  freight, 
handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage). Cost includes raw materials and supplies, direct labor, indirect 
labor related to the manufacturing process and depreciation and other factory overheads. Our inventoried spare 
parts are measured at average cost.

Leased Assets

We adopted the provisions of ASC 842 on October 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach and, as 
a result, did not restate prior periods. See “Note 15. Leases” for additional details. We lease various real estate, 
including  certain  operating  facilities,  warehouses,  office  space  and  land.  We  also  lease  material  handling 
equipment, vehicles and certain other equipment. We record our operating lease ROU assets and liabilities at the 
commencement date of the lease based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. 

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our 
obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Our leases may include options to extend or terminate 
the lease. These options to extend are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise 
that  option.  While  some  leases  provide  for  variable  payments,  they  are  not  included  in  the  ROU  assets  and 
liabilities because they are not based on an index or rate. Variable payments for real estate leases primarily relate 
to  common  area  maintenance,  insurance,  taxes  and  utilities.  Variable  payments  for  equipment,  vehicles  and 
leases  within  supply  agreements  primarily  relate  to  usage,  repairs,  and  maintenance.  As  the  implicit  rate  is  not 
readily determinable for our leases, we apply a portfolio approach using an estimated incremental borrowing rate 
to  determine  the  initial  present  value  of  lease  payments  over  the  lease  terms  on  a  collateralized  basis  over  a 
similar term, which is based on market and company specific information. We use the unsecured borrowing rate 
and risk-adjust that rate to approximate a collateralized rate, and apply the rate based on the currency of the lease, 
which is updated on a quarterly basis for measurement of new lease liabilities.

67

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We have made an accounting policy election to not recognize ROU assets and liability for leases with a term of 
12  months  or  less  unless  the  lease  includes  an  option  to  renew  or  purchase  the  underlying  asset  that  are 
reasonably certain to be exercised. In addition, the Company has applied the practical expedient to account for the 
lease  and  non-lease  components  as  a  single  lease  component  for  all  of  the  Company's  leases.  See  “Note  15. 
Leases” for additional information.

Property, Plant and Equipment

We  record  property,  plant  and  equipment  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Cost  includes  major 
expenditures for improvements and replacements that extend useful lives, increase capacity, increase revenues or 
reduce costs, while normal maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, 
we  capitalized  interest  of  approximately  $24.6  million,  $23.8  million  and  $8.2  million,  respectively.  For  financial 
reporting purposes, we provide depreciation and amortization primarily on a straight-line method generally over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Buildings and building improvements
Machinery and equipment
Transportation equipment

  15-40 years
  3-25 years
  3-8 years

Generally, our machinery and equipment have estimated useful lives between 3 and 25 years; however, select 
portions of machinery and equipment primarily at our mills have estimated useful lives up to 44 years. Greater than 
90% of the cost of our mill assets have useful lives of 25 years or less. Leasehold improvements are depreciated 
over the shorter of the asset life or the lease term, generally between 3 and 10 years.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We review the carrying value of our goodwill annually at the beginning of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, 
or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may exceed fair value as set 
forth in ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other.” We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, 
which is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. A component 
of  an  operating  segment  is  a  reporting  unit  if  the  component  constitutes  a  business  for  which  discrete  financial 
information  is  available  and  segment  management  regularly  reviews  the  operating  results  of  that  component. 
However, two or more components of an operating segment are aggregated and deemed a single reporting unit if 
the components have similar economic characteristics. The amount of goodwill acquired in a business combination 
that is assigned to one or more reporting units as of the acquisition date is the excess of the purchase price of the 
acquired businesses (or portion thereof) included in the reporting unit, over the fair value assigned to the individual 
assets acquired or liabilities assumed from a market participant perspective. Goodwill is assigned to the reporting 
unit(s)  expected  to  benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the  combination  even  though  other  assets  or  liabilities  of  the 
acquired entity may not be assigned to that reporting unit. We determine recoverability by comparing the estimated 
fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  to  which  the  goodwill  applies  to  the  carrying  value,  including  goodwill,  of  that 
reporting  unit. We  determine  the fair value  of  each reporting  unit  using the  discounted  cash  flow  method  or, as 
appropriate, a combination of the discounted cash flow method and the guideline public company method.

ASC  350  allows  an  optional  qualitative  assessment,  prior  to  a  quantitative  assessment  test,  to  determine 
whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. We generally do 
not attempt a qualitative assessment and move directly to the quantitative test. As part of the quantitative test, we 
utilize the present value of expected cash flows or, as appropriate, a combination of the present value of expected 
cash flows and the guideline public company method to determine the estimated fair value of our reporting units. 
This present value model requires management to estimate future cash flows, the timing of these cash flows, and a 
discount rate (based on a weighted average cost of capital), which represents the time value of money and the 
inherent risk and uncertainty of the future cash flows. Factors that management must estimate when performing 
this step in the process include, among other items, sales volume, prices, inflation, discount rates, exchange rates, 
tax  rates,  anticipated  synergies  and  productivity  improvements  resulting  from  past  acquisitions,  capital 
expenditures  and  continuous  improvement  projects.  The  assumptions  we  use  to  estimate  future  cash  flows  are 
consistent with the assumptions that the reporting units use for internal planning purposes, which we believe would 
be generally consistent with that of a market participant. The guideline public company method involves comparing 
the reporting unit  to  similar companies whose stock is freely traded  on an  organized exchange. The fair values 

68

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

determined  by  the  discounted  cash  flow  and  guideline  public  company  methods  are  weighted  to  arrive  at  the 
concluded  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit.  However,  in  instances  where  comparisons  to  our  peers  is  less 
meaningful, no weight is placed on the guideline public company method to arrive at the concluded fair value of the 
reporting  unit.  If  we  determine  that  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying  amount, 
goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If we determine that the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds 
its estimated fair value, we measure goodwill impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying 
amount over its fair value as required under ASU 2017-04, which we early adopted starting with our fiscal 2020 
annual goodwill impairment test on July 1, 2020.

We began seeing the impact of COVID-19 in a limited manner at the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2020. 
The  impact  on  our  operations  increased  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2020.  During  these  interim  periods,  we 
evaluated  the  current  economic  environment,  including  our  then  current  assessment  of  the  long-term  impact  of 
COVID-19 on our  forecasts, and we concluded  there  were no indicators of impairment of our long-lived assets, 
including goodwill that required a quantitative test to be performed.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment testing. We considered 
factors  such  as,  but  not  limited  to,  our  expectations  for  the  short-term  and  long-term  impacts  of  COVID-19, 
macroeconomic  conditions,  industry  and  market  considerations,  and  financial  performance,  including  planned 
revenue, earnings and capital investments of each reporting unit. The discount rate used for each reporting unit 
ranged from 8.0% to 14.0%. We used perpetual growth rates in the reporting units that have goodwill ranging from 
0.5% to 1.0%. All reporting units that have goodwill were noted to have a fair value that exceeded their carrying 
values, except the Consumer Packaging reporting unit. As a result, we recorded a pre-tax non-cash impairment of 
$1,333.2 million or $1,314.3 million after-tax. Each of our other reporting units had fair values that exceeded their 
respective carrying values by more than 10% each. If we had concluded that it was appropriate to increase the 
discount rate we used by 100 basis points to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit the fair value of each of 
our reporting units, excluding Consumer Packaging, would have continued to exceed its carrying value.

The impairment was driven by the expected lower volumes and cash flows related to certain external SBS end 
markets, including commercial print, tobacco and plate and cup stock markets. We have experienced significant 
declines in demand for these products and are not showing significant recovery. We believe these declines are 
more systemic and our view of related growth and earnings opportunities has been diminished for the foreseeable 
future.  Worldwide  SBS  operating  rates  are  down,  and  the  market  has  taken  increased  levels  of  economic 
downtime. In October 2020, we announced the shut-down of one of our SBS paper machines at our Evadale, TX 
mill which results in the removal of 200,000 tons of capacity. At September 30, 2020, following the impairment, the 
North American Corrugated, Consumer Packaging, Brazil Corrugated and Victory Packaging reporting units had 
$3,533.0 million, $2,288.7 million, $99.4 million and $41.1 million of goodwill, respectively, at September 30, 2020. 
Our  long-lived  assets,  including  intangible  assets  remain  recoverable.  Subsequent  to  our  annual  test,  we 
monitored  industry  economic  trends  until  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year  and  determined  no  additional  testing  for 
goodwill impairment was warranted. We have not made any material changes to our impairment loss assessment 
methodology during the past three fiscal years. Currently, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that 
there  will  be  a  material  change  in  future  assumptions  or  estimates  we  use  to  calculate  impairment  losses. 
However,  we  cannot  predict  certain  market  factors  with  certainty,  including  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  and  have 
certain risks inherent to our operations as described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors”. If actual results are not consistent 
with our assumptions and estimates, particularly for our Consumer Packaging reporting unit for which the fair value 
approximates  its  carrying  value  after  the  impairment  recognition,  we  may  be  exposed  to  additional  impairment 
losses that could be material. 

We  follow  the  provisions  included  in  ASC  360,  “Property,  Plant  and  Equipment”  in  determining  whether  the 
carrying value of any of our long-lived assets, including amortizing intangibles other than goodwill, is impaired. The 
ASC  360  test  is  a  three-step  test  for  assets  that  are  “held  and  used”  as  that  term  is  defined  by  ASC  360.  We 
determine whether indicators of impairment are present. We review long-lived assets for impairment when events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset might not be recoverable. If 
we determine that indicators of impairment are present, we determine whether the estimated undiscounted cash 
flows for the potentially impaired assets are less than the carrying value. This requires management to estimate 
future cash flows through operations over the remaining useful life of the asset and its ultimate disposition. The 
assumptions we use to estimate future cash flows are consistent with the assumptions we use for internal planning 
purposes,  updated  to  reflect  current  expectations.  If  our  estimated  undiscounted  cash  flows  do  not  exceed  the 
carrying value, we estimate the fair value of the asset and record an impairment charge if the carrying value is 

69

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

greater than the fair value of the asset. We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows, observable prices for 
similar assets, or other valuation techniques. We record assets classified as “held for sale” at the lower of their 
carrying value or estimated fair value less anticipated costs to sell.

Included  in  our  long-lived  assets  are  certain  identifiable  intangible  assets.  These  intangible  assets  are 
amortized based on the approximate pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed or straight-line if the 
pattern  was  not  reliably  determinable.  Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  1  to  40  years  and  have  a  weighted 
average life of approximately 15.5 years.

Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions 
and operational performance. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that 
assets  associated  with  a  particular  operation  are  impaired.  Evaluating  impairment  also  requires  us  to  estimate 
future operating results and cash flows, which also require judgment by management. Any resulting impairment 
loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Restructuring and Other Costs

Our  restructuring  and  other  costs  include  primarily  items  such  as  restructuring  portions  of  our  operations, 
acquisition costs, integration costs and divestiture costs. We have restructured portions of our operations from time 
to time, have current restructuring initiatives taking place, and it is likely that we will engage in future restructuring 
activities. Identifying and calculating the cost to exit these operations requires certain assumptions to be made, the 
most significant of which are anticipated future liabilities, including severance costs, contractual obligations, and 
the  adjustments  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  lease  ROU  assets  to  their  fair  value.  We  believe  our 
estimates  are  reasonable,  considering  our  knowledge  of  the  industries  we  operate  in,  previous  experience  in 
exiting activities and valuations we may obtain from independent third parties. Although our estimates have been 
reasonably  accurate  in  the  past,  significant  judgment  is  required,  and  these  estimates  and  assumptions  may 
change  as  additional  information  becomes  available  and  facts  or  circumstances  change.  See  “Note  4. 
Restructuring and Other Costs” for additional information, including a description of the type of costs incurred.

Business Combinations

From  time  to  time,  we  may  enter  into  business  combinations.  In  accordance  with  ASC  805,  “Business 
Combinations”,  we  generally  recognize  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed,  and  any 
noncontrolling interests in an acquiree at their fair values as of the date of acquisition. We measure goodwill as the 
excess of consideration transferred, which we also measure at fair value, over the net of the acquisition date fair 
values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The acquisition method of accounting requires us 
to make significant estimates and assumptions regarding the fair values of the elements of a business combination 
as of the date of acquisition, including the fair values of identifiable intangible assets, deferred tax asset valuation 
allowances,  liabilities  including  those  related  to  debt,  pensions  and  other  postretirement  plans,  uncertain  tax 
positions, contingent consideration and contingencies. Significant estimates and assumptions include subjective 
and/or complex judgements regarding items such as discount rates, customer attrition rates, economic lives and 
other factors, including estimating future cash flows that we expect to generate from the acquired assets.

The acquisition method of accounting also requires us to refine these estimates over a measurement period 
not to exceed one year to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the 
acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the measurement of the amounts recognized as of that date. If 
we are required to adjust provisional amounts that we have recorded for the fair values of assets and liabilities in 
connection with acquisitions, these adjustments could have a material impact on our financial condition and results 
of operations. If the subsequent actual results and updated projections of the underlying business activity change 
compared with the assumptions and projections used to develop these values, we could record future impairment 
charges. In addition, we have estimated the economic lives of certain acquired assets and these lives are used to 
calculate depreciation and amortization expense. If our estimates of the economic lives change, depreciation or 
amortization expenses could be increased or decreased, or the acquired asset could be impaired.

70

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

We estimate fair values in accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement.” We define fair value as the 
price  that  would  be  received  from  the  sale  of  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  the  principal  or  most 
advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  on  the 
measurement date.

Financial instruments not recognized at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis include cash and cash 
equivalents, accounts receivables, certain other current assets, short-term debt, accounts payable, certain other 
current liabilities and long-term debt. With the exception of long-term debt, the carrying amounts of these financial 
instruments approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. The fair values of our long-term debt are 
estimated using quoted market prices or are based on the discounted value of future cash flows. We disclose the 
fair value of long-term debt in “Note 13. Debt” and our pension and postretirement assets and liabilities in “Note 5. 
Retirement  Plans”.  We  have,  or  from  time  to  time  may  have,  financial  instruments  recognized  at  fair  value 
including  supplemental  retirement  savings  plans  (“Supplemental  Plans”)  that  are  nonqualified  deferred 
compensation  plans  pursuant  to  which  assets  are  invested  primarily  in  mutual  funds,  interest  rate  derivatives, 
commodity derivatives or other similar class of assets or liabilities, the fair value of which are not significant. We 
measure the fair value of our mutual fund investments based on quoted prices in active markets, and our derivative 
contracts, if any, based on discounted cash flows. 

We measure certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These 
assets  and  liabilities  include  equity  method  investments  when  they  are  deemed  to  be  other-than-temporarily 
impaired, investments for which the fair value measurement alternative is elected, assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in 
a merger or an acquisition or in a nonmonetary exchange, property, plant and equipment, ROU assets related to 
operating leases, goodwill and other intangible assets that are written down to fair value when they are held for 
sale or determined to be impaired. See “Note 4. Restructuring and Other Costs” for impairments associated with 
restructuring activities. Given the nature of nonfinancial assets and liabilities, evaluating their fair value from the 
perspective of a market participant is inherently complex. Assumptions and estimates about future values can be 
affected  by  a  variety  of  internal  and  external  factors.  Changes  in  these  factors  may  require  us  to  revise  our 
estimates and could result in future impairment charges for goodwill and acquired intangible assets, or retroactively 
adjust  provisional  amounts  that  we  have  recorded  for  the  fair  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  connection  with 
business combinations. These adjustments could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of 
operations. We discuss fair values in more detail in “Note 12. Fair Value”.

Derivatives

We  are  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk,  commodity  price  risk  and  foreign  currency  exchange  risk.  To  manage 
these  risks,  from  time  to  time  and  to  varying  degrees,  we  may  enter  into  a  variety  of  financial  derivative 
transactions  and  certain  physical  commodity  transactions  that  are  determined  to  be  derivatives.  Interest  rate 
swaps  may  be  entered  into  to  manage  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  a  portion  of  our  outstanding  debt. 
Interest  rate  swaps  are  either  designated  for  accounting  purposes  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  forecasted  floating 
interest payments on variable rate debt or fair value hedges of fixed rate debt, or we may elect not to treat them as 
accounting hedges. Swaps or forward contracts on certain commodities may be entered into to manage the price 
risk associated with forecasted purchases or sales of those commodities. In addition, certain commodity financial 
derivative contracts and physical commodity contracts that are determined to be derivatives may not be designated 
as accounting hedges because either they do not meet the criteria for treatment as accounting hedges under ASC 
815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, or we elect not to treat them as accounting hedges under ASC 815. Generally, we 
elect the normal purchase, normal sale scope exception for physical commodity contracts that are determined to 
be  derivatives.  We  may  also  enter  into  forward  contracts  to  manage  our  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign 
currency rates with respect to transactions denominated in foreign currencies. These also can either be designated 
for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges or not so designated.

Outstanding financial derivative instruments expose us to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the 
counterparties  to  the  derivative  agreements.  Our  credit  exposure  related  to  these  financial  instruments  is 
represented by the fair value of contracts reported as assets. We manage our exposure to counterparty credit risk 
through minimum credit standards, diversification of counterparties and procedures to monitor concentrations of 
credit risk. We may enter into financial derivative contracts that may contain credit-risk-related contingent features 

71

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

which  could  result  in  a  counterparty  requesting  immediate  payment  or  demanding  immediate  and  ongoing  full 
overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.

For  financial  derivative  instruments  that  are  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  for  accounting  purposes,  the 
entire change in fair value of the financial derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive 
income and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted transaction, and in the 
same period or periods during which the forecasted transaction affects earnings. 

We have at times entered into interest rate swap agreements that effectively modified our exposure to interest 
rate risk by converting a portion of our interest payments on floating rate debt to a fixed rate basis, thus reducing 
the impact of interest rate changes on future interest expense. These agreements typically involved the receipt of 
floating  rate  amounts  in  exchange  for  fixed  interest  rate  payments  over  the  life  of  the  agreements  without  an 
exchange of the underlying principal amount.

At  September 30,  2020,  the  notional  amounts  of  interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  exchange  contract 
derivatives were $600.0 million and $250.2 million, respectively. The fair value of these derivative instruments was 
not  significant  as  of  September  30,  2020.  At  September 30,  2020,  no  natural  gas  commodity  derivatives  were 
outstanding. At September 30, 2019, the notional amounts of interest rate and foreign currency exchange contract 
derivatives were $600.0 million and $351.0 million, respectively. At September 30, 2019, the notional amount of 
natural gas commodity derivatives was 8.4 MMBtu. See “Note 13. Debt” for additional information on the foreign 
currency derivatives. 

Health Insurance

We are self-insured for the majority of our group health insurance costs. However, we seek to limit our health 
insurance  costs  by  entering  into  certain  stop  loss  insurance  coverage.  Due  to  mergers,  acquisitions  and  other 
factors,  we  may  have  plans  that  do  not  include  stop  loss  insurance.  We  calculate  our  group  health  insurance 
reserve on an undiscounted basis based on estimated reserve rates. We utilize claims lag data provided by our 
claims administrators to compute the required estimated reserve rate. We calculate our average monthly claims 
paid  using  the  actual  monthly  payments  during  the  trailing  12-month  period.  At  that  time,  we  also  calculate  our 
required reserve using the reserve rates discussed above. While we believe that our assumptions are appropriate, 
significant differences in our actual experience or significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect our 
group health insurance costs.

Workers’ Compensation

We  purchase  large  risk  deductible  workers’  compensation  policies  for  the  majority  of  our  workers’ 
compensation  liabilities  that  are  subject  to  various  deductibles  to  limit  our  exposure.  We  calculate  our  workers’ 
compensation reserves on an undiscounted basis based on estimated actuarially calculated development factors. 
While  we  believe  that  our  assumptions  are  appropriate,  significant  differences  in  our  actual  experience  or 
significant changes in our assumptions may materially affect our workers' compensation costs.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the 
financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the 
differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amount  and  the  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  using 
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in 
tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment 
date. All deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as noncurrent in our consolidated balance sheet. 

We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In 
making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of 
existing taxable  temporary  differences, projected future taxable  income,  tax planning strategies, recent  financial 
operations and their associated valuation allowances, if any. In the event we were to determine that we would be 
able to realize or not realize our deferred income tax assets in the future in their net recorded amount, we would 

72

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce or increase the provision for income taxes, 
respectively.

Certain provisions of ASC 740, “Income Taxes” provide that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be 
recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination,  including 
resolutions  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  based  on  the  technical  merits.  We  use  significant 
judgment in determining (i) whether a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be 
sustained upon examination, and (ii) measuring the tax benefit as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely 
than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We do not record any benefit for the tax positions where we do 
not meet the more likely than not initial recognition threshold. Income tax positions must meet a more likely than 
not  recognition  threshold  at  the  effective  date  to  be  recognized.  Resolution  of  the  uncertain  tax  positions  could 
have a material adverse effect on our cash flows or materially benefit our results of operations in future periods 
depending upon their ultimate resolution.

On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Act  (as  hereinafter  defined)  was  signed  into  law.  The  Tax  Act  contained 
significant changes to corporate taxation, including (i) the reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21%, (ii) the 
acceleration  of  expensing  for  certain  business  assets,  (iii)  the  one-time  transition  tax  related  to  the  transition  of 
U.S.  international  tax  from  a  worldwide  tax  system  to  a  territorial  tax  system,  (iv)  the  repeal  of  the  domestic 
production deduction, (v) additional limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and (vi) expanded limitations 
on executive compensation. See “Note 6. Income Taxes.”

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

We  account  for  pension  and  other  postretirement  benefits  in  accordance  with  ASC  715,  “Compensation  – 
Retirement Benefits”. Accordingly, we recognize the funded status of our pension plans as assets or liabilities in 
our consolidated balance sheets. The funded status is the difference between our projected benefit obligations and 
fair value of plan assets. The determination of our obligation and expense for pension and other postretirement 
benefits is dependent on our selection of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. We 
describe  these  assumptions  in  “Note  5.  Retirement  Plans”,  which  include,  among  others,  the  discount  rate, 
expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation levels. We defer actual 
results  that  differ  from  our  assumptions,  i.e.  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  and  amortize  the  difference  over  future 
periods. Therefore, these differences generally affect our recognized expense and funding requirements in future 
periods. Actuarial gains and losses occur when actual experience differs from the estimates used to determine the 
components of net periodic pension cost and when certain assumptions used to determine the fair value of the 
plan assets or projected benefit obligation are updated, such as but not limited to, changes in the discount rate, 
plan  amendments,  differences  between  actual  and  expected  returns  on  plan  assets,  mortality  assumptions  and 
plan remeasurement.

The amount of unrecognized actuarial gains and losses recognized in the current year’s operations is based 
on amortizing the unrecognized gains or losses for each plan that exceed the larger of 10% of the projected benefit 
obligation or the fair value of plan assets, also known as “the corridor”. The amount of unrecognized gain or loss 
that exceeds the corridor is amortized over the average future service of the plan participants or the average life 
expectancy of inactive plan participants for plans where all or almost all of the plan participants are inactive. While 
we  believe  that  our  assumptions  are  appropriate,  significant  differences  in  our  actual  experience  or  significant 
changes in our assumptions may materially affect our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and our 
future expense.

Share-Based Compensation

We recognize expense for share-based compensation plans based on the estimated fair value of the related 
awards  in  accordance  with  ASC  718,  “Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation”.  Pursuant  to  our  incentive  stock 
plans, we can grant options and restricted stock, stock appreciation rights (“SAR” or “SARs”) and restricted stock 
units to employees and our non-employee directors. The grants generally vest over a period of up to three years 
depending on the nature of the award, except for non-employee director grants, which typically vest over a period 
of  up  to  one  year.  The  majority  of  our  restricted  stock  grants  to  employees  generally  contain  performance  or 
market conditions that must be met in conjunction with a service requirement for the shares to vest, others contain 
only a service requirement. We charge compensation under the plan to earnings over each increment’s individual 
vesting  period.  Forfeitures  are  estimated  based  on  historical  experience.  In  fiscal  2020,  in  connection  with  our 

73

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

WestRock Pandemic Action Plan we issued restricted stock grants to the majority of our employees to replace their 
annual cash bonus. See “Note 21. Share-Based Compensation” for additional information.

Asset Retirement Obligations

We  account  for  asset  retirement  obligations  in  accordance  with  ASC  410,  “Asset  Retirement  and 
Environmental Obligations”. A liability and an asset are recorded equal to the present value of the estimated costs 
associated with the retirement of long-lived assets where a legal or contractual obligation exists and the liability can 
be reasonably estimated. The liability is accreted over time and the asset is depreciated over the remaining life of 
the  related  asset.  Upon  settlement  of  the  liability,  we  recognize  a  gain  or  loss  for  any  difference  between  the 
settlement amount and the liability recorded. Asset retirement obligations with indeterminate settlement dates are 
not recorded until such time that a reasonable estimate  may be made. Our asset retirement obligations consist 
primarily  of  landfill  closure  and  post-closure  costs  at  certain  of  our  mills.  At  September 30,  2020  and 
September 30, 2019, we had recorded liabilities of $72.3 million and $72.5 million, respectively. The liabilities are 
primarily reflected as other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Repair and Maintenance Costs

We  expense  routine  repair  and  maintenance  costs  as  we  incur  them.  We  defer  certain  expenses  we  incur 
during planned major maintenance activities and recognize the expenses ratably over the shorter of the estimated 
interval  until  the  next  major  maintenance  activity  or  the  life  of  the  deferred  item.  This  maintenance  is  generally 
performed  every  twelve  to  twenty-four  months  and  has  a  significant  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  in  the 
period  performed  primarily  due  to  lost  production  during  the  maintenance  period.  Planned  major  maintenance 
costs deferred at September 30, 2020 and 2019 were $118.2 million and $124.3 million, respectively. The assets 
are recorded as other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Foreign Currency

We translate the assets and liabilities of our foreign operations from their functional currency into U.S. dollars 
at the rate of exchange in effect as of the balance sheet date. We reflect the resulting translation adjustments in 
equity. We translate the revenues and expenses  of  our  foreign operations at a daily average rate prevailing for 
each month during the fiscal year. We include gains or losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those 
resulting from the settlement of foreign receivables or payables, in the consolidated statements of operations. We 
recorded a gain on foreign currency transactions of $6.6 million, $18.5 million and $12.2 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 
and 2018, respectively.

Environmental Remediation Costs

We accrue for losses associated with our environmental remediation obligations when it is probable that we 
have incurred a liability and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We generally recognize accruals 
for  estimated  losses  from  our  environmental  remediation  obligations  no  later  than  completion  of  the  remedial 
feasibility study and adjust such accruals as further information develops or circumstances change. We recognize 
recoveries  of  our  environmental  remediation  costs  from  other  parties  as  assets  when  we  deem  their  receipt 
probable. See “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies.”

New Accounting Standards — Adopted in fiscal 2020

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04,  “Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment”,  which 
amends  the  guidance  in  ASC  350,  “Intangibles  Goodwill  and  Other”.  The  ASU  eliminates  the  requirement  to 
calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities will record an 
impairment  charge  based  on  the  excess  of  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  amount  over  its  fair  value.  The  ASU  is 
effective  for  annual  and  interim  impairment  tests  performed  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2019 
(fiscal  2021  for  us).  Early  adoption  is  permitted  for  annual  and  interim  goodwill  impairment  testing  dates  after 
January 1, 2017. The ASU is applied prospectively after adoption. We early adopted the provisions of this ASU 
starting with our fiscal 2020 annual goodwill impairment test on July 1, 2020. See the results of our fiscal 2020 
annual  goodwill  impairment  test  within  “Note  1.  Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets”.

74

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  “Income  Statement  –  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income 
(Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2018-
02”). The amendments in this update provide financial statement preparers with an option to reclassify stranded 
tax  effects  within  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  to  retained  earnings  in  the  period  of  adoption  or 
retrospectively in each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the 
U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the 
“Tax  Act”)  (or  portion  thereof)  is  recorded.  We  adopted  the  provisions  of  this  ASU  on  October  1,  2019.  Upon 
adoption,  we  elected  to  reclassify  stranded  tax  effects  of  the  Tax  Act  within  accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income to retained earnings. The reclassification of stranded tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive 
income increased retained earnings by $73.4 million, all of which related to our employee benefit plans. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  “Leases”, which  is  codified  in  ASC  842  and  supersedes 
current lease guidance in ASC 840 “Leases”. This ASU requires lessees to put a ROU asset and lease liability on 
their balance sheet for operating and financing leases that have a term of more than one year. Expense will be 
recognized  in  the  income  statement  similar  to  current  accounting  guidance.  For  lessors,  this  ASU  modifies  the 
classification  criteria  and  the  accounting  for  sales-type  and  direct  financing  leases.  Entities  need  to  disclose 
qualitative and quantitative information about their leases, including characteristics and amounts recognized in the 
financial statements. We adopted the provisions of ASC 842 on October 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective 
approach and, as a result, did not restate prior periods. See “Note 15. Leases” for additional details. 

New Accounting Standards — Pending to be Adopted in Fiscal 2021

In  October  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-18  “Collaborative  Arrangements  (Topic  808):  Clarifying  the 
Interaction Between Topic 808 and Topic 606”, which provides targeted amendments to ASC 808, “Collaborative 
arrangements” (“ASC 808”) and ASC 606. The amendments in this ASU require transactions between participants 
in a collaborative arrangement to be accounted for under ASC 606 when the counterparty is a customer. This ASU 
precludes an entity from presenting consideration from a transaction in a collaborative arrangement as revenue 
from contracts with customers if the counterparty is not a customer for that transaction. This ASU is effective for 
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 (fiscal 2021 for us) and interim periods within those fiscal years. 
Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  ASU  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.

In  October  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-17  “Consolidation:  Targeted  Improvements  to  Related  Party 
Guidance for Variable Interest Entities.” This ASU changes how entities evaluate decision-making fees under the 
variable  interest  entity  guidance.  To  determine  whether  decision-making  fees  represent  a  variable  interest,  an 
entity  considers  indirect  interests  held  through  related  parties  under  common  control  on  a  proportionate  basis, 
rather than in their entirety, as currently required under GAAP. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2019 (fiscal 2021 for us) and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. 
We do not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In  August  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-15  “Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other  –  Internal-Use  Software 
(Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement 
That Is a Service Contract”. The amendments in this ASU align the requirements for capitalizing implementation 
costs  incurred  in  a  hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  with  the  requirements  for  capitalizing 
implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include 
an internal-use software license). The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service 
contract  is  not  affected  by  these  amendments.  The  provisions  may  be  adopted  prospectively  or  retrospectively. 
This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 (fiscal 2021 for us), and interim periods 
within  those  fiscal  years.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  are  planning  to  adopt  the  provisions  of  this  ASU 
prospectively and do not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on our consolidated financial 
statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans 
–  General  (Subtopic  715-20):  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Defined  Benefit  Plans”.  The 
amendments in this ASU modify the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or 
other postretirement plans to remove disclosures that no longer are considered cost beneficial, clarify the specific 

75

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

requirements  of  disclosures  and  add  disclosure  requirements  identified  as  relevant.  These  provisions  will  be 
applied retrospectively. This ASU is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2020 (fiscal 2021 for us). 
Early  adoption  is  permitted.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  ASU  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments – Credit losses: Measurement of Credit 
Losses on financial Instruments (Topic 326)” (“ASU 2016-13”), which modifies the measurement of expected credit 
losses of certain financial instruments. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 
(fiscal 2021 for us), including interim periods within those fiscal years, and will be applied as a cumulative effect 
adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period for which the guidance is effective. 
In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04 “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – 
Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2019-04”), which 
addresses  issues  related  to  accrued  interest  receivable  balances,  recoveries,  variable  interest  rates  and 
prepayments, among other things. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05 “Financial Instruments – Credit 
Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief” (“ASU 2019-05”), which provides targeted transition relief allowing 
entities  to  make  an  irrevocable  one-time  election  upon  adoption  of  the  new  credit  losses  standard  to  measure 
financial  assets  previously  measured  at  amortized  cost  (except  held-to-maturity  securities)  using  the  fair  value 
option.  In  November  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-11  “Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  326,  Financial 
Instruments  –  Credit  Losses”  (“ASU  2019-11”),  which  makes  certain  narrow-scope  amendments  to  Topic  326, 
including allowing entities to exclude accrued interest amounts from various required disclosures under Topic 326. 
In February 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02 “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases 
(Topic 842)” (“ASU 2020-02”), which adds and amends paragraphs in the Accounting Standards Codification to 
reflect the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 primarily related to the new credit losses standard. 
The provisions of ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-11 and ASU 2020-02 related to Topic 326 are effective 
concurrent with the adoption of ASU 2016-13. We have substantially completed the implementation activities for 
the adoption of these ASUs and do not expect to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Standards — Recently Issued

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects 
of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting”.  This  ASU  provides  temporary  optional  expedients  and 
exceptions  for  applying  GAAP  guidance  on  contract  modifications  and  hedge  accounting  to  ease  the  financial 
reporting burdens of the expected market transition from the LIBOR and other interbank offered rates to alternative 
reference rates, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate. The ASU can be adopted after its issuance date 
through December 31, 2022. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for 
Income Taxes”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general 
principles  in  Topic  740  under  GAAP. This  ASU  also  improves  consistent  application  of  and  simplifies  GAAP  for 
other  areas  of  Topic  740  by  clarifying  and  amending  existing  guidance. This  ASU  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after December 15, 2020 (fiscal 2022 for us) and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption 
is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this ASU.

76

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 2.

Revenue Recognition

Disaggregated Revenue

ASC 606 requires that we disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers into categories that depict how 
the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The tables 
below disaggregate our revenue by geographical market and product type (segment). Net sales are attributed to 
geographical markets based on our selling location.

(In millions)

Primary Geographical Markets
North America
South America
Europe
Asia Pacific

Corrugated 
Packaging  

  $ 10,975.8    $

393.1   
7.9   
42.4   

Total

  $ 11,419.2    $

(In millions)

Primary Geographical Markets
North America
South America
Europe
Asia Pacific

Corrugated 
Packaging  

  $ 11,314.7    $

437.2   
1.6   
63.2   

Total

  $ 11,816.7    $

Revenue Contract Balances

Year Ended September 30, 2020
Land and 
Development  

Consumer 
Packaging  

Intersegment 
Sales

Total

4,978.2    $
70.1   
1,006.4   
278.3   
6,333.0    $

18.9    $
—   
—   
—   
18.9    $

(191.4)   $ 15,781.5 
463.2 
1,014.0 
320.1 
(192.3)   $ 17,578.8  

—   
(0.3)  
(0.6)  

Year Ended September 30, 2019
Land and 
Development  

Consumer 
Packaging  

Intersegment 
Sales

Total

5,166.6    $
73.2   
1,064.7   
301.5   
6,606.0    $

23.4    $
—   
—   
—   
23.4    $

(155.5)   $ 16,349.2 
510.4 
1,066.2 
363.2 
(157.1)   $ 18,289.0  

—   
(0.1)  
(1.5)  

Contract assets are rights to consideration in exchange for goods that we have transferred to a customer when 
that right is conditional on something other than the passage of time. Contract assets are reduced when the control 
of the goods passes to the customer. Contract liabilities represent obligations to transfer goods or services to a 
customer for which we have received consideration. Contract liabilities are reduced once control of the goods is 
transferred to the customer. 

The opening and closing balances of our contract assets and contract liabilities are as follows. Contract assets 
and  contract  liabilities  are  reported  within  Other  current  assets  and  Other  current  liabilities,  respectively,  on  the 
consolidated balance sheet.

(In millions)

Beginning balance - October 1, 2019
Ending balance - September 30, 2020

(Decrease) / increase

Performance Obligations and Significant Judgments

Contract Assets
(Short-Term)

Contract Liabilities
(Short-Term)

  $

  $

188.0   
185.8   
(2.2)  

$

$

7.7 
12.0 
4.3  

We  primarily  derive  revenue  from  fixed  consideration.  Certain  contracts  may  also  include  variable 
consideration, typically in the form of cash discounts and volume rebates. If a contract with a customer includes 
variable consideration, we estimate the expected cash discounts and other customer refunds based on historical 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

experience.  We  concluded  this  method  is  consistent  with  the  most  likely  amount  method  under  ASC  606  and 
allows us to make the best estimate of the consideration we will be entitled to from customers.

Contracts  or  purchase  orders  with  customers  could  include  a  single  type  of  product  or  multiple  types  and 
grades of products. Regardless, the contract price with the customer is agreed to at the individual product level 
outlined in the customer contracts or purchase orders. Management has concluded that the prices negotiated with 
each individual customer are representative of the stand-alone selling price of the product. 

Note 3.

Acquisitions and Investments

We account for acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”. The estimated fair values 
of  all  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  acquisitions  are  provisional  and  may  be  revised  as  a  result  of 
additional  information  obtained  during  the  measurement  period  of  up  to  one  year  from  the  acquisition  date.  No 
changes  in  fiscal  2020  to  our  fiscal  2019  provisional  fair  value  estimates  of  assets  and  liabilities  assumed  in 
acquisitions were significant. The measurement periods for all prior acquisitions are closed.

KapStone Acquisition

On  November  2,  2018,  we  completed  the  KapStone  Acquisition.  Effective  as  of  the  effective  time  of  the 
KapStone Acquisition (the “Effective Time”), Whiskey Holdco, Inc. changed its name to “WestRock Company” and 
WRKCo changed its name to “WRKCo Inc.”

KapStone  is  a  leading  North  American  producer  and  distributor  of  containerboard,  corrugated  products  and 
specialty  papers,  including  liner  and  medium  containerboard,  kraft  papers  and  saturating  kraft.  KapStone  also 
owns Victory Packaging, a packaging solutions distribution company with facilities in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. 
We have included the financial results of KapStone in our Corrugated Packaging segment since the date of the 
acquisition.

Pursuant to the KapStone Acquisition, at the Effective Time, (a) each issued and outstanding share of common 
stock, par value $0.01 per share, of WRKCo was converted into one share of common stock, par value $0.01 per 
share,  of  the  Company  (“Company  common  stock”)  and  (b)  each  issued  and  outstanding  share  of  common 
stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of KapStone (“KapStone common stock”) (other than shares of KapStone 
common  stock  owned  by  (i)  KapStone  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  (ii)  any  KapStone  stockholder  who  properly 
exercised appraisal rights with respect to its shares of KapStone common stock in accordance with Section 262 of 
the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law)  was  automatically  canceled  and  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  (1) 
$35.00  per  share  in  cash,  without  interest  (the  “Cash  Consideration”),  or,  at  the  election  of  the  holder  of  such 
share of KapStone common stock, (2) 0.4981 shares of Company common stock (the “Stock Consideration”) and 
cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to proration procedures designed to ensure that the Stock Consideration 
would  be  received  in  respect  of  no  more  than  25%  of  the  shares  of  KapStone  common  stock  issued  and 
outstanding  immediately  prior  to  the  Effective  Time  (the  “Maximum  Stock  Amount”).  Each  share  of  KapStone 
common stock in respect of which a valid election of Stock Consideration was not made by 5:00 p.m. New York 
City  time  on  September  5,  2018  was  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  the  Cash  Consideration.  KapStone 
stockholders  elected  to  receive  Stock  Consideration  that  was  less  than  the  Maximum  Stock  Amount  and  no 
proration was required.

The consideration for the KapStone Acquisition was $4.9 billion including debt assumed, a long-term financing 
obligation  and  assumed  equity  awards.  As  a  result,  KapStone  stockholders  received  in  the  aggregate 
approximately $3.3 billion in cash and 1.6 million shares of WestRock common stock with a value of $70.1 million, 
or approximately 0.6% of the issued and outstanding shares of WestRock common stock immediately following the 
Effective Time. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, the Company assumed any outstanding 
awards granted under the equity-based incentive plans of WRKCo and KapStone (including the shares underlying 
such awards), the award agreements evidencing the grants of such awards and, in the case of the WRKCo equity-
based incentive plans, the remaining shares available for issuance under the applicable plan, in each case subject 
to adjustments to such awards in the manner set forth in the Merger Agreement. Included in the consideration was 
$70.8 million related to outstanding KapStone equity awards that were replaced with WestRock equity awards with 
identical terms for pre-combination service. The amount related to post-combination service will be expensed over 

78

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the  remaining  service  period  of  the  awards.  See  “Note  21.  Share-Based  Compensation”  for  additional 
information on the converted awards.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the KapStone 
Acquisition by major class of assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date, as well as adjustments made during 
fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020 (referred to as “measurement period adjustments”) (in millions):

Amounts 
Recognized as of 
the Acquisition 
Date

Measurement 
Period 
Adjustments (1)

Cash and cash equivalents
Current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Other long-term assets
Total assets acquired

Current portion of debt
Current liabilities
Long-term debt due after one year
Accrued pension and other long-term benefits
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Net assets acquired

 $

 $

8.6 
878.9 
1,910.3 
1,755.0 
1,336.1 
27.9 
5,916.8 

33.3 
337.5 
1,333.4 
9.8 
609.7 
118.4 
2,442.1 
3,474.7 

 $

 $

— 
(30.2)
11.5 
0.5 
30.3 
(0.1)
12.0 

— 
7.9 
— 
2.8 
(1.4)
2.7 
12.0 
— 

Amounts 
Recognized as of 
Acquisition Date 
(as Adjusted) (2)  
8.6 
 $
848.7 
1,921.8 
1,755.5 
1,366.4 
27.8 
5,928.8 

33.3 
345.4 
1,333.4 
12.6 
608.3 
121.1 
2,454.1 
3,474.7  

 $

(1) The  measurement  period  adjustments  recorded  in  fiscal  2019  and  fiscal  2020  did  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  our 

consolidated statements of operations in any period.

(2) The measurement period adjustments were primarily due to refinements to third party appraisals and carrying amounts of 
certain assets and liabilities, as well as adjustments to certain tax accounts based on, among other things, adjustments to 
deferred tax liabilities. The net impact of the measurement period adjustments to goodwill were essentially flat. 

The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after 
the  KapStone  Acquisition  (e.g.,  enhanced  geographic  reach  of  the  combined  organization,  increased  vertical 
integration  and  other  synergistic  opportunities)  and  the  assembled  work  force  of  KapStone,  as  well  as  from 
establishing  deferred  tax  liabilities  for  the  assets  and  liabilities  acquired.  The  goodwill  and  intangible  assets 
resulting from the acquisition are not amortizable for tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the weighted average life and the fair value of intangible assets recognized in 

the KapStone Acquisition, excluding goodwill (in millions, except lives):

Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Favorable contracts
Total

Weighted Avg.
Life

Amounts Recognized
as of the
Acquisition Date

11.7 
16.9 
6.0 
11.9 

  $

  $

1,303.0 
54.2 
9.2 
1,366.4  

None  of  the  intangible  assets  have  significant  residual  value.  The  intangible  assets  are  expected  to  be 
amortized over estimated useful lives ranging from one to 20 years based on the approximate pattern in which the 
economic benefits are consumed or straight-line if the pattern was not reliably determinable.

79

 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Schlüter Acquisition

On  September  4,  2018,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Schlüter  Print  Pharma  Packaging  (the  "Schlüter 
Acquisition”)  to  further  enhance  our  pharmaceutical  and  automotive  platform  and  expand  our  geographical 
footprint  in  Europe  to  better  serve  our  customers.  In  connection  with  the  Schlüter  Acquisition,  we  paid  cash  of 
$50.6 million. The purchase consideration included the assumption of $7.5 million of debt. We have included the 
financial results of the acquired operations in our Consumer Packaging segment since the date of the acquisition.

The allocation of consideration primarily included $9.1 million of customer relationship intangible assets, $23.7 
million of goodwill, $26.5 million of property, plant and equipment and $21.1 million of liabilities including deferred 
taxes and the aforementioned debt. We are amortizing the customer relationship intangibles over 10.5 years based 
on a straight-line basis because the amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to 
goodwill is primarily attributable to buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced 
reach  of  the  combined  organization  and  other  synergies),  and  the  assembled  work  force,  as  well  as  due  to 
establishing  deferred  tax  liabilities  for  the  difference  between  book  and  tax  basis  of  the  assets  and  liabilities 
acquired. The goodwill and intangibles are not amortizable for income tax purposes. 

Plymouth Packaging Acquisition

On January 5, 2018, we completed the acquisition (the “Plymouth Packaging Acquisition”) of substantially 
all of the assets of Plymouth Packaging, Inc. (“Plymouth”) to further enhance our platform and drive differentiation 
and innovation. Plymouth’s “Box on Demand” systems are located on customers’ sites under multi-year exclusive 
agreements and use fanfold corrugated to produce custom, on-demand corrugated packaging that is accurately 
sized for any product type according to the customers’ specifications. We have fully integrated the approximately 
60,000  tons  of  containerboard  used  by  Plymouth  annually.  The  purchase  price  of  $203.9  million,  net  of  cash 
received of $3.1 million. We have included the financial results of the acquired assets in our Corrugated Packaging 
segment since the date of the acquisition.

The  allocation  of  consideration  primarily  included  $61.9  million  of  customer  relationship  intangible  assets, 
$59.6 million of goodwill, $36.2 million of property, plant and equipment, $26.2 million of other long-term assets 
consisting of assets leased to customers and equity method investments, and $12.6 million of liabilities. We are 
amortizing  the  customer  relationship  intangibles  over  13.0  years  based  on  a  straight-line  basis  because  the 
amortization pattern was not reliably determinable. The fair value assigned to goodwill is primarily attributable to 
buyer-specific synergies expected to arise after the acquisition (e.g., enhanced reach of the combined organization 
and other synergies), and the assembled work force, as well as due to establishing deferred tax liabilities for the 
difference  between  book  and  tax  basis  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  acquired.  The  goodwill  and  intangibles  are 
amortizable for income tax purposes. 

Grupo Gondi Investment

On April 1, 2016, we completed the formation of a joint venture with Grupo Gondi in Mexico. We contributed 
$175.0 million in cash and the stock of an entity that owns three corrugated packaging facilities in Mexico in return 
for  a  25.0%  ownership  interest  in  the  joint  venture  together  with  future  put  and  call  rights.  The  investment  was 
valued at approximately $0.3 billion. On October 20, 2017, we increased our ownership interest in Grupo Gondi in 
Mexico (the “Joint Venture”) from 27.0% to 32.3% through a $108 million capital contribution, which followed the 
joint venture entity having a stock redemption from a minority partner in April 2017 that increased our ownership 
interest  to  approximately  27.0%. The  October  2017  capital  contribution  was  used  to  support  the  joint  venture’s 
capital expansion plans, which include a containerboard mill and several converting plants.

In connection with the investment in the Joint Venture, we entered into an option agreement pursuant to which 
we and certain other shareholders of the Joint Venture (the “Partners”) agreed to future put and call options with 
respect  to  the  equity  interests  in  the  Joint  Venture  held  by  each  party.  Pursuant  to  the  option  agreement,  the 
Partners had the right on April 1, 2020 to sell us up to 24% of the equity interest in the Joint Venture at fair market 
value. The Partners did not exercise this right. Pursuant to the option agreement, between October 1, 2020 and 
April 1, 2021, we may exercise a right to purchase an additional 18.7% equity interest in the Joint Venture from the 
Partners  at  a  predetermined  purchase  price.  If  we  exercise  our  right  to  purchase  the  additional  18.7%  equity 

80

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

interest, the Partners may elect to sell us the Partners’ remaining interest at fair market value at that time, or a 
portion thereof in the future in accordance with the terms of the option agreement. 

Note 4.

Restructuring and Other Costs

Summary of Restructuring and Other Initiatives

We recorded pre-tax restructuring and other costs of $112.7 million, $173.7 million and $105.4 million for fiscal 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Of these costs, $29.8 million, $56.5 million and $27.0 million were non-cash for 
fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These amounts are not comparable since the timing and scope of the 
individual  actions  associated  with  each  restructuring,  acquisition,  divestiture  or  integration  vary.  We  present  our 
restructuring and other costs in more detail below. 

The following table summarizes our Restructuring and other costs for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in millions):

Restructuring
Other

Restructuring and Other Costs

Restructuring

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

93.7    $
19.0     
112.7    $

111.0    $
62.7     
173.7    $

39.5 
65.9 
105.4  

Our restructuring charges are primarily associated with restructuring portions of our operations (i.e. partial or 
complete  plant  closures),  employee  costs  due  to  merger  and  acquisition-related  workforce  reductions  and 
voluntary  retirement  programs  in  fiscal  2019  and  2020.  A  partial  plant  closure  may  consist  of  shutting  down  a 
machine  and/or  a  workforce  reduction.  In  fiscal  2020,  our  restructuring  charges  include  those  associated  with 
reducing  the  capacity  of  our  Consumer  mill  system  with  the  announced  shutdown  of  an  SBS  machine  at  our 
Evadale,  TX  mill.  In  fiscal  2019,  charges  include  those  associated  with  reducing  the  linerboard  capacity  of  our 
Corrugated  mill  system  related  to  the  announced  shutdown  of  a  machine  at  our  North  Charleston,  SC  mill.  In 
addition, in fiscal 2019, we began recording charges in our Corrugated Packaging segment associated with the 
replacement of three paper machines at our Florence, SC mill with a new one.

When  we  close  a  facility,  if  necessary,  we  recognize  a  write-down  to  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  related 
property,  plant  and  equipment  and  lease  ROU  assets  to  their  fair  value  and  record  charges  for  severance  and 
other  employee-related  costs.  We  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets  classified  as  held  for  sale  to  their 
estimated fair value less cost to sell. Any subsequent change in fair value less cost to sell prior to disposition is 
recognized as it is identified; however, no gain is recognized in excess of the cumulative loss previously recorded 
unless the actual selling price exceeds the original carrying value. For plant closures, we also generally expect to 
record costs for equipment relocation, facility carrying costs and costs to terminate a lease or contract before the 
end of its term.

Although specific circumstances vary, our strategy has generally been to consolidate our sales and operations 
into  large  well-equipped  plants  that  operate  at  high  utilization  rates  and  take  advantage  of  available  capacity 
created by operational excellence initiatives and/or further optimize our system following mergers and acquisitions 
or a changing business environment. Therefore, we generally transfer a substantial portion of each closed plant’s 
assets and production to our other plants. We believe these actions have allowed us to more effectively manage 
our business. In our Land and Development segment, the restructuring charges primarily consisted of severance 
and other employee costs associated with the wind-down of operations and lease costs.

81

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

While restructuring costs are not charged to our segments and, therefore, do not reduce segment income, we 
highlight the segment to which the charges relate. The following table presents a summary of restructuring charges 
related to active restructuring initiatives that we incurred during the last three fiscal years, the cumulative recorded 
amount since we started the initiative, and our estimate of the total we expect to incur (in millions):

Corrugated Packaging
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs

Restructuring total
Consumer Packaging
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs

Restructuring total
Land and Development
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Other costs

Restructuring total

Corporate
Severance and other employee costs
Other costs

Restructuring total

Total
Net property, plant and equipment costs
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs

Restructuring total

2020

2019

2018

   Cumulative    

Total
Expected  

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

2.2   $
8.7    
2.2    
2.6    
(1.9)   
13.8   $

23.5   $
19.8    
1.4    
—    
10.5    
55.2   $

—   $
—    
2.0    
2.0   $

21.1   $
1.6    
22.7   $

25.7   $
49.6    
3.6    
2.6    
12.2    
93.7   $

32.1   $
16.9    
4.8    
3.9    
1.2    
58.9   $

0.5   $
6.0    
1.0    
0.2    
4.3    
12.0   $

—   $
0.1    
—    
0.1   $

37.5   $
2.5    
40.0   $

32.6   $
60.5    
5.8    
4.1    
8.0    
111.0   $

2.9   $
1.9    
3.4    
3.3    
0.1    
11.6   $

6.8   $
6.9    
2.4    
0.9    
2.0    
19.0   $

—   $
0.3    
3.0    
3.3   $

0.8   $
4.8    
5.6   $

9.7   $
9.9    
5.8    
4.2    
9.9    
39.5   $

96.3   $
43.2    
10.4    
21.1    
3.3    
174.3   $

53.1   $
58.3    
7.3    
1.9    
19.1    
139.7   $

1.8   $
13.8    
5.0    
20.6   $

59.4   $
9.0    
68.4   $

151.2   $
174.7    
17.7    
23.0    
36.4    
403.0   $

96.3 
43.2 
10.9 
23.2 
3.3 
176.9 

53.1 
58.3 
7.3 
1.9 
19.4 
140.0 

1.8 
13.8 
5.0 
20.6 

59.4 
9.0 
68.4 

151.2 
174.7 
18.2 
25.1 
36.7 
405.9  

We have defined “Net property, plant and equipment costs” as used in this Note 4 as property, plant and 
equipment  write-downs,  subsequent  adjustments  to  fair  value  for  assets  classified  as  held  for  sale,  subsequent 
(gains) or losses on sales of property, plant and equipment and related parts and supplies on such assets, if any.

Other Costs

Our other costs consist of acquisition, integration and divestiture costs. We incur costs when we acquire or 
divest  businesses.  Acquisition  costs  include  costs  associated  with  transactions,  whether  consummated  or  not, 
such  as  advisory,  legal,  accounting,  valuation  and  other  professional  or  consulting  fees,  as  well  as  potential 
litigation  costs  associated  with  those  activities.  We  incur  integration  costs  pre-  and  post-acquisition  that  reflect 
work  being  performed  to  facilitate  merger  and  acquisition  integration,  such  as  work  associated  with  information 
systems and other projects including spending to support future acquisitions, and primarily consist of professional 
services  and  labor.  Divestiture  costs  consist  primarily  of  similar  professional  fees.  We  consider  acquisition, 
integration  and  divestiture  costs  to  be  Corporate  costs  regardless  of  the  segment  or  segments  involved  in  the 
transaction.

82

 
 
 
   
   
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table presents our acquisition, integration and divestiture costs that we incurred during the last 

three fiscal years (in millions):

Acquisition costs
Integration costs
Divestiture costs
Other total

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

0.2    $
18.7     
0.1     
19.0    $

28.2    $
34.3     
0.2     
62.7    $

38.2 
27.4 
0.3 
65.9  

 The  following  table  summarizes  the  changes  in  the  restructuring  accrual,  which  is  primarily  composed  of 
accrued severance and other employee costs, and a reconciliation of the restructuring accrual charges to the line 
item “Restructuring and other costs” on our consolidated statements of income for the last three fiscal years (in 
millions):

Accrual at beginning of fiscal year
Additional accruals
Payments
Adjustment to accruals
Foreign currency rate changes and other
Accrual at end of fiscal year

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

32.3    $
51.3     
(56.6)    
(6.2)    
(3.6)    
17.2    $

31.6    $
60.0     
(55.9)    
(3.2)    
(0.2)    
32.3    $

47.4 
16.5 
(29.8)
(1.0)
(1.5)
31.6  

Reconciliation of accruals and charges to restructuring and other costs (in millions):

Additional accruals and adjustments to accruals

(see table above)

Acquisition costs
Integration costs
Divestiture costs
Net property, plant and equipment
Severance and other employee costs
Equipment and inventory relocation costs
Facility carrying costs
Other costs (1)
Total restructuring and other costs, net

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

45.1    $
0.2     
18.7     
0.1     
25.7     
1.6     
3.6     
2.6     
15.1     
112.7    $

56.8    $
28.2     
34.3     
0.2     
32.6     
6.8     
5.8     
4.1     
4.9     
173.7    $

15.5 
38.2 
22.0 
0.3 
9.7 
1.3 
5.8 
4.2 
8.4 
105.4  

(1)

 Other costs primarily includes lease and contract termination costs.

Note 5.

Retirement Plans

We have defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans for certain U.S. and non-U.S. 
employees. Certain plans were frozen for salaried and non-union hourly employees at various times in the past, 
and  nearly  all  of  our  remaining  salaried  and  non-union  hourly  employees  accruing  benefits  will  cease  accruing 
benefits as of December 31, 2020. In addition, we participate in several MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to 
certain union employees in accordance with various CBAs. We also have supplemental executive retirement plans 
and other non-qualified defined benefit pension plans that provide unfunded supplemental retirement benefits to 
certain of our current and former executives. The supplemental executive retirement plans provide for incremental 
pension  benefits  in  excess  of  those  offered  in  the  Plan.  The  other  postretirement  benefit  plans  provide  certain 
health  care  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  certain  salaried  and  hourly  employees  who  meet  specified  age  and 
service requirements as defined by the plans.

The benefits under our defined benefit pension plans are based on either compensation or a combination of 
years of service and negotiated benefit levels, depending upon the plan. We allocate our pension assets to several 
investment  management  firms  across  a  variety  of  investment  styles.  Our  defined  benefit  Investment  Committee 

83

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

meets at least four times a year with our investment advisors to review each management firm’s performance and 
monitors its compliance with its stated goals, our investment policy and applicable regulatory requirements in the 
U.S., Canada, and other jurisdictions.

Investment  returns  vary.  We  believe  that,  by  investing  in  a  variety  of  asset  classes  and  utilizing  multiple 
investment management firms, we can create a portfolio that yields adequate returns with reduced volatility. Our 
qualified  U.S.  plans  employ  a  liability  matching  strategy  augmented  with  Treasury  futures  to  materially  hedge 
against  interest  rate  risk.  After  we  consulted  with  our  actuary  and  investment  advisors,  we  adopted  the  target 
allocations  in  the  table  that  follows  for  our  pension  plans  to  produce  the  desired  performance.  These  target 
allocations are guidelines, not limitations, and occasionally plan fiduciaries will approve allocations above or below 
target ranges or modify the allocations.

Our target asset allocations by asset category at September 30 were as follows:

Equity investments
Fixed income investments
Short-term investments
Other investments
Total

Pension Plans

2020

2019

  U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans

  U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans

19%   
75%   
1%   
5%   
100%   

20%   
72%   
2%   
6%   
100%   

15%   
75%   
1%   
9%   
100%   

20%
72%
1%
7%
100%

Our asset allocations by asset category at September 30 were as follows:

Equity investments
Fixed income investments
Short-term investments
Other investments
Total

Pension Plans

2020

2019

  U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans

  U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans

22%   
72%   
3%   
3%   
100%   

21%   
72%   
2%   
5%   
100%   

13%   
70%   
9%   
8%   
100%   

22%
71%
2%
5%
100%

We  manage  our  retirement  plans  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income 
Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as well as applicable legislation in 
Canada  and  other  foreign  countries.  Our  investment  policy  objectives  include  maximizing  long-term  returns  at 
acceptable risk levels, diversifying among asset classes, as applicable, and among investment managers, as well 
as establishing certain risk parameters within asset classes. We have allocated our investments within the equity 
and  fixed  income  asset  classes  to  sub-asset  classes  designed  to  meet  these  objectives.  In  addition,  our  other 
investments support multi-strategy objectives.

In developing our weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets, we consulted with our investment 
advisors  and  evaluated  criteria  based  on  historical  returns  by  asset  class  and  long-term  return  expectations  by 
asset class. We use a September 30 measurement date. We expect to contribute approximately $23 million to our 
U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans in fiscal 2021. However, it is possible that our assumptions or legislation may 
change, actual market performance may vary or we may decide to contribute a different amount. Therefore, the 
amount we contribute may vary materially. The expense for MEPPs for collective bargaining employees generally 
equals the contributions for these plans, excluding estimated accruals for withdrawal liabilities or adjustments to 
those accruals.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The weighted average assumptions used to measure the benefit plan obligations at September 30, were:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

Pension Plans

2020

2019

  U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans

  U.S. Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans

3.01%   
2.50%   

2.16%   
2.68%   

3.35%   
3.00%   

2.42%
2.65%

At September 30, 2020, the discount rate for the U.S. pension plans was determined based on the yield on a 
theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds, and the discount rate for the non-U.S. plans was determined 
based on a yield curve developed by our actuary. The theoretical portfolio of high-grade corporate bonds used to 
select  the  September 30,  2020  discount  rate  for  the  U.S.  pension  plans  includes  bonds  generally  rated  Aa-  or 
better with at least $100 million outstanding par value and bonds that are non-callable (unless the bonds possess a 
“make whole” feature). The theoretical portfolio of bonds has cash flows that generally match our expected benefit 
payments in future years.

Our assumption regarding the future rate of compensation increases is reviewed periodically and is based on 

both our internal planning projections and recent history of actual compensation increases.

We  typically  review  our  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  periodically  through  an  asset 
allocation study with either our actuary or investment advisor. In fiscal 2021, our expected rate of return used to 
determine net periodic benefit cost is 6.00% for our U.S. plans and 3.73% for our non-U.S. plans. Our expected 
rates of return in fiscal 2021 are based on an analysis of our long-term expected rate of return and our current 
asset allocation.

In  December  2019,  the  USW  ratified  a  new  master  agreement  that  applies  to  substantially  all  of  our  U.S. 
facilities represented by the USW. The agreement has a four-year term and covers a number of specific items, 
including  wages,  medical  coverage  and  certain  other  benefit  programs,  substance  abuse  testing,  and  safety. 
Individual facilities will continue to have local agreements for subjects not covered by the master agreement and 
those agreements will continue to have staggered terms. The master agreement permits us to apply its terms to 
USW  employees  who  work  at  facilities  we  acquire  during  the  term  of  the  agreement,  including  most  former 
MeadWestvaco Corporation, KapStone and other acquired facilities.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table shows the changes in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status for the years ended 

September 30 (in millions):

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year
Service cost
Interest cost
Amendments
Actuarial loss
Plan participant contributions
Benefits paid
Business combinations
Curtailments
Settlements
Foreign currency rate changes
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of fiscal year
Actual gain on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participant contributions
Benefits paid
Business combinations
Settlements
Foreign currency rate changes
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year
Funded status

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
Prepaid pension asset
Other current liabilities
Pension liabilities, net of current portion
Over (under) funded status at end of fiscal year

Pension Plans

2020

2019

  U.S. Plans    

Non-U.S.
Plans

    U.S. Plans    

Non-U.S.
Plans

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $

  $

5,048.9    $
44.2     
165.0     
25.2     
214.3     
—     
(233.1)    
—     
—     
—     
—     
5,264.5    $

5,005.3    $
582.6     
14.9     
—     
(233.1)    
—     
—     
—     
5,369.7    $
105.2    $

1,443.1    $
8.4     
33.6     
(0.2)    
41.9     
2.0     
(72.0)    
—     
3.2     
(9.0)    
20.5     
1,471.5    $

1,400.9    $
65.4     
7.6     
2.0     
(72.0)    
—     
(9.0)    
23.1     
1,418.0    $
(53.5)   $

3,783.5    $
36.0     
189.2     
0.4     
694.4     
—     
(216.8)    
561.2     
1.0     
—     
—     
5,048.9    $

3,921.2    $
731.7     
13.0     
—     
(216.8)    
556.2     
—     
—     
5,005.3    $
(43.6)   $

1,340.2 
6.8 
43.4 
3.1 
181.0 
2.2 
(78.3)
0.7 
— 
(1.7)
(54.3)
1,443.1 

1,350.2 
172.9 
12.1 
2.2 
(78.3)
— 
(1.7)
(56.5)
1,400.9 
(42.2)

290.6    $
(10.7)    
(174.7)    
105.2    $

78.1    $
(1.1)    
(130.5)    
(53.5)   $

143.3    $
(14.6)    
(172.3)    
(43.6)   $

81.4 
(1.9)
(121.7)
(42.2)

Certain U.S. plans have benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. These plans, which consist primarily of 
non-qualified plans, have aggregate projected benefit obligations of $222.3 million, aggregate accumulated benefit 
obligations of $222.2 million, and aggregate fair value of plan assets of $36.8 million at September 30, 2020. Our 
qualified U.S. plans were in a net overfunded position at September 30, 2020.

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  of  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  pension  plans  was  $6,682.2  million  and  $6,438.9 

million at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  pre-tax  amounts  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  at  September 30  not  yet  recognized  as 

components of net periodic pension cost, including noncontrolling interest, consist of (in millions):  

Pension Plans

2020

2019

Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

  U.S. Plans    
  $

753.2    $
45.6     
798.8    $

  $

Non-U.S.
Plans

    U.S. Plans    

Non-U.S.
Plans

188.6    $
2.4     
191.0    $

854.7    $
27.6     
882.3    $

168.8 
3.4 
172.2  

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss (income), including noncontrolling interest, are 

as follows at September 30 (in millions):  

Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost arising during period
Amortization of prior service cost
Net other comprehensive (income) loss recognized

  $

  $

(26.2)   $
(48.2)    
25.0     
(7.8)    
(57.2)   $

312.0    $
(25.3)    
3.5     
(5.2)    
285.0    $

38.7 
(20.6)
9.3 
(4.7)
22.7  

2020

Pension Plans
2019

2018

The net periodic pension (income) cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised 

of the following for fiscal years ended (in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Amortization of prior service cost
Curtailment loss (gain)
Settlement loss (gain)

Company defined benefit plan (income) cost

Multiemployer and other plans
Net pension (income) cost

2020

Pension Plans
2019

2018

  $

  $

52.6    $
198.6     
(362.3)    
46.8     
7.5     
0.4     
1.4     
(55.0)    
2.0     
(53.0)   $

42.8    $
232.6     
(340.2)    
24.5     
5.2     
1.0     
(0.2)    
(34.3)    
1.4     
(32.9)   $

44.8 
204.6 
(328.4)
21.2 
4.7 
(0.6)
(0.5)
(54.2)
1.4 
(52.8)

The  Multiemployer  and  other  plans  line  in  the  table  above  excludes  the  estimated  withdrawal  liabilities 

recorded. See “Note 5. Retirement Plans — Multiemployer Plans” for additional information. 

The Consolidated Statements of Operations line item “Pension and other postretirement non-service income” 
is  equal  to  the  non-service  elements  of  our  “Company  defined  benefit  plan  (income)  cost”  and  our  “Net 
postretirement cost” outlined in this note.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Weighted-average assumptions used in the calculation of benefit plan expense for fiscal years ended:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected long-term rate of return on
    plan assets

2020

Pension Plans
2019

2018

U.S.
Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans  

U.S.
Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans  

U.S.
Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans  

3.35%   
3.00%   

2.42%  
2.65%  

4.50%   
3.00%   

3.42%  
2.67%  

4.09%   
3.00%   

3.26%
2.65%

6.25%   

4.26%  

6.50%   

4.69%  

6.50%   

4.98%

For our U.S. pension and postretirement plans, we considered the mortality tables and improvement scales 
published by the Society of Actuaries (“SOA”) and evaluated our specific mortality experience to establish mortality 
assumptions. Based on our experience and in consultation with our actuaries, for fiscal 2020 and 2019 we utilized 
the  base  Pri-2012  mortality  tables  with  specific  gender  and  job  classification  increases  applied  for  fiscal  2020 
ranging  from  5%  to  12%  and  for  fiscal  2019  6%  to  12%. For  fiscal  2018,  we  utilized  the  SOA’s  base  RP-2014 
mortality tables with increases ranging from 10% to 14%.

For our Canadian pension and postretirement plans, we utilized the 2014 Private Sector Canadian Pensioners 
Mortality  Table  adjusted  to  reflect  industry  and  our  mortality  experience  for  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018.  As  of 
September 30, 2020, these adjustment factors were updated to reflect the most recent mortality experience.

The  estimated  losses  that  will  be  amortized  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  net  periodic 

benefit cost in fiscal 2021 are as follows (in millions):

Pension Plans

Actuarial loss
Prior service cost
Total

  $

  $

U.S. Plans

    Non-U.S. Plans  
10.4 
0.2 
10.6  

20.9    $
7.8   
28.7    $

Our projected estimated benefit payments (unaudited), which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, 

are as follows (in millions):

Pension Plans

U.S. Plans

    Non-U.S. Plans  
71.9 
71.5 
71.7 
71.0 
71.3 
350.0  

264.6    $
273.5    $
277.6    $
282.0    $
278.0    $
1,422.0    $

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024
Fiscal 2025
Fiscal Years 2026 – 2030

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least 

annually) as of September 30, 2020 (in millions):

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)    

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)  

Total

Equity securities:
U.S. equities (1)
Non-U.S. equities (1)
Fixed income securities:

  $

253.0    $
4.0     

U.S. government securities (2)
Non-U.S. government securities (3)
U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Non-U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Other fixed income (4)
Short-term investments (5)
Benefit plan assets measured in the fair value hierarchy
Assets measured at NAV (6)
Total benefit plan assets

  $

  $

331.7     
103.1     
2,875.3     
540.7     
388.0     
168.7     
4,664.5    $
2,123.2     
6,787.7     

253.0    $
4.0     

—     
—     
124.9     
—     
—     
168.7     
550.6    $

— 
— 

331.7 
103.1 
2,750.4 
540.7 
388.0 
— 
4,113.9 

The following table summarizes our pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least 

annually) as of September 30, 2019 (in millions):

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets (Level 1)    

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)  

Total

Equity securities:
U.S. equities (1)
Non-U.S. equities (1)
Fixed income securities:

  $

184.2    $
6.5     

U.S. government securities (2)
Non-U.S. government securities (3)
U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Non-U.S. corporate bonds (3)
Other fixed income (4)
Short-term investments (5)
Benefit plan assets measured in the fair value hierarchy
Assets measured at NAV (6)
Total benefit plan assets

  $

  $

598.2     
125.6     
2,156.0     
432.9     
379.3     
468.7     
4,351.4    $
2,054.8     
6,406.2     

183.5    $
6.5     

—     
0.2     
137.6     
5.7     
10.8     
468.7     
813.0    $

0.7 
— 

598.2 
125.4 
2,018.4 
427.2 
368.5 
— 
3,538.4 

(1)  Equity  securities  are  comprised  of  the  following  investment  types:  (i) common  stock,  (ii) preferred  stock  and  (iii) equity 
exchange traded funds. Level 1 investments in common and preferred stocks and exchange traded funds are valued using 
quoted market prices multiplied by the number of shares owned.

(2)  U.S. government securities include treasury and agency debt. These investments are valued using broker quotes in an 

active market.

(3)  The level 1 non-U.S. government securities investment is an exchange cleared swap valued using quoted market prices. 
The level 1 U.S. corporate bonds category is primarily comprised of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade securities 
and valued using quoted market prices. Level 2 investments are valued utilizing a market approach that includes various 
valuation  techniques  and  sources  such  as  value  generation  models,  broker  quotes  in  active  and  non-active  markets, 
benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads, and/or other applicable reference data.

89

 
 
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
      
  
 
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
      
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(4)  Other  fixed  income  is  comprised  of  municipal  and  asset-backed  securities.  Investments  are  valued  utilizing  a  market 
approach that includes various valuation techniques and sources, such as broker quotes in active and non-active markets, 
benchmark yields and securities, reported trades, issuer spreads and/or other applicable reference data.

(5)  Short-term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in interest-

bearing accounts.

(6) 

Investments  that  are  measured  at  net  asset  value  (“NAV”)  (or  its  equivalent)  as  a  practical  expedient  have  not  been 
classified in the fair value hierarchy.

The  following  table  summarizes  assets  measured  at  fair  value  based  on  NAV  per  share  as  a  practical 

expedient as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):

September 30, 2020
Hedge funds (1)
Commingled funds, private equity, private real
    estate investments, and equity related

investments (2)

Fixed income and fixed income related

instruments (3)

September 30, 2019
Hedge funds (1)
Commingled funds, private equity, private real
    estate investments, and equity related

investments (2)

Fixed income and fixed income related

instruments (3)

  Fair value    

Redemption
Frequency  

Redemption
Notice Period  

Unfunded
Commitments  

  $

39.2    Monthly

  Up to 30 days   $

— 

1,416.9    Monthly

  Up to 60 days    

228.9 

667.1    Monthly

  $

2,123.2   

  Up to 10 days    
  $

— 
228.9 

  $

42.9    Monthly

  Up to 30 days   $

— 

1,188.6    Monthly

  Up to 60 days    

113.1 

823.3    Monthly

  $

2,054.8   

  Up to 10 days    
  $

— 
113.1  

(1)  Hedge fund investments are primarily made through shares of limited partnerships or similar structures. Hedge funds are 

typically valued monthly by third-party administrators that have been appointed by the funds’ general partners. 

(2)  Commingled fund investments are valued at the NAV per share multiplied by the number of shares held. The determination 
of  NAV  for  the  commingled  funds  includes  market  pricing  of  the  underlying  assets  as  well  as  broker  quotes  and  other 
valuation techniques. 

(3)  Fixed income and fixed income related instruments consist of commingled debt funds, which are valued at their NAV per 
share multiplied by the number of shares held. The determination of NAV for the commingled funds includes market pricing 
of the underlying assets as well as broker quotes and other valuation techniques. 

We  maintain  holdings  in  certain  private  equity  partnerships  and  private  real  estate  investments  for  which  a 
liquid  secondary  market  does  not  exist. The  private  equity  partnerships  are  commingled  investments.  Valuation 
techniques,  such  as  discounted  cash  flow  and  market  based  comparable  analyses,  are  used  to  determine  fair 
value of the private equity investments. Unobservable inputs used for the discounted cash flow technique include 
projected future cash flows and the discount rate used to calculate present value. Unobservable inputs used for the 
market-based  comparisons  technique  include  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization 
multiples in other comparable third-party transactions, price to earnings ratios, liquidity, current operating results, 
as  well  as  input  from  general  partners  and  other  pertinent  information.  Private  equity  investments  have  been 
valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

Private real estate investments are commingled investments. Valuation techniques, such as discounted cash 
flow and market based comparable analyses, are used to determine fair value of the private equity investments. 
Unobservable  inputs  used  for  the  discounted  cash  flow  technique  include  projected  future  cash  flows  and  the 
discount  rate  used  to  calculate  present  value.  Unobservable  inputs  used  for  the  market-based  comparison 
technique  include  a  combination  of  third-party  appraisals,  replacement  cost,  and  comparable  market  prices. 
Private real estate investments have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

90

 
 
   
    
  
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Equity-related investments are hedged equity investments in a commingled fund that consist primarily of equity 
indexed  investments  which  are  hedged  by  options  and  also  hold  collateral  in  the  form  of  short-term  treasury 
securities. Equity related investments have been valued using NAV as a practical expedient.

Postretirement Plans

The postretirement benefit plans provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for certain salaried and 

hourly employees who meet specified age and service requirements as defined by the plans. 

The weighted average assumptions used to measure the benefit plan obligations at September 30 were:

Discount rate

Postretirement plans

2020

2019

U.S. 
Plans  

Non-
U.S. Plans

U.S. 
Plans  

Non-
U.S. Plans

3.00%  

4.84%  

3.34%  

5.64%

The following table shows the changes in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status for the fiscal years 

ended September 30 (in millions):

Postretirement Plans

2020

2019

U.S. 
Plans

Non-U.S. 
Plans

U.S. 
Plans

Non-U.S. 
Plans

98.3    $
0.6     
3.2     
(0.1)    
(3.1)    
(5.3)    
—     
—     
93.6    $

—    $
5.3     
(5.3)    
—    $
(93.6)   $

75.7    $
0.7     
3.7     
2.0     
(5.3)    
(2.9)    
—     
(11.4)    
62.5    $

91.0    $
0.7     
4.1     
0.4     
1.6     
(6.6)    
7.1     
—     
98.3    $

—    $
2.9     
(2.9)    
—    $
(62.5)   $

—    $
6.6     
(6.6)    
—    $
(98.3)   $

(8.0)   $
(85.6)    
(93.6)   $

(2.7)   $
(59.8)    
(62.5)   $

(8.9)   $
(89.4)    
(98.3)   $

55.5 
0.5 
3.6 
— 
22.2 
(2.9)
— 
(3.2)
75.7 

— 
2.9 
(2.9)
— 
(75.7)

(3.0)
(72.7)
(75.7)

Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of fiscal year
Service cost
Interest cost
Amendments
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefits paid
Business combinations
Foreign currency rate changes
Benefit obligation at end of fiscal year

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of fiscal year
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of fiscal year
Funded Status

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
Other current liabilities
Postretirement benefit liabilities, net of current portion
Under funded status at end of fiscal year

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $

  $

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  pre-tax  amounts  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  at  September 30  not  yet  recognized  as 

components of net periodic postretirement cost, including noncontrolling interest, consist of (in millions):

Postretirement Plans

2020

2019

U.S. 
Plans

Non-U.S. 
Plans

U.S. 
Plans

Non-U.S. 
Plans

Net actuarial (gain) loss
Prior service (credit) cost
Total accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss

  $

  $

(10.6)   $
(5.7)    
(16.3)   $

13.0    $
1.2     
14.2    $

(8.0)   $
(8.3)    
(16.3)   $

18.8 
(0.9)
17.9  

The pre-tax amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss (income), including noncontrolling interest, are 

as follows at September 30 (in millions):

Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial

(loss) gain

Prior service cost (credit) arising during period
Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service credit
Net other comprehensive (income) loss recognized

  $

(0.1)    
1.9     
2.7     
(3.9)   $

2.0     
0.4     
2.8     
29.1    $

Postretirement Plans
2019

2018

2020

  $

(8.4)   $

23.9    $

(9.7)

(0.3)
(1.5)
4.4 
(7.1)

The net periodic postretirement cost recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is comprised of 

the following for fiscal years ended (in millions):

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
Amortization of prior service credit
Curtailment gain
Net postretirement cost

Postretirement Plans
2019

2018

2020

  $

  $

1.3    $
6.9     
0.1     
(2.7)    
—     
5.6    $

1.2    $
7.7     
(2.0)    
(2.8)    
—     
4.1    $

1.5 
7.9 
0.3 
(4.4)
(0.1)
5.2  

The  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  used  in  measuring  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit 

obligation (“APBO”) are as follows at September 30, 2020:

U.S. Plans
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate

trend rate)

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

Non-U.S. Plans
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate

trend rate)

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

5.57%

4.42%
2038 

5.25%

5.25%
2020  

As  of  September 30,  2020,  the  effect  of  a  1%  change  in  the  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rate  would 
increase the APBO by approximately $10 million or decrease the APBO by approximately $8 million, and would 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

increase the annual net periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2020 by $1 million or decrease the annual net 
periodic postretirement benefit cost for fiscal 2020 by approximately $1 million.

Weighted-average assumptions used in the calculation of benefit plan expense for fiscal years ended:

Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase

2020

Postretirement Plans
2019

2018

U.S.
Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans  

U.S.
Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans  

U.S.
Plans  

Non-U.S.
Plans  

3.34%   
N/A 

5.64%  
N/A 

4.50%   
N/A 

6.61%  
N/A 

4.09%   
N/A 

6.51%
7.37%

The  estimated  gains  that  will  be  amortized  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  net  periodic 

benefit cost in fiscal 2021 are as follows (in millions):

Postretirement Plans

Actuarial (gain) loss
Prior service (credit) cost
Total

  $

  $

U.S. Plans

    Non-U.S. Plans  
0.1 
0.1 
0.2  

(1.3)   $
(2.5)  
(3.8)   $

Our projected estimated benefit payments (unaudited), which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, 

are as follows (in millions):

Postretirement Plans

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024
Fiscal 2025
Fiscal Years 2026 – 2030

Multiemployer Plans

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

U.S. Plans

    Non-U.S. Plans  
2.7 
2.7 
2.8 
2.9 
3.0 
16.7  

8.6    $
7.6    $
7.2    $
6.9    $
6.6    $
29.2    $

We participate in several MEPPs that provide retirement benefits to certain union employees in accordance 
with  various  CBAs.  The  risks  of  participating  in  MEPPs  are  different  from  the  risks  of  participating  in  single-
employer pension plans. These risks include (i) assets contributed to a MEPP by one employer are used to provide 
benefits to employees of all participating employers, (ii) if a participating employer withdraws from a MEPP, the 
unfunded  obligations  of  the  MEPP  allocable  to  such  withdrawing  employer  may  be  borne  by  the  remaining 
participating  employers,  and  (iii)  if  we  withdraw  from  a  MEPP,  we  may  be  required  to  pay  that  plan  an  amount 
based on our allocable share of the unfunded vested benefits of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability, as 
well as a share of the MEPP’s accumulated funding deficiency.

Our  contributions  to  a  particular  MEPP  are  established  by  the  applicable  CBAs;  however,  our  required 
contributions may increase based on the funded status of a MEPP and legal requirements, such as those set forth 
in the Pension Act, which requires substantially underfunded MEPPs to implement a FIP or a RP to improve their 
funded status. Contributions to MEPPs are individually and in the aggregate not significant.

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  evaluate  our  potential  exposure  to  MEPPs,  including  with  respect  to 
potential withdrawal liabilities. During fiscal 2018, we submitted formal notification to withdraw from PIUMPF and 
Central  States,  and  recorded  estimated  withdrawal  liabilities  for  each.  We  recorded  an  estimated  withdrawal 
liability  of  $180.0  million  for  PIUMPF.  The  estimated  withdrawal  liability  assumed  payment  over  20  years, 
discounted at a credit adjusted risk-free rate of 3.83%, and that PIUMPF’s demand related to the withdrawal would 
include both a payment for withdrawal liability and for our proportionate share of PIUMPF’s accumulated funding 
deficiency.  The  estimated  withdrawal  liability  noted  above  excludes  the  potential  impact  of  a  future  mass 
withdrawal of other employers from PIUMPF, which was not considered probable or reasonably estimable. In fiscal 
2019  and  2020,  we  continued  to  refine  the  estimate  of  the  withdrawal  liability,  the  impact  of  which  was  not 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

significant.  In  addition,  in  fiscal  2018,  we  submitted  formal  notification  to  withdraw  from  Central  States  and 
recorded an estimated withdrawal liability of $4.2 million on a discounted basis. It is reasonably possible that we 
may  incur  withdrawal  liabilities  with  respect  to  certain  other  MEPPs  in  connection  with  such  withdrawals.  Our 
estimate of any such withdrawal liability, both individually and in the aggregate, is not material for the remaining 
plans in which we participate.

In  September  2019,  we  received  a  demand  from  PIUMPF  asserting  that  we  owe  $170.3  million  on  an 
undiscounted  basis  (approximately  $0.7  million  per  month  for  the  next  20  years)  with  respect  to  our  withdrawal 
liability. The initial demand did not address any assertion of liability for PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency. 
In October 2019, we received two additional demand letters from PIUMPF related to a subsidiary of ours asserting 
that  we  owe  $2.3  million  on  an  undiscounted  basis  to  be  paid  over  20  years  with  respect  to  the  subsidiary’s 
withdrawal liability and $2.0 million for its accumulated funding deficiency. We received an updated demand letter 
decreasing the accumulated funding deficiency demand from $2.0 million to $1.3 million in April 2020. In February 
2020,  we  received  a  demand  letter  from  PIUMPF  asserting  that  we  owe  $51.2  million  for  our  pro-rata  share  of 
PIUMPF’s accumulated funding deficiency, including interest. We are evaluating each of these demands and we 
expect to challenge the accumulated funding deficiency demands. We began making monthly payments for these 
withdrawal liabilities in fiscal 2020, excluding the accumulated funding deficiency demands.

At September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, we had withdrawal liabilities recorded of $252.0 million and 
$237.2  million,  respectively.  The  increase  in  the  withdrawal  liabilities  in  fiscal  2020  was  primarily  due  to  the 
decrease  in  interest  rates.  The  impact  of  future  withdrawal  liabilities,  future  funding  obligations  or  increased 
contributions may be material to our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and the trading price 
of our Common Stock.

Approximately  56%  of  our  employees  are  covered  by  CBAs  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada,  of  which  approximately 

21% are covered by CBAs that expire within one year and another 15% are covered by CBAs that have expired.

Defined Contribution Plans

We have 401(k) and other defined contribution plans that cover certain of our U.S., Canadian and other non-
U.S. salaried union and nonunion hourly employees, generally subject to an initial waiting period. The 401(k) and 
other  defined  contribution  plans  permit  participants  to  make  contributions  by  salary  reduction  pursuant  to 
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the taxing authority in the jurisdiction in which they operate. Due 
primarily to acquisitions, CBAs and other non-U.S. defined contribution programs, we have plans with varied terms. 
At September 30, 2020, our contributions may be up to 7.5% for U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees, 
consisting of a match of up to 5% and an automatic employer contribution of 2.5%. Certain other employees who 
receive accruals under a defined benefit pension plan, certain employees covered by CBAs and non-U.S. defined 
contribution  programs  receive  generally  up  to  a  3.0%  to  4.0%  contribution  to  their  401(k)  plan  or  defined 
contribution plan. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, we recorded expense of $150.1 million, $150.9 million and 
$113.7 million, respectively, related to employer contributions to the 401(k) plans and other defined contribution 
plans, including the automatic employer contribution. In connection with the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan, we 
began  funding  our  matching  contributions  in  Common  Stock  effective  July  1,  2020  to  the  WestRock  Company 
401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.

Supplemental Retirement Plans

We  have  Supplemental  Plans  that  are  nonqualified  deferred  compensation  plans.  We  intend  to  provide 
participants with an opportunity to supplement their retirement income through deferral of current compensation. 
Amounts deferred and payable under the Supplemental Plans are our unsecured obligations and rank equally with 
our  other  unsecured  and  unsubordinated  indebtedness  outstanding.  Participants’  accounts  are  credited  with 
investment  gains  and  losses  under  the  Supplemental  Plans  in  accordance  with  the  participant’s  investment 
election or elections (or default election or elections) as in effect from time to time. At September 30, 2020, the 
Supplemental Plans had assets totaling $168.9 million that are recorded at market value, and liabilities of $176.1 
million.  The  investment  alternatives  available  under  the  Supplemental  Plans  are  generally  similar  to  investment 
alternatives available under 401(k) plans. The amount of expense we recorded for the current fiscal year and the 
preceding two fiscal years was not significant.

94

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 6.

Income Taxes

The components of (loss) income before income taxes are as follows (in millions):

United States
Foreign
Income before income taxes

Impacts of the Tax Act

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

  $

  $

(440.7)   $
(81.9)    
(522.6)   $

891.6    $
253.1     
1,144.7    $

736.7 
298.1 
1,034.8  

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as the Tax Act, 
which made broad and complex changes to the tax code. In conjunction with guidance set forth under SAB 118 
pertaining to the Tax Act, we recorded provisional amounts both for the impact of remeasurement on its U.S. net 
deferred tax liabilities to the new U.S. statutory rate of 21% and for the mandatory transition tax on unrepatriated 
foreign  earnings  during  fiscal  2018.  During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  we  completed  the  accounting  for  the 
income tax effect related to the Tax Act and made the following adjustments to the provisional amounts: (i) a $0.4 
million tax expense from the true up and revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the new tax rate 
and (ii) an additional $3.7 million tax expense, as a result of the refinement to the transition tax provisional liability. 
We  have  reclassified  the  transition  tax  liability  for  financial  statement  purposes  to  a  reserve  for  uncertain  tax 
position due to uncertainty in the realizability of certain foreign earnings and profits deficits. During the third quarter 
of fiscal 2020, we reduced our transition tax reserve by $16.4 million based on adjustments to expected post-1986 
deferred foreign income as of the transition tax date. 

Beginning in fiscal 2019, we were subject to several provisions of the Tax Act, including computations under 
Global Intangible Low Taxed Income (“GILTI”), Foreign Derived Intangible Income (“FDII”), Base Erosion and Anti-
Abuse  Tax  (“BEAT”),  and  IRC  Section  163(j)  interest  limitation  (“Interest  Limitation”)  rules.  We  recorded  the 
immaterial tax impact of FDII in our effective tax rate for fiscal 2020. For the BEAT computation, we did not record 
any amount in our effective tax rate for fiscal 2020 because this provision of the Tax Act did not impact tax expense 
for the fiscal year.

As part of the enacted Tax Act, GILTI provisions were introduced that would impose a tax on foreign income in 
excess  of  a  deemed  return  on  tangible  assets  of  foreign  corporations. In  January  2018,  the  FASB  issued  a 
question-and-answer  document,  stating  that  either  accounting for  deferred  taxes  related  to  GILTI  inclusions  or 
treating any taxes on GILTI inclusions as period costs are both acceptable methods subject to an accounting policy 
election. The GILTI provisions did not take effect for WestRock until fiscal 2019, and the Company has elected to 
treat any potential GILTI inclusions as a period cost during the year incurred.

Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following components (in millions):

Current income taxes:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current expense
Deferred income taxes:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred expense (benefit)
Total income tax expense (benefit)

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

  $

  $

31.6    $
23.5     
66.8     
121.9     

42.4     
6.2     
(7.0)    
41.6     
163.5    $

134.7    $
34.9     
69.5     
239.1     

44.1     
6.1     
(12.5)    
37.7     
276.8    $

83.0 
26.8 
86.6 
196.4 

(1,108.6)
53.2 
(15.5)
(1,070.9)
(874.5)

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and our effective income tax rate are as follows:

Statutory federal tax rate
Foreign rate differential
Adjustment and resolution of federal, state and foreign tax
    uncertainties
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Tax Act (2)
Excess tax benefit related to stock compensation
Research and development and other tax credits, net of
    valuation allowances and reserves
Income attributable to noncontrolling interest
Domestic manufacturer’s deduction
Change in valuation allowance
Nondeductible transaction costs
Goodwill impairment
Nontaxable increased cash surrender value
Withholding taxes
Brazilian net worth deduction
Other, net
Effective tax rate

Year Ended September 30,
2019

2020 (1)

2018

21.0%    
(1.1)

2.7 
(1.3)
— 
(0.5)

3.7 
0.1 
— 
(4.1)
— 
(51.2)
1.3 
(0.7)
1.7 
(2.9)

(31.3)%   

21.0%   
1.3 

1.2 
2.5 
— 
(0.3)    

(0.7)    
(0.1)    
— 
0.2 
1.0 
— 
(0.6)    
0.6 
(0.9)    
(1.0)    
24.2%   

24.5%
0.6 

0.9 
4.3 
(109.1)
(0.8)

(0.5)
(0.1)
(1.8)
(1.8)
— 
— 
(0.8)
0.5 
(0.9)
0.5 
(84.5)%

(1) The negative tax rate for fiscal year 2020 is the result of applying total income tax expense to the loss before income taxes. 

The signs within the table are consequently the opposite compared to prior year. 

(2) For the year ended September 30, 2018, the primary components are a $1,215.9 million benefit from the remeasurement 
of our net U.S. deferred tax liability and a one-time transition tax liability of $95.4 million or $87.1 million net of the release 
of a previously recorded outside basis difference.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of 

the following (in millions): 

Deferred income tax assets:
Accruals and allowances
Employee related accruals and allowances
Pension
State net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal benefit
State credit carryforwards, net of federal benefit
Federal and foreign net operating loss carryforwards
Restricted stock and options
Lease liabilities
Other

Total
Deferred income tax liabilities:

Property, plant and equipment
Deductible intangibles and goodwill
Inventory reserves
Deferred gain
Basis difference in joint ventures
Right-of-use assets

Total
Valuation allowances
Net deferred income tax liability

September 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

5.3 
121.3 
60.5 
67.0 
79.4 
188.3 
33.7 
179.1 
52.8 
787.4 

1,885.5 
841.5 
216.2 
272.2 
33.8 
163.8 
3,413.0 
257.5 
2,883.1 

  $

  $

10.7 
125.1 
96.8 
57.6 
69.5 
173.5 
39.3 
— 
52.8 
625.3 

1,840.5 
914.7 
188.3 
275.2 
33.1 
— 
3,251.8 
218.0 
2,844.5  

Deferred taxes are recorded as follows in the consolidated balance sheet (in millions):

Long-term deferred tax asset (1)
Long-term deferred tax liability
Net deferred income tax liability

September 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

33.8    $

2,916.9   
2,883.1    $

33.5 
2,878.0 
2,844.5  

(1) The long-term deferred tax asset is presented in Other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

At  September 30,  2020  and  September 30,  2019,  we  had  gross  U.S.  federal  net  operating  losses  of 
approximately $2.6 million and $4.0 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards generally expire between fiscal 
2031 and 2038.

At  September 30,  2020  and  September 30,  2019,  we  had  gross  state  and  local  net  operating  losses,  of 
approximately $1,795 million and $1,638 million, respectively. These loss carryforwards generally expire between 
fiscal 2022 and 2040. The tax effected values of these net operating losses are $67.0 million and $57.6 million at 
September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, exclusive of valuation allowances of $12.7 million and $10.2 million at 
September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

At September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, gross net operating losses for foreign reporting purposes of 
approximately $765.1 million and $663.2 million, respectively, were available for carryforward. A majority of these 
loss carryforwards generally expire between fiscal 2022 and 2040, while a portion have an indefinite carryforward. 
The tax effected values of these net operating losses are $187.7 million and $172.5 million at September 30, 2020 
and 2019, respectively, exclusive of valuation allowances of $165.9 million and $144.1 million at September 30, 
2020 and 2019, respectively.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At  September 30,  2020  and  2019,  we  had  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $79.4  million  and  $69.5  million, 
respectively.  These  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  generally  expire  within  5  to  10  years;  however,  certain  state 
credits  can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.  Valuation  allowances  of  $71.9  million  and  $56.8  million  at 
September 30,  2020  and  2019,  respectively,  have  been  provided  on  these  assets.  These  valuation  allowances 
have been recorded due to uncertainty regarding our ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the appropriate 
taxing jurisdiction.

The following table represents a summary of the valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for fiscal 

2020, 2019 and 2018 (in millions):

Balance at beginning of fiscal year
Increases
Allowances related to purchase accounting (1)
Reductions
Balance at end of fiscal year

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

218.0    $
46.2     
—     
(6.7)    
257.5    $

229.4    $
25.4     
0.8     
(37.6)    
218.0    $

219.1 
50.8 
0.1 
(40.6)
229.4  

(1) Amounts in fiscal 2019 relate to the KapStone Acquisition. Amounts in fiscal 2018 relate to the MPS Acquisition. 

Consistent with prior years, we consider a portion of our earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries as subject 
to repatriation and we provide for taxes accordingly. However, we consider the unremitted earnings and all other 
outside basis differences from all other foreign subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, we have not 
provided for any taxes that would be due.

As of September 30, 2020, we estimate our outside basis difference in foreign subsidiaries that are considered 
indefinitely  reinvested  to  be  approximately  $1.7  billion.  The  components  of  the  outside  basis  difference  are 
comprised of purchase accounting adjustments (i.e. from mergers and acquisitions), undistributed earnings, and 
equity components. Except for the portion of our earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries where we provided for 
taxes, we have not provided for any taxes that would be due upon the reversal of the outside basis differences. 
However,  in  the  event  of  a  distribution  in  the  form  of  dividends  or  dispositions  of  the  subsidiaries,  we  may  be 
subject to incremental U.S. income taxes, subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits, and withholding taxes or 
income taxes payable to the foreign jurisdictions. As of September 30, 2020, the determination of the amount of 
unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  related  to  any  remaining  undistributed  foreign  earnings  not  subject  to  the 
Transition Tax and additional outside basis differences is not practicable.

A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  is  as  follows  (in 

millions):

Balance at beginning of fiscal year
Additions related to purchase accounting (1)
Additions for tax positions taken in current year (2)
Additions for tax positions taken in prior fiscal years
Reductions for tax positions taken in prior fiscal years (2)
Reductions due to settlement (3)
Reductions for currency translation adjustments
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of

limitations

Balance at end of fiscal year

2020

2019

2018

  $

  $

224.3    $
—     
5.0     
11.7     
(16.7)    
—     
(8.8)    

(8.8)    
206.7    $

127.1    $
1.0     
103.8     
1.8     
(0.5)    
(4.0)    
(1.7)    

(3.2)    
224.3    $

148.9 
3.4 
3.1 
18.0 
(5.3)
(29.4)
(9.6)

(2.0)
127.1  

(1) Amounts in fiscal 2019 relate to the KapStone Acquisition. Amounts in fiscal 2018 relate to the MPS Acquisition.

(2) Additions for tax positions taken in fiscal 2019 and reductions taken in fiscal 2020 include primarily positions taken related 

to foreign subsidiaries. 

98

 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(3) Amounts in fiscal 2019 relate to the settlements of state and foreign audit examinations. Amounts in fiscal 2018 relate to 
the settlement of state audit examinations and federal and state amended returns filed related to affirmative adjustments 
for which there was a reserve.

As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $206.7 
million and $224.3 million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Of these balances, as of September 30, 
2020 and 2019, if we were to prevail on all unrecognized tax benefits recorded, approximately $189.5 million and 
$207.5  million,  respectively,  would  benefit  the  effective  tax  rate.  We  regularly  evaluate,  assess  and  adjust  the 
related liabilities in light of changing facts and circumstances, which could cause the effective tax rate to fluctuate 
from period to period. Resolution of the uncertain tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our cash 
flows or materially benefit our results of operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution. See 
“Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies — Brazil Tax Liability”.

We recognize estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in 
the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  As  of  September 30,  2020,  we  had  liabilities  of  $72.4  million  related  to 
estimated  interest  and  penalties  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  As  of  September 30,  2019,  we  had  liabilities  of 
$80.0 million, related to estimated interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits. Our results of operations for 
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 include expense of $6.6 million, $9.7 million and $5.8 
million, respectively, net of indirect benefits, related to estimated interest and penalties with respect to the liability 
for  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  As  of  September 30,  2020,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  our  unrecognized  tax 
benefits  will  decrease  by  up  to  $21.9  million  in  the  next  twelve  months  due  to  expiration  of  various  statues  of 
limitations and settlement of issues.

We  file  federal,  state  and  local  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  foreign  jurisdictions.  With  few 
exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 
fiscal 2017 and state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2010. We are no 
longer  subject  to  non-U.S.  income  tax  examinations  by  tax  authorities  for  years  prior  to  fiscal  2009,  except  for 
Brazil for which we are not subject to tax examinations for years prior to 2006. While we believe our tax positions 
are  appropriate,  they  are  subject  to  audit  or  other  modifications  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any 
modifications will not materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Note 7.

Segment Information

We report our financial results of operations in the following three reportable segments: Corrugated Packaging, 
which  consists  of  our  containerboard  mills,  corrugated  packaging  and  distribution  operations,  as  well  as  our 
merchandising  displays  and  recycling  procurement  operations;  Consumer  Packaging,  which  consists  of  our 
consumer mills, food and beverage and partition operations; and Land and Development, which previously sold 
real estate, primarily in the Charleston, SC region. With the completion of the monetization, this segment will no 
longer  exist.  Certain  income  and  expenses  are  not  allocated  to  our  segments  and,  thus,  the  information  that 
management uses to make operating decisions and assess performance does not reflect such amounts. Items not 
allocated are reported as non-allocated expenses or in other line items in the selected operating data table below 
after segment income.

Some  of  our  operations  included  in  the  segments  are  located  in  locations  such  as  Canada,  Mexico,  South 
America, Europe, Asia and Australia. The table below reflects financial data of our foreign operations for each of 
the past three fiscal years, some of which were transacted in U.S. dollars (in millions, except percentages):

Years Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Foreign net sales to unaffiliated customers
Foreign segment income
Foreign long-lived assets

 $
 $
 $

3,105.6 
298.2 
1,390.6 

 $
 $
 $

3,332.4 
392.3 
1,466.4 

 $
 $
 $

3,236.7 
360.7 
1,400.2 

Foreign operations as a percent of consolidated operations:
Foreign net sales to unaffiliated customers
Foreign segment income
Foreign long-lived assets

17.7%   
21.9%   
12.9%   

18.2%   
21.9%   
13.1%   

19.9%
21.1%
15.4%

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We  evaluate  performance  and  allocate  resources  based,  in  part,  on  profit  from  operations  before  income 
taxes,  interest  and  other  items.  The  accounting  policies  of  the  reportable  segments  are  the  same  as  those 
described in “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”. We account 
for intersegment sales at prices that approximate market prices. For segment reporting purposes, we include our 
equity  in  income  of  unconsolidated  entities  in  segment  income,  as  well  the  related  investments  in  segment 
identifiable assets. Equity in income of unconsolidated entities is not material and we disclose our investments in 
unconsolidated entities below. 

The following table shows selected operating data for our segments (in millions):

Years Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Net sales (aggregate):

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development

Total
Less net sales (intersegment):
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging

Total
Net sales (unaffiliated customers):

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development

Total
Segment income:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Segment income

Gain on sale of certain closed facilities
Multiemployer pension withdrawal income (expense)
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
Goodwill impairment
Non-allocated expenses
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Other income, net
(Loss) income before income taxes

Depreciation and amortization:
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Corporate

Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

100

11,419.2 
6,333.0 
18.9 
17,771.1 

71.0 
121.3 
192.3 

11,348.2 
6,211.7 
18.9 
17,578.8 

1,037.7 
323.7 
1.4 
1,362.8 
15.6 
1.1 
— 
(112.7)
(1,333.2)
(70.7)
(393.5)
(1.5)
9.5 
(522.6)

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

11,816.7 
6,606.0 
23.4 
18,446.1 

75.3 
81.8 
157.1 

11,741.4 
6,524.2 
23.4 
18,289.0 

1,399.6 
388.1 
2.5 
1,790.2 
52.6 
6.3 
(13.0)
(173.7)
— 
(83.7)
(431.3)
(5.1)
2.4 
1,144.7 

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

9,693.0 
6,617.5 
142.4 
16,452.9 

87.3 
80.5 
167.8 

9,605.7 
6,537.0 
142.4 
16,285.1 

1,240.0 
445.1 
22.5 
1,707.6 
— 
(184.2)
(31.9)
(105.4)
— 
(70.1)
(293.8)
(0.1)
12.7 
1,034.8  

Years Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

951.4    $
529.5     
—     
6.1     
1,487.0    $

950.6    $
552.1     
—     
8.5     
1,511.2    $

700.5 
546.5 
0.7 
4.5 
1,252.2  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In October 2018, our containerboard and pulp mill located in Panama City, FL sustained extensive damage 
from  Hurricane  Michael.  In  fiscal  2019,  we  received  $180.0  million  of  Hurricane  Michael-related  insurance 
proceeds  that  were  recorded  as  a  reduction  of  cost  of  goods  sold  in  our  Corrugated  Packaging  segment.  The 
insurance  proceeds  consisted  of  $55.3  million  for  business  interruption  recoveries  and  $124.7  million  for  direct 
costs and property damage. Our consolidated statements of cash flow in fiscal 2019 included $154.5 million in net 
cash provided by operating activities and $25.5 million in net cash used for investing activities. In fiscal 2020, we 
received  the  remaining  Hurricane  Michael-related  insurance  proceeds  of  $32.3  million,  that  were  recorded  as  a 
reduction of cost of goods sold in our Corrugated Packaging segment. The insurance proceeds consisted of $11.7 
million  of  business  interruption  recoveries  and  $20.6  million  for  direct  costs  and  property  damage.  Our 
consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows  for  fiscal  2020  included  $30.9  million  in  net  cash  provided  by  operating 
activities and $1.4 million of cash proceeds included in net cash used for investing activities related to Hurricane 
Michael. In addition, we had other minor amounts for various claims that were recorded as a reduction of cost of 
goods sold across our segments.

Corrugated Packaging segment income in fiscal 2019 and 2018 was reduced by $24.7 million and $1.0 million, 

respectively, of expense for inventory stepped-up in purchase accounting, net of related LIFO impact. 

The following table shows selected operating data for our segments (in millions):

Years Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

Identifiable assets:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Land and Development
Assets held for sale
Corporate

Total

Goodwill:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging

Total

Intangibles, net:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging

Total

Capital expenditures:

Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Corporate

Total

Equity method investments:
Corrugated Packaging
Consumer Packaging
Corporate

Total

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

16,507.0    $
9,584.9     
—     
7.0     
2,680.8     
28,779.7    $

16,681.1    $
11,038.7     
28.3     
25.8     
2,382.8     
30,156.7    $

11,069.6 
11,511.1 
49.1 
59.5 
2,671.2 
25,360.5 

3,673.5    $
2,288.7     
5,962.2    $

3,695.0    $
3,590.6     
7,285.6    $

1,966.7 
3,610.9 
5,577.6 

1,423.0    $
2,244.2     
3,667.2    $

1,655.1    $
2,404.4     
4,059.5    $

506.2 
2,615.8 
3,122.0 

731.1    $
217.1     
29.9     
978.1    $

961.4    $
365.9     
41.8     
1,369.1    $

414.3    $
14.9     
0.4     
429.6    $

457.1    $
11.6     
0.4     
469.1    $

657.3 
308.3 
34.3 
999.9 

455.6 
1.8 
0.4 
457.8  

The  Corrugated  Packaging  segment’s  equity  method  investments  primarily  relate  to  the  Grupo  Gondi 
investment. Equity method investments are included in the balance sheet in other assets. The investment in Grupo 
Gondi  that  in  fiscal  2020  and  2019  exceeds  our  proportionate  share  of  the  underlying  equity  in  net  assets  by 
approximately  $101.7  million  and  $121.4  million,  respectively.  Approximately  $41.9  million  and  $53.1  million 

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

remains  amortizable  to  expense  in  equity  in  income  of  unconsolidated  entities  over  the  estimated  life  of  the 
underlying assets ranging from 10 to 15 years beginning with our investment in fiscal 2016. The Gondi investment 
is denominated in Mexican Pesos.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

are as follows (in millions):

Balance as of October 1, 2017

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill acquired
Goodwill disposed of
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Translation adjustments
Balance as of September 30, 2018

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill acquired
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Translation and other adjustments
Balance as of September 30, 2019

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill impairment
Goodwill disposed of
Purchase price allocation adjustments
Translation adjustments
Balance as of September 30, 2020

Goodwill
Accumulated impairment losses

Corrugated
Packaging    

Consumer
Packaging    

Total

  $

1,941.6    $
(0.1)    
1,941.5     
65.4     
(4.2)    
2.3     
(38.3)    

1,966.8     
(0.1)    
1,966.7     
1,746.4     
0.9     
(19.0)    

3,695.1     
(0.1)    
3,695.0     
—     
—     
14.3     
(35.8)    

3,629.5    $
(42.7)    
3,586.8     
23.8     
—     
18.4     
(18.1)    

3,653.6     
(42.7)    
3,610.9     
3.8     
(1.4)    
(22.7)    

3,633.3     
(42.7)    
3,590.6     
(1,333.2)    
(0.3)    
(0.6)    
32.2     

3,673.6     
(0.1)    
3,673.5    $

3,664.6     
(1,375.9)    
2,288.7    $

  $

5,571.1 
(42.8)
5,528.3 
89.2 
(4.2)
20.7 
(56.4)

5,620.4 
(42.8)
5,577.6 
1,750.2 
(0.5)
(41.7)

7,328.4 
(42.8)
7,285.6 
(1,333.2)
(0.3)
13.7 
(3.6)

7,338.2 
(1,376.0)
5,962.2  

See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Goodwill and 
Long-Lived Assets” for a discussion of a $1,333.2 million pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment of our Consumer 
Packaging reporting unit. 

The goodwill acquired in fiscal 2019 primarily related to the KapStone Acquisition in the Corrugated Packaging 
segment.  The  goodwill  acquired  in  fiscal  2018  primarily  related  to  the  Plymouth  Packaging  Acquisition  in  the 
Corrugated Packaging segment and the Schlüter Acquisition in the Consumer Packaging segment. The purchase 
price adjustments to goodwill in fiscal 2018 primarily related to the acquisition of MPS and the acquisition of Hanna 
Group Pty Ltd. The goodwill disposed of in the Corrugated Packaging segment in fiscal 2018 related to the sale of 
our  solid  waste  management  brokerage  services  business.  See  “Note  3.  Acquisitions  and  Investments”  for 
additional information.

102

 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 8.

Interest Expense, Net

The components of interest expense, net is as follows (in millions):

Interest expense
Interest income
Interest expense, net

Note 9.

Inventories

Inventories are as follows (in millions):

Finished goods and work in process
Raw materials
Supplies and spare parts
Inventories at FIFO cost
LIFO reserve
Net inventories

Years Ended September 30,
2019

2018

2020

  $

  $

(465.5)
72.0 
(393.5)

 $

 $

(489.4)
58.1 
(431.3)

 $

 $

(352.8)
59.0 
(293.8)

September 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

  $

844.2 
772.7 
500.3 
2,117.2 

(93.8)    
  $

2,023.4 

938.9 
818.8 
479.7 
2,237.4 
(129.9)
2,107.5  

It is impracticable to segregate the LIFO reserve between raw materials, finished goods and work in process. 
In fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, we reduced inventory quantities in some of our LIFO pools. These reductions result 
in liquidations of LIFO inventory quantities generally carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared 
with the cost of the purchases in the respective fiscal years, the effect of which typically decreases cost of goods 
sold. Alternatively, they have higher costs prevailing in prior years which increases costs of goods sold. The impact 
of the liquidations in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was not significant. 

Note 10. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in millions):

Property, plant and equipment at cost:

Land and buildings
Machinery and equipment
Forestlands and mineral rights
Transportation equipment
Leasehold improvements

Less: accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

September 30,

2020

2019

  $

  $

  $

2,524.7 
15,147.3 
110.8 
29.1 
103.6 
17,915.5 
(7,136.6)    
  $
10,778.9 

2,442.3 
14,743.6 
144.0 
31.2 
100.2 
17,461.3 
(6,271.8)
11,189.5  

Depreciation expense for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $1,054.9 million, $1,074.6 million and $923.8 million, 

respectively. 

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 11. Other Intangible Assets

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization relating to intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are 

as follows (in millions, except weighted avg. life):  

September 30,

2020

2019

Weighted
Avg. Life
(in years)    

Gross 
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization    

Gross 
Carrying
Amount

Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Favorable contracts
Technology and patents
License costs
Non-compete agreements
Other
Total

15.5    $
21.6     
7.2     
11.4     
8.0     
2.0     
29.5     
15.5    $

5,418.1    $
130.5     
44.0     
37.5     
26.5     
3.4     
3.7     
5,663.7    $

(1,841.2)  $
(65.7) 
(41.6) 
(21.6) 
(22.8) 
(3.3) 
(0.3) 
(1,996.5)  $

Accumulated
Amortization  
(1,452.1)
(55.3)
(42.6)
(21.2)
(20.5)
(2.9)
(0.2)
(1,594.8)

5,395.5    $
129.9     
57.0     
39.2     
25.7     
3.4     
3.6     
5,654.3    $

Estimated intangible asset amortization expense for the succeeding five fiscal years is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024
Fiscal 2025

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

356.8 
349.3 
343.1 
322.6 
308.0  

Intangible amortization expense was $405.4 million, $408.0 million and $300.8 million during fiscal 2020, 2019 
and 2018, respectively. We had other intangible amortization expense, primarily for packaging equipment leased 
to customers of $26.7 million, $28.6 million and $27.6 million during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Note 12. Fair Value

Assets and Liabilities Measured or Disclosed at Fair Value

We  estimate  fair  values  in  accordance  with  ASC  820  “Fair  Value  Measurement”.  ASC  820  provides  a 
framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures required about fair value measurements. Specifically, 
ASC 820 sets forth a definition of fair value and a hierarchy prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques. ASC 820 
defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the 
principal  or  most  advantageous  market  for  the  asset  or  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market 
participants  on  the  measurement  date.  Additionally,  ASC  820  defines  levels  within  the  hierarchy  based  on  the 
availability  of  quoted  prices  for  identical  items  in  active  markets,  similar  items  in  active  or  inactive  markets  and 
valuation techniques using observable and unobservable inputs. We incorporate credit valuation adjustments to 
reflect both our own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s nonperformance risk in our fair value 
measurements.

We  disclose  the  fair  value  of  our  long-term  debt  in  “Note  13.  Debt”  and  the  fair  value  of  our  pension  and 
postretirement  assets  and  liabilities  in  “Note  5.  Retirement  Plans”.  We  have,  or  from  time  to  time  may  have, 
financial instruments recognized at fair value including Supplemental Plans, interest rate derivatives, commodity 
derivatives or other similar classes of assets or liabilities, the fair value of which are not significant. See “Note 1 — 
Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  —  Fair  Value  of  Financial 
Instruments and Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities” for additional information.

104

 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Accounts Receivable Sales Agreement

On September 25, 2018 we entered into a $550.0 million agreement (the “A/R Sales Agreement”) to sell to a 
third-party financial institution all of the short-term receivables generated from certain customer trade accounts. On 
September 19, 2019 and September 17, 2020, we further amended the A/R Sales Agreement and increased the 
purchase limit to $650.0 million and $700.0 million, respectively. The terms of the A/R Sales Agreement limit the 
balance of receivables sold to the amount available to fund such receivables sold and eliminated the receivable for 
proceeds from the financial institution at any transfer date. Effective with the September 17, 2020 amendment, the 
facility is committed and has a term of 364 days. Transfers under the A/R Sales Agreement meet the requirements 
to be accounted for as sales in accordance with guidance in ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing”. These customers 
are not included in the Receivables Securitization Facility that is discussed in “Note 13. Debt”.

In connection with the September 25, 2018 termination of the prior agreement and execution of the A/R Sales 
Agreement,  there  was  a  non-cash  transaction  of  $424.8  million  representing  the  repurchase  of  receivables 
previously sold to the financial institution under the prior agreement and the sale of the same receivables to the 
financial institution under the A/R Sales Agreement.

The following table represents a summary of the activity under the A/R Sales Agreement for fiscal 2020 and 

2019 (in millions):

Receivable from financial institution at beginning of fiscal year
Receivables sold to the financial institution and derecognized
Receivables collected by financial institution
Cash proceeds from financial institution
Receivable from financial institution at September 30,

2020

2019

—    $

2,446.2   
(2,449.4)  
3.2   
—    $

— 
2,051.6 
(1,971.1)
(80.5)
—  

  $

  $

Receivables sold under our A/R Sales Agreement were approximately $589.4 million and $592.6 million as of 

September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Cash proceeds related to the receivables sold are included in cash from operating activities in the consolidated 
statement of cash flows in the accounts receivable line item. While the expense recorded in connection with the 
sale  of  receivables  may  vary  based  on  current  rates  and  levels  of  receivables  sold,  the  expense  recorded  in 
connection with the sale of receivables was $12.7 million, $17.3 million and $11.2 million in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 
2018, respectively, and is recorded in “other income, net” in the consolidated statements of operations. Although 
the sales are made without recourse, we maintain continuing involvement with the sold receivables as we provide 
collections  services  related  to  the  transferred  assets.  The  associated  servicing  liability  is  not  material  given  the 
high quality of the customers underlying the receivables and the anticipated short collection period.

Fair Value of Nonfinancial Assets and Nonfinancial Liabilities

As discussed in “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, we 
measure certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. See “Note 1. 
Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  —  Goodwill  and  Long-Lived 
Assets” for a discussion of a $1,333.2 million pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment of our Consumer Packaging 
reporting  unit.  See  “Note  4.  Restructuring  and  Other  Costs”  for  impairments  associated  with  restructuring 
activities including the impairment of a paper machine at our Evadale, TX mill included in the Consumer Packaging 
segment in fiscal 2020, the impairment of a paper machine at our Charleston, SC mill included in the Corrugated 
Packaging segment in fiscal 2019 and other such similar items presented as “net property, plant and equipment 
costs”.  During  fiscal  2020,  2019  and  2018,  we  did  not  have  any  significant  non-goodwill  or  non-restructuring 
nonfinancial assets or nonfinancial liabilities that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods 
subsequent to initial recognition other than the following pre-tax non-cash impairments: (i) the $13.0 million pre-tax 
non-cash  impairment  of  certain  mineral  rights  in  fiscal  2019  following  the  termination  of  a  third  party  leasing 
relationship, and (ii) the $31.9 million impairment of certain mineral rights and real estate in fiscal 2018. The $23.6 
million impairment of mineral rights in fiscal 2018 was driven by the non-renewal of a lease and associated with 
declining oil and gas prices, and the other $8.3 million recorded to write-down the carrying value on real estate 

105

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

projects in connection with the accelerated monetization strategy in our Land and Development segment where the 
projected sales proceeds were less than the carrying value.

Note 13. Debt

The public bonds issued by WRKCo, WestRock RKT, LLC (“RKT”) and MWV are guaranteed by WestRock 
and have cross-guarantees between the three companies. The industrial development bonds associated with the 
finance  lease  obligations  of  MWV  are  guaranteed  by  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries.  The  public  bonds  are 
unsecured,  unsubordinated  obligations  that  rank  equally  in  right  of  payment  with  all  of  our  existing  and  future 
unsecured, unsubordinated obligations. The bonds are effectively subordinated to any of our existing and future 
secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. At September 30, 2020, all of our debt 
was unsecured with the exception of our Receivables Securitization Facility (as defined below) and finance lease 
obligations.

The following were individual components of debt (in millions, except percentages):

September 30, 2020

September 30, 2019

Carrying
Value

Weighted Avg
Interest Rate  

Carrying
Value

Weighted Avg
Interest Rate  

Public bonds due fiscal 2020 to 2022
Public bonds due fiscal 2023 to 2028
Public bonds due fiscal 2029 to 2033
Public bonds due fiscal 2037 to 2047
Term loan facilities
Revolving credit and swing facilities
Commercial paper
Finance lease obligations
Vendor financing and commercial card
    programs
International and other debt

Total debt

Less: current portion of debt
Long-term debt due after one year

  $

  $

399.3     
3,773.6     
2,778.9     
178.6     
1,547.6     
250.0     

—   

274.8     

89.8   
138.0     
9,430.6     
222.9     
9,207.7     

5.0%  $
4.0%   
4.5%   
6.2%   
1.9%   
1.1%   
N/A 
4.0%   

507.8     
3,769.1     
2,197.6     
179.0     
2,295.5     
396.0     
339.2     
185.8     

123.2   

N/A 
3.1%   
70.2     
3.8%    10,063.4     
561.1     
9,502.3     

  $

4.9%
4.0%
4.9%
6.2%
3.3%
2.9%
2.4%
4.3%

N/A 
6.6%
4.0%

A portion of the debt classified as long-term may be paid down earlier than scheduled at our discretion without 
penalty.  Certain  customary  restrictive  covenants  govern  our  maximum  availability  under  our  credit  facilities.  We 
test and report our compliance with these covenants as required and were in compliance with all of our covenants 
at September 30, 2020. The increase in finance lease obligations during fiscal 2020 was primarily the result of our 
adoption on October 1, 2019 of the leasing guidance codified in ASC 842 that caused us to recharacterize a short-
term and long-term liability for two chip mills to a $100.3 million finance lease obligation. The carrying value of our 
debt  includes  the  fair  value  step-up  of  debt  acquired  in  mergers  and  acquisitions,  and  the  weighted  average 
interest rate includes the fair value step up. At September 30, 2020, excluding the step-up, the weighted average 
interest  rate  on  total  debt  was  3.9%.  At  September 30,  2020,  the  unamortized  fair  market  value  step-up  was 
$208.9 million, which will be amortized over a weighted average remaining life of 11.5 years. At September 30, 
2020,  we  had  $62.9  million  of  outstanding  letters  of  credit  not  drawn  upon.  At  September 30,  2020,  we  had 
approximately $3.6 billion of availability under long-term committed credit facilities and cash and cash equivalents. 
This liquidity may be used to provide for ongoing working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes 
including acquisitions, dividends and stock repurchases. The estimated fair value of our debt was approximately 
$10.4 billion and $10.6 billion as of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. The fair value of 
our long-term debt is categorized as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and is primarily either based on quoted 
prices for those or similar instruments, or approximate their carrying amount, as the variable interest rates reprice 
frequently at observable current market rates. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, amortization of debt issuance 
costs charged to interest expense were $8.2 million, $7.8 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Public Bonds / Notes Issued

At  September 30,  2020  and  September 30,  2019,  the  face  value  of  our  public  bond  obligations  outstanding 

were $7.0 billion and $6.5 billion, respectively.

On  June  1,  2020,  WRKCo  issued  $600.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  its 3.00%  Senior  Notes 
due 2033 in a registered offering pursuant to the Company’s automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”). The June 2033 Notes transaction closed on 
June 3, 2020. The June 2033 Notes are WRKCo’s unsecured unsubordinated obligations, ranking equally with all 
of  WRKCo’s  other  existing  and  future  unsubordinated  obligations.  The  June  2033  Notes  will  be  effectively 
subordinated to any of WRKCo’s existing and future secured obligations to the extent of the value of the assets 
securing  such  obligations.  WestRock  Company  (“Parent”),  RKT  and  MWV  (MWV  together  with  RKT,  the 
“Guarantor  Subsidiaries”)  guaranteed  WRKCo’s  obligations  under  the  June  2033  Notes.  We  may  redeem  the 
June 2033 Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at specified redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest, 
if any. The proceeds from the issuance of the June 2033 Notes were primarily used to repay the $100.0 million 
principal  amount  of  MWV’s  9.75%  notes  due  June  2020  and  reduce  outstanding  indebtedness  under  our 
Receivables Securitization Facility (as defined below) and Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below).

On May 16, 2019, WRKCo issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.90% Senior Notes due 
2028 (the “June 2028 Notes”) and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.20% Senior Notes due 2032 
(the “2032 Notes” and, together with the June 2028 Notes, the “May 2019 Notes”) in a registered offering pursuant 
to the Company’s automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act. The Company and 
the Guarantor Subsidiaries have guaranteed WRKCo’s obligations under the May 2019 Notes. We may redeem 
the  May  2019  Notes,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  any  time  at  specified  redemption  prices,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid 
interest, if any. The proceeds from the issuance of the May 2019 Notes were used primarily to repay $600.0 million 
principal  amount  of  outstanding  notes  that  came  due  in  the  following  several  quarters  and  reduce  outstanding 
indebtedness  under  our  3-year  delayed  draw  term  loan  under  our  Delayed  Draw  Credit  Facilities  (as  defined 
below).

On December 3, 2018, WRKCo issued $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.65% Senior Notes 
due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) and $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.90% Senior Notes due 2029 
(the “2029 Notes” and, together with the 2026 Notes, the “December 2018 Notes”) in an unregistered offering. 
The Company and the Guarantor Subsidiaries have guaranteed WRKCo’s obligations under the December 2018 
Notes.  We  may  redeem  the  2026  Notes  and  the  2029  Notes,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  any  time  at  specified 
redemption  prices,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any.  The  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  the  December 
2018  Notes  were  used  primarily  to  prepay  a  portion  of  the  amounts  then  outstanding  under  our  Delayed  Draw 
Credit Facilities.

On March 6, 2018, we issued $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75% senior notes due 2025 and 
$600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.0% senior notes due 2028 (collectively, the “March 2018 Notes”) in 
an  unregistered  offering.  The  Company  may  redeem  the  March  2018  Notes,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  any  time  at 
specified redemption prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. The proceeds from the issuance of the March 
2018  Notes  were  used  primarily  to  pay  down  the  then  remaining  $540.0  million  of  our  then  existing  term  loan 
facility, pay down $445.0 million of our commercial paper program, pay down $100.0 million of our Receivables 
Securitization Facility and pay down $104.7 million of one of our other credit facilities.

Exchanged Notes

During fiscal 2019, we conducted offers to exchange WRKCo’s $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 
3.00%  Senior  Notes  due  2024  (the  “2024  Notes”),  $600.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  3.75%  Senior 
Notes  due  2025  (the  “2025  Notes”),  2026  Notes,  $500.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  3.375%  Senior 
Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”), $600.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2028 
(the “2028 Notes”) and 2029 Notes for new notes of the applicable series with terms substantially identical with the 
notes of such series that are registered under the Securities Act. As a result of the exchange offer, $490.0 million in 
aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Notes, $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes, 
$749.3 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes, $491.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the 
2027  Notes,  $590.0  million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the  2028  Notes  and  $750.0  million  in  aggregate 
principal amount of the 2029 Notes were validly tendered and subsequently exchanged.

107

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Revolving Credit Facility

On November 21, 2019, we amended our $2.0 billion unsecured revolving credit facility entered into on July 1, 
2015  to,  among  other  things,  increase  the  committed  principal  to  $2.3  billion,  increase  the  maximum  permitted 
Debt to Capitalization Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) from 0.60:1:00 to 0.65:1.00 and extend its maturity 
date  to  November  21,  2024  (“Revolving  Credit  Facility”).  The  facility  is  unsecured  and  is  guaranteed  by  the 
Company and the Guarantor Subsidiaries. The portion of the 5-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility that 
may be used to fund borrowings in non-U.S. dollar currencies including Canadian dollars, Euro and British Pounds 
was increased from $400 million to $500 million. Up to $150 million under the Revolving Credit Facility may be 
used for the issuance of letters of credit. Additionally, we may request up to $200 million of the Revolving Credit 
Facility to be allocated to a Mexican peso revolving credit facility. At September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, 
we had no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.

At our option, loans issued under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at either LIBOR or an alternate 
base  rate,  in  each  case  plus  an  applicable  interest  rate  margin. Loans  will  initially  bear  interest  at  LIBOR  plus 
1.125% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the alternate base rate plus 0.125% per annum, in the 
alternative, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum and LIBOR plus 
1.75%  per  annum  (or  between  the  alternate  base  rate  plus  0.00%  per  annum  and  the  alternate  base  rate  plus 
0.75%  per  annum),  based  upon  our  corporate  credit  ratings  or  the  leverage  ratio  (as  defined  in  the  Credit 
Agreement) (whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate margin) at such time. In addition, we will be required 
to  pay  fees  that  will  fluctuate  between  0.125%  per  annum  to  0.30%  per  annum  on  the  unused  amount  of  the 
revolving credit facility, based upon our corporate credit ratings or the leverage ratio (whichever yields a lower fee) 
at such time. Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at any time without premium.

Bank of America Term Loan

On June 7, 2019, we entered into a $300.0 million credit agreement providing for a 5-year unsecured term loan 
with  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent.  The  facility  is  scheduled  to  mature  on  June  7,  2024.  The 
proceeds  from  the  facility  were  used  to  prepay  a  portion  of  the  then  outstanding  amount  under  our  commercial 
paper program. The applicable interest rate margin was initially 0.825% to 1.750% per annum for LIBOR rate loans 
and 0.000% to 0.750% per annum for alternate base rate loans, in each case depending on the Leverage Ratio (as 
defined in the credit agreement) or our corporate credit ratings, whichever yields a lower applicable interest rate 
margin,  at  such  time.  At  September  30,  2020  and  September  30,  2019,  the  carrying  value  of  this  facility  was 
$300.0 million and $300.0 million outstanding, respectively.

Farm Loan Credit Facility

On  September  27,  2019,  one  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  WestRock  Southeast  LLC,  entered  into  a 
credit  agreement  (the  “Farm  Loan  Credit  Agreement”)  with  CoBank  ACB,  as  administrative  agent.  The  Farm 
Loan  Credit  Agreement  provides  for  a  7-year  senior  unsecured  term  loan  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of 
$600.0  million  (the  “Farm  Loan  Credit  Facility”).  At  any  time,  we  may  increase  the  principal  amount  by  up  to 
$300.0 million by written notice. The Farm Loan Credit Facility is guaranteed by the Company, WRKCo and the 
Guarantor Subsidiaries and replaced the then-existing facility. The carrying value of this facility at September 30, 
2020 and 2019 was $598.7 million and $598.6 million, respectively.

European Revolving Credit Facility

On April 27, 2018, we entered into a €500.0 million revolving credit facility with an incremental €100.0 million 
accordion  feature  with  Coöperatieve  Rabobank  U.A.,  New  York  Branch  as  the  administrative  agent  for  the 
syndicate of banks. This facility provides for a 3-year unsecured U.S. dollar, Euro and British Pound denominated 
borrowing of not more than €500.0 million. On November 21, 2019, we amended the facility to, among other things, 
extend the maturity date from April 27, 2021 to November 21, 2022. At September 30, 2020, we had borrowed 
$250.0 million under this facility that was classified as long-term debt, and entered into foreign currency exchange 
contracts of $250.2 million as an economic hedge for the U.S. dollar denominated borrowing plus interest by a non-
U.S. dollar functional currency entity. The net of gains or losses from these foreign currency exchange contracts 
and the changes in the remeasurement of the U.S. dollar denominated borrowing in our foreign subsidiaries have 
been immaterial to our consolidated statements of income. As of September 30, 2019, we had borrowed $350.0 
million under this facility, $175.0 million of which was classified as short-term debt. 

108

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Other Revolving Credit Facilities

On  October  31,  2017,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  with  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as 
administrative agent, providing for a 364-day senior unsecured revolving credit facility in an aggregate committed 
principal amount of $450.0 million. The facility was subsequently renewed on October 29, 2018 and October 25, 
2019, each for 364 days. At September 30, 2019, there were no amounts outstanding, and the average borrowing 
rate under the facility would have been 3.17%. In connection with the amendment of the Revolving Credit Facility, 
on November 21, 2019, we terminated the facility.

Receivables Securitization Facility

On  May  2,  2019,  we  amended  our  $700.0  million  receivables  securitization  agreement  (the  “Receivables 
Securitization Facility”) to, among other things, extend its maturity date from July 22, 2019 to May 2, 2022. On 
March 27, 2020, we amended the facility to add additional Company legal entities that may serve to increase the 
amount of eligible receivables serving as collateral. Borrowing availability under this facility is based on the eligible 
underlying accounts receivable and compliance with certain covenants. The agreement governing the Receivables 
Securitization  Facility  contains  restrictions,  including,  among  others,  on  the  creation  of  certain  liens  on  the 
underlying  collateral.  We  test  and  report  our  compliance  with  these  covenants  monthly;  we  were  in  compliance 
with  all  of  these  covenants  at  September 30,  2020.  The  Receivables  Securitization  Facility  includes  certain 
restrictions  on  what  constitutes  eligible  receivables  under  the  facility  and  allows  for  the  exclusion  of  eligible 
receivables  of  specific  obligors  each  calendar  year  subject  to  the  following  restrictions:  (i)  the  aggregate  of 
excluded  receivables  may  not  exceed  7.5%  of  eligible  receivables  under  the  Receivables  Securitization  Facility 
and (ii) the excluded receivables of each obligor may not exceed 2.5% of the aggregate outstanding balance. At 
September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. At September 
30,  2020  and  September 30,  2019,  maximum  available  borrowings,  excluding  amounts  outstanding  under  the 
Receivables Securitization Facility, were $700.0 million and $592.1 million, respectively. The carrying amount of 
accounts receivable collateralizing the maximum available borrowings at September 30, 2020 and September 30, 
2019 were approximately $1,128.3 million and $959.3 million, respectively. We have continuing involvement with 
the underlying receivables as we provide credit and collections services pursuant to the Receivables Securitization 
Facility agreement. The borrowing rate consists of a blend of the market rate for asset-backed commercial paper 
and the one month LIBOR rate plus a credit spread of 0.80%. The commitment fee was 0.25% and 0.25% as of 
September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Commercial Paper Program

On  December  7,  2018,  we  established  a  new  unsecured  commercial  paper  program  with  WRKCo  as  the 
issuer.  Under  the  new  program,  we  may  issue  short-term  unsecured  commercial  paper  notes  in  an  aggregate 
principal  amount  at  any  time  not  to  exceed  $1.0  billion  with  up  to  397-day  maturities.  The  program  has  no 
expiration date and can be terminated by either the agent or us with not less than 30 days’ notice. Our Revolving 
Credit Facility is intended to backstop the commercial paper program. Amounts available under the program may 
be  borrowed,  repaid  and  re-borrowed  from  time  to  time. The  net  proceeds  from  issuances  of  notes  under  the 
program  were  initially  used  to  repay  amounts  outstanding  under  the  KapStone  securitization  facility  that  was 
assumed in the KapStone Acquisition and subsequently terminated, and have been, and are expected to continue 
to be, used for general corporate purposes. The new program replaced our then-existing program. At September 
30, 2020, there was no amount outstanding. At September 30, 2019, there was $339.2 million outstanding and the 
average borrowing rate was 2.39%. As of September 30, 2019, $250.0 million of the total amount outstanding was 
classified as long-term debt.  

Delayed Draw Credit Facilities

On March 7, 2018, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo as administrative agent to provide for 
$3.8 billion of senior unsecured term loans, consisting of a 364-day $300.0 million term loan, a 3-year $1.75 billion 
term loan and a 5-year $1.75 billion term loan (collectively, the “Delayed Draw Credit Facilities”). On November 
2, 2018, in connection with the closing of the KapStone Acquisition, we drew upon the facility in full. The Delayed 
Draw Credit Facilities are senior unsecured obligations of WRKCo, as borrower, and each of the Company and the 
Guarantor  Subsidiaries,  respectively,  as  guarantors.  Loans  under  the  Delayed  Draw  Credit  Facilities  may  be 
prepaid at any time without premium.

109

 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

At our option, loans issued under the Delayed Draw Credit Facilities will bear interest at a floating rate based 
on either LIBOR or an alternate base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin. On February 26, 
2019, we amended the Delayed Draw Credit Agreement. The applicable interest rate margin for the 5-year term 
loan is now 1.000% to 1.950% for LIBOR rate loans and 0.000% to 0.950% for alternate base rate loans.

At September 30, 2019, there were no amounts outstanding under the 364-day and 3-year term loans, and the 
carrying value of the 5-year term loan was $1,396.9 million. In fiscal 2020, we prepaid $750.0 million of our 5-year 
term  loan  using  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  commercial  paper.  At 
September 30, 2020, the carrying value of the 5-year term loan was $648.9 million.  

 Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities

On April 10, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement to provide for R$750.0 million of senior unsecured term 
loans with an incremental R$250.0 million accordion feature (the “Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities”). The 
principal can be drawn at any time over the initial 18 months in up to 10 drawdowns of at least BRL 50.0 million 
each and will be repaid in equal, semiannual installments beginning on April 10, 2021 until the facility matures on 
April 10, 2024. The proceeds of the Brazil Delayed Draw Credit Facilities are to be used to support the production 
of goods or acquisition of inputs that are essential or ancillary to export activities. The Brazil Delayed Draw Credit 
Facilities  are  senior  unsecured  obligations  of  Rigesa  Celulose,  Papel  E  Embalagens  Ltda.  (a  subsidiary  of  the 
Company),  as  borrower,  and  the  Company,  as  guarantor.  Loans  issued  under  the  Brazil  Delayed  Draw  Credit 
Facilities will bear interest at a floating rate based on Brazil’s Certificate of Interbank Deposit rate plus a spread of 
1.50%. In addition, we will be required to pay fees of 0.45% on the unused amount of the facility. At September 30, 
2020 and 2019, the carrying value of the facility was R$695.1 million and R$199.5 million, respectively.

Aggregate Maturities of Debt

As  of  September 30,  2020,  the  aggregate  maturities  of  debt,  excluding  finance  lease  obligations,  for  the 

succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024
Fiscal 2025
Thereafter
Fair value of debt step-up, deferred financing costs and unamortized
    bond discounts
Total

  $

  $

214.2 
438.7 
639.1 
1,386.8 
600.0 
5,729.1 

147.9 
9,155.8  

See  “Note  15.  Leases”  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  aggregate  maturities  of 

finance lease obligations for the succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter. 

Note 14.  Selected Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements of Parent, Issuer, Guarantors and Non-

Guarantors

The 2024 Notes, the 2025 Notes, the 2026 Notes, the 2027 Notes, the 2028 Notes, the June 2028 Notes, the 
2029  Notes,  the  2032  Notes  and  the  June  2033  Notes  (collectively,  the  “Notes”)  were  issued  by  WRKCo  (the 
“Issuer”).  Upon  issuance, the  2024  Notes,  the  2025  Notes, the  2027 Notes and the  2028 Notes  were fully  and 
unconditionally  guaranteed  by  the  Guarantor  Subsidiaries.  On  November  2,  2018,  in  connection  with  the 
consummation of the KapStone Acquisition, Whiskey Holdco, Inc. became the direct parent of the Issuer, changed 
its  name  to  WestRock  Company  (“Parent”)  and  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  the  2024  Notes,  the  2025 
Notes,  the  2027  Notes  and  the  2028  Notes.  The  2026  Notes,  the  June  2028  Notes,  the  2029  Notes,  the  2032 
Notes  and  the  June  2033  Notes  were  issued  by  the  Issuer  subsequent  to  the  consummation  of  the  KapStone 
Acquisition  and  were  fully  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  at  the  time  of  issuance  by  Parent  and  the  Guarantor 

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Subsidiaries. Accordingly, each series of the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several 
basis by Parent and the Guarantor Subsidiaries. 

In  accordance  with  GAAP,  we  retrospectively  account  for  changes  in  our  legal  structure  that  constitute 
transfers of businesses between issuers, guarantors and non-guarantors. As such, our prior period financials may 
vary from those previously reported. The information in the tables reflect such revisions, as well as revisions to 
correct immaterial errors in the prior presentation of our financial statements.

In accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the following tables present condensed consolidating financial 
data of the Parent, the Issuer, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor subsidiaries and eliminations. Such 
financial data include Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet data as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the 
related  Condensed  Consolidating  Statement  of  Income  and  Cash  Flow  data  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the 
period ended September 30, 2020. 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Year Ended September 30, 2020
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries    

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative,
   excluding intangible amortization
Selling, general and administrative
   intangible amortization
Gain on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawal
   (income) expense
Restructuring and other costs
Goodwill impairment
Operating (loss) profit
Interest expense, net
Intercompany interest (expense)
   income, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Pension and other postretirement
   non-service (expense) income
Other income (expense), net
Equity in income of unconsolidated
   entities
Equity in (loss) income of
   consolidated entities
(Loss) income before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Consolidated net (loss) income
Less: Net income attributable to
   noncontrolling interests
Net (loss) income attributable to
   common stockholders
Comprehensive (loss) income
   attributable to common
   stockholders

—   $ 2,430.9   $
1,916.7    
—    
514.2    
—    

17,740.7   $ (2,592.8)  $ 17,578.8 
14,381.6 
(2,561.2)   
15,026.1    
3,197.2 
(31.6)   
2,714.6    

2.8    

101.2    

1,520.4    

—    

1,624.4 

—    
—    

99.5    
(0.1)   

—    
—    

400.5 
(16.3)

 $

—   $
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
4.6    
—    
(7.4)   
(250.1)   

(10.2)   
(1.4)   

(1.9)   
—    
746.9    
(431.4)   
(137.9)   

(80.7)   
—    

(6.9)   
(82.6)   

—    
0.1    

—    
0.2    

301.0    
(16.2)   

0.8    
108.1    
586.3    
214.2    
(5.5)   

59.3    
(0.1)   

110.2    
91.8    

—    

—    

—    

15.8    

(691.0)   
(690.9)   
—    
(690.9)   

(343.2)   
(612.1)   
77.7    
(534.4)   

228.6    
(510.9)   
11.4    
(499.5)   

—    
485.7    
(252.6)   
233.1    

805.6    
805.6    
—    
805.6    

—    

—    

—    

(4.8)   

—    

(4.8)

 $ (690.9)  $ (534.4)  $

(499.5)  $

228.3   $

805.6   $

(690.9)

 $ (868.2)  $ (711.0)  $

(677.1)  $

51.4   $ 1,336.7   $

(868.2)

111

—    
—    
—    
(31.6)   
—    

31.6    
—    

—    
—    

—    

(1.1)
112.7 
1,333.2 
(256.2)
(393.5)

— 
(1.5)

103.3 
9.5 

15.8 

— 
(522.6)
(163.5)
(686.1)

 
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended September 30, 2019

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries    

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

 $

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative,
   excluding intangible amortization
Selling, general and administrative
   intangible amortization
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawal
   income
Land and Development impairments   
Restructuring and other costs
Operating profit (loss)
Interest expense, net
Intercompany interest (expense)
   income, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Pension and other postretirement
   non-service (expense) income
Other (expense) income, net
Equity in income of unconsolidated
   entities
Equity in income of consolidated
   entities
Income before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Consolidated net income
Less: Net income attributable to
   noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to common
   stockholders
Comprehensive income attributable
   to common stockholders

 $

 $

—  $
—   
—   

—   

—   
—   

—   
—   
—    
—   
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—   $ 2,543.8   $
2,026.0    
—    
517.8    
—    

18,364.4   $ (2,619.2)  $ 18,289.0 
14,540.0 
(2,600.2)   
15,114.2    
3,749.0 
(19.0)   
3,250.2    

(0.9)   

120.0    

1,596.1    

—    

1,715.2 

—    
—    

104.4    
0.1    

295.8    
(41.3)   

—    
—    

400.2 
(41.2)

(0.2)   
—    
7.6    
(6.5)   
(246.8)   

(3.2)   
(3.0)   

—    
(5.1)   

(0.3)   
—    
0.3    
293.3    
(163.4)   

(115.3)   
(1.9)   

(6.5)   
3.4    

(5.8)   
13.0    
165.8    
1,226.6    
(21.1)   

99.5    
(0.2)   

80.7    
4.1    

—    

—    

10.1    

—    
—    
—    
(19.0)   
—    

19.0    
—    

—    
—    

—    

(6.3)
13.0 
173.7 
1,494.4 
(431.3)

— 
(5.1)

74.2 
2.4 

10.1 

862.9     1,157.3    
892.7    
862.9   
67.9    
—   
960.6    
862.9   

736.5    
746.1    
7.2    
753.3    

—    
1,399.7    
(351.9)   
1,047.8    

(2,756.7)   
(2,756.7)   
—    
(2,756.7)   

— 
1,144.7 
(276.8)
867.9 

—   

—    

—    

(5.0)   

—    

(5.0)

862.9  $

960.6   $

753.3   $

1,042.8   $ (2,756.7)  $

862.9 

489.0  $

588.0   $

389.4   $

682.4   $ (1,659.8)  $

489.0  

112

 
 
 
    
     
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Year Ended September 30, 2018
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries    

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

 $

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative,
   excluding intangible amortization
Selling, general and administrative
   intangible amortization
Loss on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawals
Land and Development impairments   
Restructuring and other costs
Operating profit (loss)
Interest expense, net
Intercompany interest income
   (expense), net
(Loss) gain on extinguishment of
   debt
Pension and other postretirement
   non-service (expense) income
Other income (expense), net
Equity in income of unconsolidated
   entities
Equity in income of consolidated
   entities
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Consolidated net income (loss)
Less: Net income attributable to
   noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to
   common stockholders
Comprehensive income (loss)
   attributable to common
   stockholders

 $

 $

—   $
—    
—    

—   $ 2,593.0   $
2,004.2    
—    
588.8    
—    

16,345.4   $ (2,653.3)  $ 16,285.1 
12,923.1 
(2,653.3)   
13,572.2    
3,362.0 
—    
2,773.2    

—    

1.5    

94.1    

1,451.0    

—    

1,546.6 

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
(12.5)   

—    
—    
6.5    
—    
8.7    
(16.7)   
(76.9)   

104.2    
0.2    
12.5    
—    
5.6    
372.2    
(173.5)   

192.4    
9.9    
165.2    
31.9    
91.1    
831.7    
(30.9)   

—    

28.1    

(87.6)   

59.5    

(0.2)   

(1.4)   

1.9    

(0.4)   

—    
—    

—    

—    
0.7    

(6.9)   
(22.5)   

102.2    
34.5    

—    

7.5    

26.0    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    

—    

—    
—    

—    

296.6 
10.1 
184.2 
31.9 
105.4 
1,187.2 
(293.8)

— 

(0.1)

95.3 
12.7 

33.5 

—     1,962.0    
(12.7)    1,895.8    
19.9    
3.1    
(9.6)    1,915.7    

1,343.8    
1,434.9    
131.8    
1,566.7    

—    
1,022.6    
719.7    
1,742.3    

(3,305.8)   
(3,305.8)   
—    
(3,305.8)   

— 
1,034.8 
874.5 
1,909.3 

—    

—    

—    

(3.2)   

—    

(3.2)

(9.6)  $ 1,915.7   $ 1,566.7   $

1,739.1   $ (3,305.8)  $

1,906.1 

(9.6)  $ 1,677.7   $ 1,351.4   $

1,498.6   $ (2,850.0)  $

1,668.1  

113

 
 
 
    
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

September 30, 2020

(In millions)

ASSETS
Current assets:

  Parent

Issuer

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries   

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries   Eliminations   

Consolidated 
Total

  $

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Intercompany receivables
Assets held for sale

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Restricted assets held by special
    purpose entities
Prepaid pension asset
Intercompany notes receivable
Investments in consolidated 
subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Current portion of debt
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and
    benefits
Other current liabilities
Intercompany payables

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt due after one year
Intercompany notes payable
Pension liabilities, net of current
    portion
Postretirement benefit liabilities,
    net of current portion
Non-recourse liabilities held by
    special purpose entities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling 
interests
Total stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

—   $
—    
—    
0.5    
—    
—    
0.5    
—    
—    
—    

—   $
—    
—    
—    
3.0    
—    
3.0    
—    
—    
—    

105.7   $
41.6    
175.3    
11.6    
1.5    
—    
335.7    
15.2    
411.7    
1,385.5    

145.4   $
2,152.0    
1,848.1    
508.4    
1,798.6    
7.0    
6,459.5    
10,763.7    
5,550.5    
2,281.7    

—   $
(50.9)   
—    
—    
(1,803.1)   
—    
(1,854.0)   

251.1 
2,142.7 
2,023.4 
520.5 
— 
7.0 
4,944.7 
—     10,778.9 
5,962.2 
—    
3,667.2 
—    

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
168.8    

—    
—    
141.1    

1,267.5    
368.7    
2,821.3    

—    
—    
(3,131.2)   

1,267.5 
368.7 
— 

    11,070.4     17,829.4     19,685.2    
220.8    
  $11,070.9   $18,064.8   $ 22,195.2   $

63.6    

—    

—     (48,585.0)   
(59.4)   

— 
1,790.5 
31,078.4   $(53,629.6) $ 28,779.7 

1,565.5    

  $

—   $
—    

99.8   $
1.9    

—   $
27.7    

123.1   $
1,695.5    

—   $
(50.9)   

222.9 
1,674.2 

0.1    
—    
440.2    
440.3    

—    
27.1    
643.6    
772.4    
—     6,108.3    
753.3    
—    

10.2    
71.0    
440.8    
549.7    
1,968.3    
2,068.0    

376.4    
547.0    
278.5    
3,020.5    
1,131.1    
309.9    

—    
—    
(1,803.1)   
(1,854.0)   
—    
(3,131.2)   

386.7 
645.1 
— 
2,928.9 
9,207.7 
— 

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

149.7    

155.5    

—    

305.2 

—    

25.9    

119.5    

—    

145.4 

—    
—    
13.0    

—    
221.1    
147.1    

1,136.5    
2,755.2    
1,330.2    

—    
(59.4)   
—    

1,136.5 
2,916.9 
1,490.3 

—    

—    

—    
    10,630.6     10,417.8     17,065.4    
—    
    10,630.6     10,417.8     17,065.4    
  $11,070.9   $18,064.8   $ 22,195.2   $

—    

—    

—    

1.3    

1.3 
21,101.8     (48,585.0)    10,630.6 
16.9 
21,118.7     (48,585.0)   10,647.5 
31,078.4   $(53,629.6) $ 28,779.7  

16.9    

—    

114

 
 
 
     
      
      
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
      
      
      
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

September 30, 2019

(In millions)

ASSETS
Current assets:

  Parent

Issuer

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries   

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries   Eliminations   

Consolidated 
Total

  $

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Intercompany receivables
Assets held for sale

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Restricted assets held by special
    purpose entities
Prepaid pension asset
Intercompany notes receivable
Investments in consolidated 
subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Current portion of debt
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and
    benefits
Other current liabilities
Intercompany payables

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt due after one year
Intercompany notes payable
Pension liabilities, net of current
    portion
Postretirement benefit liabilities,
    net of current portion
Non-recourse liabilities held by
    special purpose entities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Redeemable noncontrolling 
interests
Total stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

—   $
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    

—   $
—    
—    
1.2    
227.7    
—    
228.9    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
155.0    

17.8   $
31.1    
254.3    
11.8    
—    
—    
315.0    
18.9    
1,158.6    
1,485.0    

133.8   $
2,201.7    
1,853.2    
483.2    
1,128.6    
25.8    
5,826.3    
11,170.6    
6,127.0    
2,574.5    

—   $
(39.6)   
—    
—    
(1,356.3)   
—    
(1,395.9)   

151.6 
2,193.2 
2,107.5 
496.2 
— 
25.8 
4,974.3 
—     11,189.5 
7,285.6 
—    
4,059.5 
—    

—    
—    
156.9    

1,274.3    
224.7    
3,026.8    

—    
—    
(3,338.7)   

1,274.3 
224.7 
— 

    11,973.6     18,524.2     20,103.6    
185.3    
  $11,973.6   $18,975.9   $ 23,423.3   $

67.8    

—    

—     (50,601.4)   
(76.1)   

— 
1,148.8 
31,196.0   $(55,412.1) $ 30,156.7 

971.8    

  $

—   $
—    

135.3   $
0.7    

108.9   $
31.3    

316.9   $
1,839.4    

—   $
(39.6)   

561.1 
1,831.8 

0.3    
—    
303.4    
303.7    

—    
18.6    
—    
154.6    
—     6,608.0    
636.3    
—    

14.5    
83.8    
1,052.9    
1,291.4    
1,982.9    
2,390.5    

455.6    
469.4    
—    
3,081.3    
911.4    
311.9    

—    
—    
(1,356.3)   
(1,395.9)   
—    
(3,338.7)   

470.4 
571.8 
— 
3,435.1 
9,502.3 
— 

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

147.6    

146.4    

—    

294.0 

—    

25.7    

136.4    

—    

162.1 

—    
—    
12.9    

—    
278.9    
131.2    

1,145.2    
2,675.2    
909.8    

—    
(76.1)   
—    

1,145.2 
2,878.0 
1,053.9 

—    

—    

—    
    11,669.9     11,564.1     17,175.1    
—    
    11,669.9     11,564.1     17,175.1    
  $11,973.6   $18,975.9   $ 23,423.3   $

—    

—    

—    

1.9    

1.9 
21,862.2     (50,601.4)    11,669.9 
14.3 
21,876.5     (50,601.4)   11,684.2 
31,196.0   $(55,412.1) $ 30,156.7  

14.3    

—    

115

 
 
 
     
      
      
    
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
      
      
      
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Year Ended September 30, 2020
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries   

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

Operating activities:

Net cash provided by operating
    activities
Investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Investment in unconsolidated
    entities
Proceeds from sale of property,
    plant and equipment
Proceeds from property, plant and
    equipment insurance settlement
Intercompany notes proceeds
Other

Net cash provided by (used for)

investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes
Additions to revolving credit facilities   
Repayments of revolving credit

facilities
Additions to debt
Repayments of debt
Changes in commercial paper, net
Other financing repayments
Issuances of common stock, net of

Cash dividends paid to
    stockholders
Cash distributions paid to
    noncontrolling interests
Intercompany notes payments
Other

Net cash used for financing
    activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash,
    cash equivalents and restricted cash   
Increase in cash, cash equivalents
    and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted
    cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted
    cash at end of period

 $

related minimum tax withholdings   

22.2    

 $

322.3   $

540.5   $

171.1   $

1,036.8   $

—   $

2,070.7 

—    

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

(344.5)   

—    
—    
—    

—    

—    

—    

1.5    
—    
—    

—    

—    

0.1    

1.3    
5.7    
14.7    

(978.1)   

(1.3)   

34.9    

3.7    
—    
1.7    

—    

—    

—    

—    
(5.7)   
—    

(978.1)

(1.3)

35.0 

6.5 
— 
16.4 

1.5    

21.8    

(939.1)  

(5.7)  

(921.5)

598.6    
350.0    

(350.0)   
—    
(750.0)   
(339.2)   
(46.0)   

—    

—    

—    
—    
(5.4)   

—    
—    

—    
—    
(105.0)   
—    
—    

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    

—    
78.0    

(178.2)   
696.4    
(594.2)   
—    
(34.3)   

—    

—    

(2.4)   
(5.7)   
(17.1)   

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    

—    

—    
5.7    
—    

598.6 
428.0 

(528.2)
696.4 
(1,449.2)
(339.2)
(80.3)

22.2 

(344.5)

(2.4)
— 
(22.5)

(322.3)  

(542.0)  

(105.0)  

(57.5)  

5.7    

(1,021.1)

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

(28.6)   

87.9    

11.6    

17.8    

133.8    

—    

—    

—    

(28.6)

99.5 

151.6 

—   $

—   $

105.7   $

145.4   $

—   $

251.1  

116

 
 
 
     
      
      
    
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2020 do not include 
non-cash  transactions  between  Parent,  Issuer,  Guarantor  Subsidiaries  and  Non-Guarantor  Subsidiaries.  From 
time  to  time,  we  may  enter  into  non-cash  transactions  for  simplicity  of  execution  of  intercompany  transactions. 
These  may 
intercompany  non-cash  returns  of  capital, 
intercompany  debt-to-equity  conversions  or  other  transactions  of  a  similar  nature.  The  table  below  summarizes 
these non-cash transactions.

intercompany  non-cash  capitalizations, 

include 

Year Ended September 30, 2020

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Investing activities:

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries    

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

Intercompany notes issued
Intercompany notes proceeds
Intercompany capital investment
Intercompany return of capital

  $
  $
  $
  $

—   $
—   $
(407.3)  $
442.0   $

(13.9)  $
—   $
(625.6)  $
35.6   $

(70.4)  $
80.6   $
(990.2)  $
727.0   $

(117.0)  $
322.5   $
—   $
—   $

201.3   $
(403.1)  $
2,023.1   $
(1,204.6)  $

Financing activities:

Intercompany notes borrowing
  $
Intercompany notes payments
  $
Intercompany capital receipt
  $
Intercompany capital distribution   $
Intercompany dividends paid
  $

—   $
—   $
—   $
—   $
—   $

117.0   $
—   $
—   $
(442.0)  $
—   $

—   $
(322.5)  $
625.2   $
(21.2)  $
(48.3)  $

84.3   $
(80.6)  $
1,397.9   $
(741.4)  $
(1,287.3)  $

(201.3)  $
403.1   $
(2,023.1)  $
1,204.6   $
1,335.6   $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
—  

117

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
       
       
       
       
       
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Year Ended September 30, 2019
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries   

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

Operating activities:

Net cash provided by (used for)
    operating activities

Investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Cash paid for purchase of
    businesses, net of cash
    acquired
Investment in unconsolidated
    entities
Proceeds from sale of property,
    plant and equipment
Proceeds from property, plant and
    equipment insurance settlement
Intercompany notes issued
Intercompany notes proceeds
Intercompany capital investment
Other

Net cash (used for) provided by

 $

538.2   $

(203.8) $

442.1   $

1,533.7   $

—   $

2,310.2 

—    

—    

—    

(1,369.1)   

—    

(1,369.1)

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
—    
—    
(563.0)   
—    

—    
—    
9.3    
(563.0)   
—    

—    

—    

—    

—    
(0.1)   
6.7    
—    
30.2    

(3,374.2)   

—    

(3,374.2)

(11.2)   

119.1    

25.5    
(75.7)   
3,870.1    
—    
0.1    

—    

—    

—    
75.8    
(3,886.1)   
1,126.0    
—    

(11.2)

119.1 

25.5 
— 
— 
— 
30.3 

investing activities

(563.0)  

(553.7)  

36.8    

(815.4)  

(2,684.3)  

(4,579.6)

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes
Additions to revolving credit facilities   
Repayments to revolving credit

facilities
Additions to debt
Repayments of debt
Changes in commercial paper, net
Other financing additions
Issuances of common stock, net of

related minimum tax withholdings   

Purchases of common stock
Cash dividends paid to
    stockholders
Cash distributions paid to
    noncontrolling interests
Intercompany notes borrowing
Intercompany notes payments
Intercompany capital receipt
Other

—    
—    

2,498.2    
67.2    

—    
—    

—    
155.0    

(160.0)   
959.8    
(2,274.1)   
—    
6.2    

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

(67.2)   
4,101.8    
(2,400.0)   
339.2    
46.0    

18.3    
(88.6)   

(467.9)   

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—    
563.0    
—    

—    
—    
(3,800.0)   
—    
(27.9)   

—    
—    
(957.5)   
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
75.7    
(70.1)   
—    
—    

(4.3)   
0.1    
(16.0)   
563.0    
36.0    

—    
(75.8)   
3,886.1    
(1,126.0)   
—    

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    

2,498.2 
222.2 

(227.2)
5,061.6 
(5,631.6)
339.2 
52.2 

18.3 
(88.6)

(467.9)

(4.3)
— 
— 
— 
8.1 

Net cash provided by (used for)

financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash,
    cash equivalents and restricted cash   
Decrease in cash, cash equivalents
    and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted
    cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted
    cash at end of period

 $

24.8    

757.3    

(951.9)  

(734.3)  

2,684.3    

1,780.2 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

4.0    

(0.2)   

(473.0)   

(12.0)   

0.2    

490.8    

145.8    

—    

—    

—    

4.0 

(485.2)

636.8 

—   $

—   $

17.8   $

133.8   $

—   $

151.6  

118

 
 
 
     
      
      
    
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
      
      
      
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2019 do not include 
non-cash  transactions  between  Parent,  Issuer,  Guarantor  Subsidiaries  and  Non-Guarantor  Subsidiaries.  From 
time  to  time,  we  may  enter  into  non-cash  transactions  for  simplicity  of  execution  of  intercompany  transactions. 
These  may 
intercompany  non-cash  returns  of  capital, 
intercompany  debt-to-equity  conversions  or  other  transactions  of  a  similar  nature.  The  table  below  summarizes 
these non-cash transactions.

intercompany  non-cash  capitalizations, 

include 

Year Ended September 30, 2019

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries    

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

Operating activities:

Intercompany receivables
Intercompany payables

Investing activities:

  $
  $

(140.9)  $
—   $

—   $
—   $

—   $
—   $

—   $
140.9   $

140.9   $
(140.9)  $

Intercompany notes issued
Intercompany notes proceeds
Intercompany capital investment
Intercompany return of capital

—   $ (3,800.0)  $
  $
  $
4,519.8   $
—   $
  $ (10,396.2)  $ (5,895.5)  $
1,479.6   $
  $

606.7   $

(4,667.2)  $
4,536.8   $
(6,889.3)  $
1,032.7   $

(10,777.8)  $ 19,245.0   $
6,822.0   $ (15,878.6)  $
—   $ 23,181.0   $
(3,119.0)  $
—   $

Financing activities:

Intercompany notes borrowing
  $
Intercompany notes payments
  $
Intercompany capital receipt
  $
Intercompany capital distribution   $
Intercompany dividends paid
  $

—   $
4,436.3   $
—   $
—   $
—   $ 10,396.2   $
(606.7)  $
—   $

(563.0)  $
—   $

2,541.5   $
(3,022.0)  $
5,413.7   $
(457.5)  $
(302.2)  $

12,267.2   $ (19,245.0)  $
(12,856.6)  $ 15,878.6   $
7,371.1   $ (23,181.0)  $
3,119.0   $
(1,491.8)  $
1,737.2   $
(1,435.0)  $

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
—  

119

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
       
       
       
       
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 Parent    

Issuer

Year Ended September 30, 2018
Guarantor 
Subsidiaries   

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations   

Consolidated 
Total

Operating activities:

Net cash provided by operating
    activities
Investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Cash paid for purchase of
    businesses, net of cash
    acquired
Cash receipts on sold trade

receivables

Investment in unconsolidated entities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant
    and equipment
Proceeds from property, plant and
    equipment insurance settlement
Intercompany notes issued
Intercompany notes proceeds
Intercompany capital investment
Intercompany return of capital
Other

Net cash (used for) provided by

investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes
Additions to revolving credit facilities
Repayments to revolving credit

facilities
Additions to debt
Repayments of debt
Other financing repayments
Issuances of common stock, net of

related minimum tax withholdings

Purchases of common stock
Cash dividends paid to stockholders
Cash distributions paid to
    noncontrolling interests
Intercompany notes borrowing
Intercompany notes payments
Intercompany capital receipt
Intercompany capital distribution
Intercompany dividends
Other

Net cash used for financing
    activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash,
    cash equivalents and restricted cash
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash
    equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted
    cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted
    cash at end of period

 $

4.1   $

563.4   $

375.8   $

1,016.3   $

(28.4) $

1,931.2 

—    

—    

(1.2)  

(998.7)  

—    

(999.9)

—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    
—    
(2.0)  
—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
(1.4)  
4.5    
—    
82.6    
18.6    

(239.9)  

461.6    
(114.3)  

23.3    

7.9    
—    
—    
—    
—    
27.6    

—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
1.4    
(4.5)  
2.0    
(82.6)  
—    

(239.9)

461.6 
(114.3)

23.3 

7.9 
— 
— 
— 
— 
46.2 

—    

(2.0)  

103.1    

(832.5)  

(83.7)  

(815.1)

—     1,197.3    
—    
—    

—    
—    

—    
2.7    
(0.1)   (1,025.2)  
(106.7)  

—    

—    
—    
—    

26.6    
(195.1)  
(440.9)  

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
(4.0)  

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
(19.9)  

—    
—    

—    
—    
(22.5)  
(8.9)  

—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
702.4    

(572.2)  
852.5    
(985.1)  
(154.3)  

—    
—    
—    

(33.3)  
1.4    
(4.5)  
2.0    
(82.6)  
(28.4)  
31.6    

—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    

—    
(1.4)  
4.5    
(2.0)  
82.6    
28.4    
—    

1,197.3 
702.4 

(572.2)
855.2 
(2,032.9)
(269.9)

26.6 
(195.1)
(440.9)

(33.3)
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
7.7 

(4.1)  

(561.2)  

(31.4)  

(270.5)  

112.1    

(755.1)

—    

—    

—    

—    

—    

(28.2)  

0.2    

447.5    

(114.9)  

—    

43.3    

260.7    

—    

—    

—    

(28.2)

332.8 

304.0 

 $ —   $

0.2   $

490.8   $

145.8   $

—   $

636.8  

120

 
 
    
      
      
    
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
    
 
      
      
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2018 do not include 

non-cash transactions between Parent, Issuer, Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. From 
time to time, we may enter into non-cash transactions for simplicity of execution of intercompany transactions. 
These may include intercompany non-cash capitalizations, intercompany non-cash returns of capital, 
intercompany debt-to-equity conversions or other transactions of a similar nature. The table below summarizes 
these non-cash transactions.

Year Ended September 30, 2018

(In millions)

  Parent

Issuer

Guarantor 
Subsidiaries    

Non-Guarantor 

Subsidiaries    Eliminations    

Consolidated 
Total

Investing activities:

Intercompany notes issued
Intercompany notes proceeds
Intercompany capital investment
Intercompany return of capital

  $
  $
  $
  $

Financing activities:

Intercompany notes borrowing
  $
Intercompany notes payments
  $
Intercompany capital receipt
  $
Intercompany capital distribution   $
Intercompany dividends paid
  $

Note 15. Leases

—   $
—   $
—   $
—   $

—   $
—   $
(755.3)  $
1,356.3   $

—   $
—   $
(335.3)  $
766.0   $

(392.1)  $
83.0   $
—   $
—   $

392.1   $
(83.0)  $
1,090.6   $
(2,122.3)  $

—   $
—   $
—   $
—   $
—   $

—   $
(69.0)  $
—   $
—   $
—   $

392.1   $
(14.0)  $
736.9   $
(1,356.3)  $
—   $

—   $
—   $
353.7   $
(766.0)  $
(285.9)  $

(392.1)  $
83.0   $
(1,090.6)  $
2,122.3   $
285.9   $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
—  

On October 1, 2019, we adopted ASC 842, using the modified retrospective approach and as a result we did 
not  restate  prior  periods  as  discussed  in  “Note  1.  Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies — Leased Assets”. We elected the package of three practical expedients permitted within 
the standard pursuant to which we did not reassess initial direct costs, lease classification or whether our contracts 
contain or are leases. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of ROU assets of $731.1 million (net of 
deferred  rent  and  favorable/unfavorable  lease  liabilities)  with  corresponding  operating  lease  liabilities  of  $783.9 
million.  

Components of Lease Costs

The following table presents certain information related to the lease costs for finance and operating leases (in 

millions):

Operating lease costs
Variable and short-term lease costs
Sublease income
Finance lease cost:

Amortization of lease assets
Interest on lease liabilities

Total lease cost, net

Year Ended
September 30, 2020

201.2 
105.5 
(6.7)

10.5 
7.9 
318.4  

  $

  $

121

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
    
 
       
       
       
       
 
   
     
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
     
      
      
      
      
  
   
     
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information Related to Leases

The table below presents the lease-related assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet (in millions):

Consolidated Balance Sheet Caption

September 30, 2020  

Operating leases:
Operating lease right-of-use asset

  Other assets

Current operating lease liabilities
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Total operating lease liabilities

  Other current liabilities
  Other long-term liabilities

Finance leases:
Property, plant and equipment
Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Current finance lease liabilities
Noncurrent finance lease liabilities
Total finance lease liabilities

  Current portion of debt
  Long-term debt due after one year

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

658.6 

172.7 
545.8 
718.5 

143.2 
(19.1)
124.1 

9.0 
265.8 
274.8  

Our finance lease portfolio includes certain assets that are either fully depreciated or transferred for which the 

lease arrangement requires a one-time principal repayment on the maturity date of the lease obligation.

Lease Term and Discount Rate

Weighted average remaining lease term:

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted average discount rate:

Operating leases
Finance leases

September 30, 2020

5.9 years 
9.0 years 

2.6%
4.0%

Supplemental Cash Flow Information Related to Leases

The table below presents supplemental cash flow information related to leases (in millions):

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows related to operating leases
Operating cash flows related to finance leases
Financing cash flows related to finance leases

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities:

Operating leases

Year Ended
September 30, 2020

  $
  $
  $

  $

204.1 
7.8 
10.1 

124.4  

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Maturity of Lease Liabilities

The  table  below  reconciles  the  undiscounted  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  first  five  years  and  total  of  the 
remaining  years  to  the  operating  lease  liabilities  and  finance  lease  liabilities  recorded  on  the  balance  sheet  (in 
millions):

Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024
Fiscal 2025
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: Interest (1)
Present value of future lease payments

September 30, 2020

Operating 
Leases

    Finance Leases    

Total

  $

  $

188.7    $
151.4     
119.1     
94.1     
63.2     
164.4     
780.9     
(62.4)    
718.5    $

16.3    $
15.3     
13.2     
12.0     
12.0     
288.3     
357.1     
(82.3)    
274.8    $

205.0 
166.7 
132.3 
106.1 
75.2 
452.7 
1,138.0 
(144.7)
993.3  

(1) Calculated using the interest rate for each lease.

As of September 30, 2019, future minimum lease payments under all noncancelable operating leases for the 

succeeding five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2020
Fiscal 2021
Fiscal 2022
Fiscal 2023
Fiscal 2024
Thereafter
Total future minimum lease payments

  $

  $

214.3 
180.1 
136.3 
108.3 
85.3 
206.1 
930.4  

Rental  expense  for  the  years  ended  September 30,  2019  and  2018  was  approximately  $346.7  million  and 
$243.7  million,  respectively,  including  lease  payments  under  cancelable  leases  and  maintenance  charges  on 
transportation equipment.

Note 16. Special Purpose Entities

Pursuant  to  a  sale  of  certain  large-tract  forestlands  in  2007,  a  special  purpose  entity  MWV  Timber  Notes 
Holding, LLC (“MWV TN”) received, and WestRock assumed upon the Combination, an installment note receivable 
in the amount of $398.0 million (“Timber Note”). The Timber Note does not require any principal payments until its 
maturity  in  October  2027  and  bears  interest  at  a  rate  approximating  LIBOR.  In  addition,  the  Timber  Note  is 
supported by a bank-issued irrevocable letter of credit obtained by the buyer of the forestlands. The Timber Note is 
not subject to prepayment in whole or in part prior to maturity. The bank’s credit rating as of October 2020 was 
investment grade.

Using the Timber Note as collateral, MWV TN received $338.3 million in proceeds under a secured financing 
agreement with a bank. Under the terms of the agreement, the liability from this transaction is non-recourse to the 
Company and is payable from the Timber Note proceeds upon its maturity in October 2027. As a result, the Timber 
Note is not available to satisfy any obligations of WestRock. MWV TN can elect to prepay at any time the liability in 
whole or in part, however, given that the Timber Note is not prepayable, MWV TN expects to only repay the liability 
at maturity from the Timber Note proceeds.

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  Timber  Note  and  the  secured  financing  liability  were  fair  valued  on  the  opening  balance  sheet  in 
connection with the Combination. As of September 30, 2020, the Timber Note was $372.4 million and is included 
within  restricted  assets  held  by  special  purpose  entities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  the  secured 
financing liability was $326.2 million and is included within non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose entities 
on the consolidated balance sheet.

Pursuant  to  the  sale  of  MWV’s  remaining  U.S.  forestlands,  which  occurred  on  December 6,  2013,  another 
special  purpose  entity  MWV  Timber  Notes  Holding  Company  II,  LLC  (“MWV  TN  II”)  received,  and  WestRock 
assumed upon the Combination, an installment note receivable in the amount of $860.0 million (the “Installment 
Note”).  The  Installment  Note  does  not  require  any  principal  payments  until  its  maturity  in  December  2023  and 
bears  interest  at  a  fixed  rate  of  5.207%.  However,  at  any  time  during  a  180-day  period  following  receipt  by  the 
borrower of notice from us that we intend to withhold our consent to any amendment or waiver of this Installment 
Note that was requested by the borrower and approved by any eligible assignees, the borrower may prepay the 
Installment  Note  in  whole  but  not  in  part  for  cash  at  100%  of  the  principal,  plus  accrued  but  unpaid  interest, 
breakage, or other similar amount if any. As of September 30, 2020, no event had occurred that would allow for the 
prepayment of the Installment Note. We monitor the credit quality of the borrower and receive quarterly compliance 
certificates. The borrower’s credit rating as of October 2020 was investment grade.

Using  the  Installment  Note  as  collateral,  MWV  TN  II  received  $774.0  million  in  proceeds  under  a  secured 
financing  agreement  with  a  bank.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  liability  from  this  transaction  is  non-
recourse to WestRock and is payable from the Installment Note proceeds upon its maturity in December 2023. As 
a  result,  the  Installment  Note  is  not  available  to  satisfy  any  obligations  of  WestRock.  MWV  TN  II  can  elect  to 
prepay, at any time, the liability in whole or in part, with sufficient notice, but would avail itself of this provision only 
in  the  event  the  Installment  Note  was  prepaid  in  whole  or  in  part.  The  secured  financing  agreement  however 
requires a mandatory repayment, up to the amount of cash received, if the Installment Note is prepaid in whole or 
in part.

The  Installment  Note  and  the  secured  financing  liability  were  fair  valued  on  the  opening  balance  sheet  in 
connection  with  the  Combination.  As  of  September 30,  2020,  the  Installment  Note  was  $895.1  million  and  is 
included  within  restricted  assets  held  by  special  purpose  entities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  the 
secured financing liability was $810.3 million and is included within non-recourse liabilities held by special purpose 
entities on the consolidated balance sheet.

Note 17. Related Party Transactions

We  sell  products  to  affiliated  companies.  Net  sales  to  the  affiliated  companies  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
September 30,  2020,  2019  and  2018  were  approximately  $311.5  million,  $368.4  million  and  $418.8  million, 
respectively. Accounts receivable due from the affiliated companies at September 30, 2020 and 2019 was $23.3 
million  and  $23.0  million,  respectively,  and  was  included  in  accounts  receivable  on  our  consolidated  balance 
sheets.

Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies

Capital Additions

Estimated costs for future purchases of fixed assets that we are obligated to purchase as of September 30, 

2020 total approximately $310 million.

Environmental

Environmental  compliance  requirements  are  a  significant  factor  affecting  our  business.  We  employ 
manufacturing  processes  that  involve  discharges  to  water,  air  emissions,  water  intake  and  waste  handling 
activities. These processes are subject to numerous federal, state, local and international environmental laws and 
regulations,  as  well  as  the  requirements  of  environmental  permits  and  similar  authorizations  issued  by  various 
governmental  authorities.  Complex  and  lengthy  processes  may  be  required  to  obtain  and  renew  approvals, 
permits, and licenses for new, existing or modified facilities. Additionally, the use and handling of various chemicals 
or  hazardous  materials  require  release  prevention  plans  and  emergency  response  procedures.  Our  integrated 

124

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

chemical pulping mills in the U.S. and Brazil are subject to more stringent environmental programs and regulations, 
but all of WestRock’s manufacturing facilities have environmental compliance obligations.

On January 31, 2013, the EPA published Boiler MACT. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia 
Circuit issued a ruling on the consolidated cases challenging Boiler MACT on July 29, 2016 vacating key portions 
of the rule, including emission limits for certain subcategories of solid fuel boilers, and sending it back to the EPA 
for  further  rulemaking.  On  August  24,  2020,  a  proposed  EPA  rule  to  amend  Boiler  MACT  was  published  in  the 
Federal Register in response to issues raised in multiple court decisions concerning the rule. The EPA’s proposal 
would  change  several  numeric  emission  limits  for  new  and  existing  boilers  and  process  heaters,  including  new 
fluidized  bed  boilers  and  existing  coal-fired  boilers  like  those  at  several  WestRock  paper  mills.  Based  on  our 
evaluation of the proposed rule, emissions data and testing, we do not believe that the capital or operating costs for 
us  to  comply  with  the  proposed  Boiler  MACT  limits  will  be  material;  however,  we  are  continuing  to  track  the 
development of the proposed rule and its potential impacts on us. We anticipate we will have up to three years 
after the effective date of the final rule to demonstrate compliance with the new Boiler MACT limits.

In addition to Boiler MACT, we are subject to several other federal, state, local and international environmental 
rules that may impact our business, including other Maximum Achievable Control Technology standards, National 
Ambient Air Quality Standards for nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide, fine particulate matter and ozone for facilities and 
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permitting requirements in the U.S. Legal requirements to review 
and  revise  existing  environmental  regulations  applicable  to  our  business,  as  well  as  litigation  challenging  these 
regulations, could result in more stringent or additional compliance obligations that may require capital investments 
or increase our operating costs.

We are involved in various administrative and other proceedings relating to environmental matters that arise in 
the normal course of business, and we may become involved in similar matters in the future. Although the ultimate 
outcome  of  these  proceedings  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty  and  we  cannot  at  this  time  estimate  any 
reasonably possible losses based on available information, we do not believe that the currently expected outcome 
of  any  environmental  proceedings  and  claims  that  are  pending  or  threatened  against  us  will  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We face potential liability under federal, state, local and international laws as a result of releases, or threatened 
releases, of hazardous substances into the environment from various sites owned and operated by third parties at 
which Company-generated wastes have allegedly been deposited. Generators of hazardous substances sent to 
off-site disposal locations at which environmental problems exist, as well as the owners of those sites and certain 
other classes of persons, are liable for response costs for the investigation and remediation of such sites under 
CERCLA  and  analogous  laws.  While  joint  and  several  liability  is  authorized  under  CERCLA,  liability  is  typically 
shared with other PRPs and costs are commonly allocated according to relative amounts of waste deposited and 
other factors.

In  addition,  certain  of  our  current  or  former  locations  are  being  investigated  or  remediated  under  various 
environmental laws, including CERCLA. Based on information known to us and assumptions, we do not believe 
that the costs of these investigation and remediation projects will have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations,  financial  condition  or  cash  flows.  However,  the  discovery  of  contamination  or  the  imposition  of 
additional  obligations,  including  natural  resources  damages  at  these  or  other  sites  in  the  future,  could  result  in 
additional costs.

We believe that we can assert claims for indemnification pursuant to existing rights we have under purchase 
and other agreements in connection with certain remediation sites. In addition, we believe that we have insurance 
coverage,  subject  to  applicable  deductibles  or  retentions,  policy  limits  and  other  conditions,  for  certain 
environmental matters. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful with respect to any claim 
regarding these insurance or indemnification rights or that, if we are successful, any amounts paid pursuant to the 
insurance or indemnification rights will be sufficient to cover all our costs and expenses. We also cannot predict 
with certainty whether we will be required to perform remediation projects at other locations, and it is possible that 
our  remediation  requirements  and  costs  could  increase  materially  in  the  future  and  exceed  current  reserves.  In 
addition, we cannot currently assess with certainty the impact that future changes in cleanup standards or federal, 
state  or  other  environmental  laws,  regulations  or  enforcement  practices  will  have  on  our  results  of  operations, 
financial condition or cash flows.

125

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

As of September 30, 2020, we had $5.7 million reserved for environmental liabilities on an undiscounted basis, 
of which $3.0 million is included in other long-term liabilities and $2.7 million is included in other current liabilities, 
including amounts accrued in connection with environmental obligations relating to manufacturing facilities that we 
have closed. We believe the liability for these matters was adequately reserved at September 30, 2020.

Climate Change

Some  of  our  paper  mills,  our  most  energy-intensive  manufacturing  facilities,  burn  renewable  biomass  to 
generate more than 60 percent of their energy needs based on overall fuel mix. Most of these facilities also self-
generate  the  steam  and  power  needed  for  their  manufacturing  processes  using  combined  heat  and  power  or 
“cogeneration”  systems.  Our  recycling  operations  help  to  divert  approximately  8  million  tons  of  paper  and 
packaging from landfills where it would otherwise degrade and release greenhouse gases in the form of methane, 
which  has  a  high  global  warming  potential.  Our  fiber  procurement  activities  create  economic  incentives  for 
landowners and family tree farmers to maintain their holdings as working forests that sequester carbon and provide 
many other environmental benefits, including protection for fresh water supplies and habitats for diverse species of 
plants and animals. 

Climate  change  presents  opportunities  for  our  business.  For  example,  the  Company  produces  renewable 
energy  in  abundant  amounts  and  generates  RECs.  An  entity  seeking  to  reduce  its  greenhouse  gas  profile  can 
purchase our RECs and receive the rights to the environmental attributes of the renewable electricity generated by 
our  integrated  Kraft  paper  mills.  The  RECs  we  generate  are  flexible,  market-based  tools  that  support  the 
renewable energy market and advance climate-related sustainability initiatives. Our recycling activities also may 
present the opportunity to generate offsets that could be used to meet climate-related obligations for ourselves or 
others.

Climate change also presents potential risks and uncertainties for us. With respect to physical climate risks, 
our  manufacturing  operations  may  be  impacted  by  weather-related  events  such  as  hurricanes  and  floods, 
potentially  resulting  in  lost  production,  supply  chain  disruptions  and  increased  material  costs.  Unpredictable 
weather patterns also may impact virgin fiber prices, which may fluctuate during prolonged periods of heavy rain or 
drought.  On  the  other  hand,  changes  in  climate  also  could  result  in  more  accommodating  weather  patterns  for 
greater  periods  of  time  in  certain  areas,  which  may  create  favorable  fiber  market  conditions.  We  incorporate  a 
review  of  meteorological  forecast  data  into  its  fiber  procurement  decisions  and  strategies.  To  the  extent  that 
climate-related risks materialize, and we are unprepared for them, we may incur unexpected costs, which could 
have a material effect on our financial results of operations.

Climate  change  may  result  in  regulatory  risks  as  new  laws  and  regulations  aimed  at  mandating  GHG 
reductions come into effect. These rules and regulations could take the form of cap-and-trade, carbon taxes, or 
GHG reductions mandates for utilities that could increase the cost of purchased electricity. New climate rules and 
regulations  also  may  result  in  higher  fossil  fuel  prices  and/or  fuel  efficiency  standards  that  could  increase 
transportation  costs.  Certain  jurisdictions  in  which  we  have  manufacturing  facilities  or  other  investments  have 
already  taken  actions  to  address  climate  change.  In  the  U.S,  the  EPA  has  issued  the  Clean  Air  Act  permitting 
regulations applicable to certain facilities that emit GHG. The EPA also has promulgated a rule requiring certain 
industrial  facilities  that  emit  25,000  metric  tons  or  more  of  carbon  dioxide  equivalent  per  year  to  file  an  annual 
report of their emissions. While we have facilities subject to existing GHG permitting and reporting requirements, 
the impact of these requirements has not been material to date.

In addition to these national efforts, some U.S. states in which we have manufacturing operations, including 
Washington,  New  York  and  Virginia,  are  taking  measures  to  reduce  GHG  emissions,  such  as  requiring  GHG 
emissions  reporting  or  developing  regional  cap-and-trade  programs.  In  addition,  several  of  our  international 
facilities  are  located  in  countries  that  have  already  adopted  GHG  emissions  trading  schemes.  For  example, 
Quebec has become a member of the Western Climate Initiative, which is a collaboration among California and 
certain  Canadian  provinces  that  have  joined  together  to  create  a  cap-and-trade  program  to  reduce  GHG 
emissions. In 2009, Quebec adopted a target of reducing GHG emissions by 20% below 1990 levels by 2020 and 
37.5% from 1990 levels by 2030. In 2011, Quebec issued a final regulation establishing a regional cap-and-trade 
program  that  required  reductions  in  GHG  emissions  from  covered  emitters  as  of  January  1,  2013.  Our  mill  in 
Quebec is subject to these cap-and-trade requirements, although the direct impact of this regulation has not been 
material to date. Other countries in which we conduct business, including China, European Union member states 

126

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and India, have set GHG reduction targets in accordance with the agreement signed in April 2016 among over 170 
countries that established the Paris Agreement, which became effective in November 2016. 

Regulation  related  to  climate  change  continues  to  develop  in  the  areas  of  the  world  where  we  conduct 
business. We have systems in place for tracking the GHG emissions from our energy-intensive facilities, and we 
carefully monitor developments in climate related laws, regulations and policies to assess the potential impact of 
such  developments  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  cash  flows  and  disclosure  obligations. 
Compliance with climate programs may require future expenditures to meet GHG emission reduction obligations in 
future years. These obligations may include carbon taxes, the requirement to purchase of GHG credits, or the need 
to acquire carbon offsets. Also, we may be required to make capital and other investments to displace traditional 
fossil fuels, such as fuel oil and coal, with lower carbon alternatives, such as biomass and natural gas.  

Litigation

We have been named a defendant in asbestos-related personal injury litigation. To date, the costs resulting 
from  the  litigation,  including  settlement  costs,  have  not  been  significant.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  there  were 
approximately 1,200 such lawsuits. We believe that we have substantial insurance coverage, subject to applicable 
deductibles  and  policy  limits,  with  respect  to  asbestos  claims.  We  also  have  valid  defenses  to  these  asbestos-
related  personal  injury  claims  and  intend  to  continue  to  defend  them  vigorously.  Should  the  volume  of  litigation 
grow substantially, it is possible that we could incur significant costs resolving these cases. We do not expect the 
resolution  of  pending  asbestos  litigation  and  proceedings  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of 
operations,  financial  condition  or  cash  flows.  In  any  given  period  or  periods,  however,  it  is  possible  such 
proceedings  or  matters  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  or 
cash flows. At September 30, 2020, we had $15.2 million reserved for these matters.

We are a defendant in a number of other lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. While 
the ultimate results of such suits or other proceedings against us cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the 
resolution  of  these  other  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition or cash flows.

Brazil Tax Liability

We are challenging claims by the Brazil Federal Revenue Department that we are liable for underpayment of 
tax, penalties and interest in relation to a claim that a subsidiary of MeadWestvaco Corporation had reduced its tax 
liability  related  to  the  goodwill  generated  by  the  2002  merger  of  two  of  its  Brazil  subsidiaries. The  matter  has 
proceeded  through  the  Brazil  Administrative  Council  of  Tax  Appeals  (“CARF”)  principally  in  two  proceedings, 
covering tax years 2003 to 2008 and 2009 to 2012. The tax and interest claim relating to tax years 2009 to 2012 
was finalized and is now the subject of an annulment action we filed in the Brazil federal court. CARF notified us of 
its  final  decision  regarding  the  tax,  penalties  and  interest  claims  relating  to  tax  years  2003  to  2008  on  June  3, 
2020. We have filed an annulment action in Brazil federal court with respect to that decision as well. The dispute 
related to penalties for tax years 2009 to 2012 remains before CARF.

We  assert  that  we  have  no  liability  in  these  matters.  The  total  amount  in  dispute  before  CARF  and  in  the 
annulment  actions  relating  to  the  claimed  tax  deficiency  was  R$693  million  ($123  million)  as  of  September  30, 
2020,  including  various  penalties  and  interest.  The  U.S.  dollar  equivalent  has  fluctuated  significantly  due  to 
changes in exchange rates. The amount of our uncertain tax position reserve for this matter, that excludes certain 
penalties,  is  included  in  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  table.  See  “Note  6.  Income  Taxes”.  Resolution  of  the 
uncertain  tax  positions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  cash  flows  and  results  of  operations  or 
materially benefit our results of operations in future periods depending upon their ultimate resolution.

Guarantees

We make certain guarantees in the normal course of conducting our operations, for compliance with certain 
laws and regulations, or in connection with certain business dispositions. The guarantees include items such as 
funding  of  net  losses  in  proportion  to  our  ownership  share  of  certain  joint  ventures,  debt  guarantees  related  to 
certain  unconsolidated  entities  acquired  in  acquisitions,  indemnifications  of  lessors  in  certain  facilities  and 
equipment  operating  leases  for  items  such  as  additional  taxes  being  assessed  due  to  a  change  in  tax  law  and 

127

WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

certain other agreements. We estimate our exposure to these matters could be approximately $50 million. As of 
September 30, 2020, we had recorded $9.6 million for the estimated fair value of these guarantees. We are unable 
to estimate our maximum exposure under operating leases because it is dependent on potential changes in the tax 
laws; however, we believe our exposure related to guarantees would not have a material impact on our results of 
operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Indirect Tax Claim

In March 2017, the Supreme Court of Brazil issued a decision concluding that certain state value added tax 
should not be included in the calculation of federal gross receipts taxes. Subsequently, in fiscal 2019, the Supreme 
Court of Brazil rendered favorable decisions on six of our cases granting us the right to recover certain state value 
added tax. The tax authorities in Brazil have filed a Motion of Clarification with the Supreme Court of Brazil and the 
timing of the decision is unknown at this time. However, based on our preliminary evaluation and the opinion of our 
tax  and  legal  advisors,  we  believe  the  decision  reduced  our  gross  receipts  tax  in  Brazil  prospectively  and 
retrospectively,  and  will  allow  us  to  recover  tax  amounts  collected  by  the  government.  Due  to  the  volume  of 
invoices being reviewed (January 2002 to September 2019), we have recorded the estimated recoveries across 
several periods beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 as we have reviewed the documents and the amount 
has  become  estimable.  In  fiscal  2020,  we  recorded  a  $51.9  million  receivable  for  our  expected  recovery  and 
interest that consisted primarily of a $32.1 million reduction of cost of goods sold and $20.5 million reduction of 
interest expense, net. In fiscal 2019, we recorded a $12.2 million receivable for our expected recovery and interest 
that consisted primarily of cost of goods sold. We are monitoring the status of our remaining cases, and subject to 
the resolution in the courts, we may record additional amounts in future periods.

Note 19. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the 

fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):  

Deferred
(Loss) Income 
on Cash

Flow Hedges    

Defined Benefit
Pension and
Postretirement
Plans

Foreign
Currency
Items

Total (1)

  $

(0.2)   $

(465.9)   $

(229.2)   $

(695.3)

1.1     

(250.7)    

(142.7)    

(392.3)

(0.2)    

18.6     

—     

18.4 

0.9     
0.7    $

(232.1)    
(698.0)   $

(142.7)    
(373.9)
(371.9)   $ (1,069.2)

(9.9)    

5.1     

(214.7)    

(219.5)

3.6     

38.6     

—     

42.2 

(6.3)    
—     
(5.6)   $

43.7     
(73.4)    
(727.7)   $

(214.7)    
—     

(177.3)
(73.4)
(586.6)   $ (1,319.9)

Balance at September 30, 2018
Other comprehensive income (loss) before

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated
    other comprehensive (income) loss
Net current period other comprehensive

income (loss)

Balance at September 30, 2019
Other comprehensive (loss) income before

  $

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated
    other comprehensive loss
Net current period other comprehensive

(loss) income

Reclassification of stranded tax effects
Balance at September 30, 2020

  $

(1) All amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interest.

128

 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  following  table  summarizes  the  reclassifications  out  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  by 

component for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 (in millions):

Amortization of defined benefit pension and
    postretirement items: (1)

Actuarial losses (2)
Prior service costs (2)

Reclassification of stranded tax effects (3)
Subtotal defined benefit plans

Derivative Instruments: (1)

Interest rate swap hedge (loss) gain (4)
Natural gas commodity hedge loss (5)

Subtotal derivative instruments

Years Ended September 30,

2020

2019

  Pre-Tax     Tax

Net of 
Tax

    Pre-Tax     Tax

Net of 
Tax

 $

(47.7)   
(5.0)   
—    
(52.7)   

12.8   $
1.3    
73.4    
87.5    

(34.9)  $
(3.7)   
73.4    
34.8    

(22.7)   
(2.4)   
—    
(25.1)   

5.9   $
0.6    
—    
6.5    

(16.8)
(1.8)
— 
(18.6)

(2.3)   
(2.6)   
(4.9)   

0.6    
0.7    
1.3    

(1.7)   
(1.9)   
(3.6)   

0.3    
—    
0.3    

(0.1)   
—    
(0.1)   

0.2 
— 
0.2 

Total reclassifications for the period

 $

(57.6)  $

88.8   $

31.2   $

(24.8)  $

6.4   $

(18.4)

(1) Amounts in parentheses indicate charges to earnings. Amounts pertaining to noncontrolling interests are excluded.
(2) These  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  components  are  included  in  the  computation  of  net  periodic  pension 

cost. See “Note 5. Retirement Plans” for additional details.

(3) Amount reclassified to retained earnings as a result of the adoption of ASU 2018-02.
(4) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in Interest expense, net.
(5) These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in Cost of goods sold.

A summary of the components of other comprehensive (loss) income, including noncontrolling interest, for the 

years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is as follows (in millions):

Fiscal 2020
Foreign currency translation loss
Deferred loss on cash flow hedges
Reclassification adjustment of net loss on cash flow hedges

included in earnings

Net actuarial gain arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost arising during the period
Amortization of prior service cost
Consolidated other comprehensive loss
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Other comprehensive loss attributable to common
    stockholders

  Pre-Tax
  $

(215.0)   $
(13.3)    

Tax

    Net of Tax  
(215.0)
(10.0)

—    $
3.3     

4.9     
34.6     
48.3     
(26.9)    
5.1     
(162.3)    

(1.3)    
(10.4)    
(12.9)    
7.3     
(1.3)    
(15.3)    

3.6 
24.2 
35.4 
(19.6)
3.8 
(177.6)

0.3     

—     

0.3 

  $

(162.0)   $

(15.3)   $

(177.3)

129

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fiscal 2019
Foreign currency translation loss
Deferred gain on cash flow hedges
Reclassification adjustment of net gain on cash flow hedges

included in earnings

Net actuarial loss arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost arising during the period
Amortization of prior service cost
Consolidated other comprehensive loss
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Other comprehensive loss attributable to common
    stockholders

Fiscal 2018
Foreign currency translation loss
Reclassification adjustment of net loss on cash flow hedges

included in earnings

Net actuarial loss arising during period
Amortization and settlement recognition of net actuarial loss
Prior service cost arising during the period
Amortization of prior service cost
Unrealized gain on available for sale security
Reclassification adjustment of net gain on available for sale
    security included in earnings
Consolidated other comprehensive loss
Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling

interests

Other comprehensive loss attributable to common
    stockholders

  Pre-Tax
  $

(143.4)   $
1.5     

Tax

    Net of Tax  
(143.4)
1.1 

—    $
(0.4)    

(0.3)    
(335.9)    
23.3     
(3.9)    
2.4     
(456.3)    

0.1     
87.4     
(6.1)    
0.6     
(0.6)    
81.0     

(0.2)
(248.5)
17.2 
(3.3)
1.8 
(375.3)

1.5     

(0.1)    

1.4 

  $

(454.8)   $

80.9    $

(373.9)

  Pre-Tax
  $

(234.4)   $

Tax

    Net of Tax  
(234.4)

—    $

0.7     
(29.0)    
20.9     
(7.8)    
0.3     
0.8     

(1.5)    
(250.0)    

(0.2)    
15.9     
(5.9)    
2.3     
(0.1)    
—     

—     
12.0     

0.5 
(13.1)
15.0 
(5.5)
0.2 
0.8 

(1.5)
(238.0)

—     

—     

— 

  $

(250.0)   $

12.0    $

(238.0)

Note 20. Stockholders’ Equity

Capitalization

Our capital stock consists solely of Common Stock. Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote per 
share. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also authorizes preferred stock, of which no shares 
have been issued. The terms and provisions of such shares will be determined by our board of directors upon any 
issuance of such shares in accordance with our certificate of incorporation.

Stock Repurchase Plan

In  July  2015,  our  board  of  directors  authorized  a  repurchase  program  of  up  to  40.0  million  shares  of  our 
Common Stock, representing approximately 15% of our outstanding Common Stock as of July 1, 2015. The shares 
of our Common Stock may be repurchased over an indefinite period of time at the discretion of management. In 
fiscal 2020, we repurchased no shares of our Common Stock. In fiscal 2019, we repurchased approximately 2.1 
million  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  an  aggregate  cost  of  $88.6  million.  In  fiscal  2018,  we  repurchased 
approximately  3.4  million  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  for  an  aggregate  cost  of  $195.1  million.  As  of 
September 30,  2020,  we  had  remaining  authorization  under  the  repurchase  program  authorized  in  July  2015  to 
purchase approximately 19.1 million shares of our Common Stock.

130

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 21. Share-Based Compensation

Share-based Compensation Plans

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 2, 2016, our stockholders approved the WestRock 
Company 2016 Incentive Stock Plan. The 2016 Incentive Stock Plan was amended and restated on February 2, 
2018  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  2016  Incentive  Stock  Plan”).  The  Amended  and  Restated  2016  Incentive 
Stock  Plan  allows  for  the  granting  of  11.7  million  shares  of  options,  restricted  stock,  SARs  and  restricted  stock 
units to certain key employees and directors. As of September 30, 2020, there were 1.2 million shares available to 
be  granted  under  this  plan.  In  addition,  there  were 18.1 million shares  available  for  grant  under  prior  plans 
approved by stockholders and plans assumed upon mergers and acquisitions. We do not expect to make any new 
awards under those plans.

Our results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 include share-based 
compensation expense of $130.3 million, $64.2 million and $66.8 million, respectively. The total income tax benefit 
in  the  results  of  operations  in  connection  with  share-based  compensation  was  $33.2  million,  $16.3  million  and 
$19.4 million, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Cash received from share-based payment arrangements for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 

and 2018 was $32.4 million, $61.5 million and $44.4 million, respectively.

Equity Awards Issued in Connection with Acquisitions

In connection with the KapStone Acquisition, we replaced certain outstanding awards of restricted stock units 
granted under the KapStone long-term incentive plan with WestRock stock options and restricted stock units. No 
additional  shares  will  be  granted  under  the  KapStone  plan.  The  KapStone  equity  awards  were  replaced  with 
awards  with  identical  terms  utilizing  an  approximately  0.83  conversion  factor  as  described  in  the  Merger 
Agreement. The acquisition consideration included approximately $70.8 million related to outstanding KapStone 
equity awards related to service prior to the effective date of the KapStone Acquisition – the balance related to 
service after the effective date are being expensed over the remaining service period of the awards.

As part of the KapStone Acquisition, we issued 2,665,462 options that were valued at a weighted average fair 
value  of  $20.99  per  share  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  weighted  average  significant 
assumptions used were:

Expected term in years
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

2019

3.1 
27.7%
3.0%
4.1%

Stock options granted under our plans generally have an exercise price equal to the closing market price on 
the date of the grant, generally vest in three years, in either one tranche or in approximately one-third increments, 
and have 10-year contractual terms. However, a portion of our grants are subject to earlier expense recognition 
due  to  retirement  eligibility  rules.  Presently,  other  than  circumstances  such  as  death,  disability  and  retirement, 
grants  will  include  a  provision  requiring  both  a  change  of  control  and  termination  of  employment  to  accelerate 
vesting.

At the date of grant, we estimate the fair value of stock options granted using a Black-Scholes option pricing 
model. We use historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations in determining the expected 
term in years for stock options. Expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of our stock. The 
risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of the grant of the stock options. The 
dividend yield is estimated based on our historic annual dividend payments and current expectations for the future. 
Other  than  in  connection  with  replacement  awards  in  connection  with  acquisitions,  we  did  not  grant  any  stock 
options in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The  table  below  summarizes  the  changes  in  all  stock  options  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  September 30, 

2020: 

Outstanding at September 30, 2019
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Outstanding at September 30, 2020
Exercisable at September 30, 2020
Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2020

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)    

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)  

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

33.32     
24.84     
38.21     
26.59     
35.26     
35.27     
35.26     

3.0    $
3.0    $
3.0    $

12.9 
12.9 
12.9  

Stock
Options    
    4,396,177    $
(840,433)    
(93,691)    
(5,756)    
    3,456,297    $
    3,455,580    $
    3,456,297    $

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  the  years  ended  September 30,  2020,  2019  and 

2018 was $11.8 million, $44.5 million and $67.4 million, respectively.

As of September 30, 2020, there was less than $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 
nonvested stock options; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period 
of 0.2 years. We amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

As part of the Combination, we issued SARs to replace outstanding MWV SARs. The SARs were valued using 
the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We measure compensation expense related to the SAR awards at the end 
of each period. We do not expect to issue additional SARs.

The table below summarizes the changes in all SARs during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:

Outstanding at September 30, 2019
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding at September 30, 2020
Exercisable at September 30, 2020

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions) 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  SARs

34,972    $
(15,343)    
(2,647)    
16,982    $
16,982    $

28.41   
27.00   
23.65   
30.42   
30.42   

1.1  $
1.1  $

0.1 
0.1  

The aggregate intrinsic value of SARs exercised during the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

was $0.2 million, zero and $0.5 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock

Restricted  stock  is  typically  granted  annually  to  non-employee  directors  and  certain  of  our  employees.  Our 
non-employee director awards generally vest over a period of up to one year and are treated as issued and carry 
dividend and voting rights until they vest. The vesting provisions for our employee awards may vary from grant to 
grant; however, vesting generally is contingent upon meeting various service and/or performance or market goals 
including, but not limited to, achievement of various financial targets such as Cash Flow Per Share and relative 
Total Shareholder Return (each as defined in the award documents). Subject to the level of performance attained, 
the target award for some of the grants may increase up to 200% of target or decrease to zero depending upon the 
terms  of  the  individual  grant.  The  employee  grants  generally  vest  in  three  years.  Presently,  other  than 

132

 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
   
 
   
    
  
   
    
  
   
    
  
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

circumstances such as death, disability and retirement, the grants generally include a provision requiring both a 
change of control and termination of employment to accelerate vesting. For certain employee grants, the grantee is 
entitled  to  receive  dividend  equivalent  units,  but  will  generally  forfeit  the  restricted  award  and  the  dividend 
equivalents  if  the  employee  separates  from  us  during  the  vesting  period  or  if  the  predetermined  goals  are  not 
accomplished. In fiscal 2020, in connection with the WestRock Pandemic Action Plan we issued restricted stock 
grants to satisfy certain annual bonus incentives. Those awards vested in October 2020 at 105% of target.  

The  table  below  summarizes  the  changes  in  unvested  restricted  stock  during  the  fiscal  year  ended 

September 30, 2020:

Unvested at September 30, 2019 (1)
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested at September 30, 2020 (1)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value

51.94 
31.53 
51.39 
51.27 
38.36  

  Shares/Units  
3,645,538 
4,446,175 

  $

(766,431)    
(709,915)    
  $

6,615,367 

(1) Target awards granted with a performance condition, net of subsequent forfeitures, may be increased up to 200% of the 
target or decreased to zero, subject to the level of performance attained. The awards are reflected in the table at the target 
award  amount  of  100%.  Based  on  current  facts  and  assumptions  we  are  forecasting  the  performance  of  the  aggregate 
outstanding grants to be attained at levels less than target. However, it is possible that the performance attained may vary.

There was approximately $81.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to all unvested restricted 
shares as of September 30, 2020 that will be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of 1.0 
years.

The following table represents a summary of restricted stock shares granted in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 with 
terms defined in the applicable grant letters. The shares are not deemed to be issued and carry voting rights until 
the relevant conditions defined in the award documents have been met, unless otherwise noted.

Shares of restricted stock granted to non-employee directors (1)
Shares of restricted stock granted to employees:

Shares granted for attainment of a performance condition at
    an amount in excess of target (2)
Shares granted with a service condition and a Cash Flow Per
    Share performance condition at target (3)
Shares granted with a service condition and a relative Total
    Shareholder Return market condition at target (3)
Shares granted with a service condition (4)
Shares of restricted stock granted for annual bonus
Share of restricted stock assumed in purchase accounting:

2020

2019

2018

49,236     

39,792     

23,285 

— 

1,149,592 

45,964 

869,065 

652,465 

432,655 

152,595 
889,030     
2,486,249     

407,300 
682,264     
—     

259,695 
354,512 
— 

Shares granted with a service condition (5)

Total restricted stock granted

—     
4,446,175     

742,032     
3,673,445     

— 
1,116,111  

(1) Non-employee director grants generally vest over a period of up to one year and are deemed issued on the grant date and 

have voting and dividend rights.

(2) Shares granted in the table above include shares subsequently issued for the level of performance attained in excess of 
target. Shares issued in fiscal 2020 for the fiscal 2017 Cash Flow Per Share were at 98.8% of target, therefore, the 
remainder of the grant was forfeited. Shares issued in fiscal 2019 for the fiscal 2016 Cash Flow Per Share were at 200% of 
target. Shares issued in fiscal 2018 for the fiscal 2015 Cash Flow Per Share were at 103.7% of target. 

(3) These employee grants vest over approximately three years and have adjustable ranges from 0 - 200% of target subject to 

the level of performance attained in the respective award agreement. The employee grants with a relative Total 

133

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Shareholder Return condition were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation, the terms of which are outlined below.

(4) These shares vest over approximately three to four years.

(5) These shares vest over approximately one to three years.

The  employee  grants  with  a  relative  Total  Shareholder  Return  market  condition  in  fiscal  2020  were  valued 
using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  at  $45.14  per  share.  The  significant  assumptions  used  in  valuing  these  grants 
included: an expected term of 3.0 years, an expected volatility of 27.5% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.3%. We 
amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

The  employee  grants  with  a  relative  Total  Shareholder  Return  market  condition  in  fiscal  2019  were  valued 
using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  at  $42.64  per  share.  The  significant  assumptions  used  in  valuing  these  grants 
included: an expected term of 2.9 years, an expected volatility of 27.2% and a risk-free interest rate of 2.4%. We 
amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

The  employee  grants  with  a  relative  Total  Shareholder  Return  market  condition  in  fiscal  2018  were  valued 
using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  at  $66.28  per  share.  The  significant  assumptions  used  in  valuing  these  grants 
included: an expected term of 2.9 years, an expected volatility of 29.7% and a risk-free interest rate of 2.3%. We 
amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period.

Expense is recognized on restricted stock grants on a straight-line basis over the explicit service period or for 
performance based grants over the explicit service period when we estimate that it is probable the performance 
conditions  will  be  satisfied.  Expense  recognized  on  grants  with  a  performance  condition  that  affects  how  many 
shares are ultimately awarded is based on the number of shares expected to be awarded.

The following table represents a summary of restricted stock vested in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 (in millions, 

except shares):

Shares of restricted stock vested
Aggregate fair value of restricted stock vested

2020
766,431     
29.6    $

2019
2,933,556     
115.2    $

2018
697,717 
46.1  

  $

The  shares  vested  in  fiscal  2020  reflect  the  vesting  of  the  fiscal  2017  grants,  with  a  Cash  Flow  Per  Share 
performance  condition  that  vested  at  98.8%  of  target,  as  well  as  certain  shares  with  a  service  condition.  The 
shares vested in fiscal 2019 reflect the vesting of the fiscal 2016 grants, with a Cash Flow Per Share performance 
condition that vested at 200% of target, as well as certain shares with a performance and/or service condition. The 
shares vested in fiscal 2018 reflect the vesting of the fiscal 2015 grants, with a Cash Flow Per Share performance 
condition that vested at 103.7% of target, as well as certain shares with a performance and/or service condition, 
including those shares assumed upon the Combination. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

At our Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 2, 2016, our stockholders approved the WestRock 
Company Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under the ESPP, shares of Common Stock are reserved for 
purchase by our qualifying employees. The ESPP allowed for the purchase of a total of approximately 2.5 million 
shares of Common Stock. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, employees purchased approximately 0.4 million, 0.4 
million  and  0.2  million  shares,  respectively,  under  the  ESPP.  We  recognized  $2.1  million,  $1.2  million  and  $1.6 
million of expense for fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to the 15% discount on the purchase price 
allowed to employees. As of September 30, 2020, adjusted for the spinoff of our Specialty Chemicals business in 
2016, approximately 1.6 million shares of Common Stock remained available for purchase under the ESPP.

134

 
 
   
   
 
   
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Note 22. Earnings per Share

The restricted stock awards that we grant to non-employee directors are considered participating securities as 
they receive non-forfeitable rights to dividends at the same rate as our Common Stock. As participating securities, 
we  include  these  instruments  in  the  earnings  allocation  in  computing  earnings  per  share  under  the  two-class 
method described in ASC 260, “Earnings per Share.” The following table sets forth the computation of basic and 
diluted earnings per share under the two-class method (in millions, except per share data):

2020

September 30,
2019

2018

Numerator:

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders
Less: Distributed and undistributed income available to
    participating securities
Distributed and undistributed (loss) income available to
    common stockholders

 $

(690.9)  $

862.9   $

1,906.1 

(0.1)   

(0.1)   

(0.2)

 $

(691.0)  $

862.8   $

1,905.9 

Denominator:

Basic weighted average shares outstanding
Effect of dilutive stock options and non-participating securities
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

259.2    
—    
259.2    

256.6    
2.5    
259.1    

255.5 
4.3 
259.8 

Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
    stockholders

Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common
    stockholders

 $

 $

(2.67)  $

3.36   $

7.46 

(2.67)  $

3.33   $

7.34  

Options and restricted stock in the amount of 4.2 million, 1.3 million and 0.2 million common shares in fiscal 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, were not included in computing diluted earnings per share because the effect 
would have been antidilutive. The dilutive impact of the remaining awards outstanding in each year were included 
in the effect of dilutive securities.

Note 23. Financial Results by Quarter (Unaudited)

Fiscal 2020

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Net sales
Gross profit
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawal expense (income)
Restructuring and other costs
Goodwill impairment
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Income tax expense
Consolidated net income (loss)
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to common
    stockholders
Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to common
    stockholders

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

  $

135

(In millions, except per share data)
4,236.3    $
4,471.5 
770.0    $
813.4 
1.0    $
(10.4)
(2.0)   $
— 
9.7    $
56.5 
—    $
1,333.2 
(0.6)   $
(0.4)
(40.0)
(19.2)   $
180.0    $ (1,154.5)
178.5    $ (1,156.0)

4,447.3    $
804.8    $
(5.6)   $
0.9    $
16.4    $
—    $
(0.5)   $
(57.8)   $
148.9    $
148.1    $

4,423.7    $
809.0    $
(1.3)   $
—    $
30.1    $
—    $
—    $
(46.5)   $
139.5    $
138.5    $

0.54    $

0.57    $

0.69    $

(4.45)

0.53    $

0.57    $

0.69    $

(4.45)

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
     
     
  
  
 
  
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
     
  
 
  
     
     
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
WESTROCK COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fiscal 2019

Net sales
Gross profit
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
Multiemployer pension withdrawal income
Land and Development impairments
Restructuring and other costs
(Loss) gain on extinguishment of debt
Income tax expense
Consolidated net income
Net income attributable to common stockholders
Basic earnings per share attributable to common
    stockholders
Diluted earnings per share attributable to common
    stockholders

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

  $

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(In millions, except per share data)
4,690.0    $
988.9    $
6.5    $
(1.7)   $
—    $
17.9    $
(3.2)   $
(77.6)   $
253.8    $
252.6    $

4,620.0    $
899.6    $
—    $
—    $
13.0    $
34.8    $
0.4    $
(47.2)   $
161.9    $
160.4    $

4,327.4    $
781.8    $
(43.8)   $
—    $
—    $
54.4    $
(1.9)   $
(62.7)   $
139.8    $
139.1    $

4,651.6 
1,078.7 
(3.9)
(4.6)
— 
66.6 
(0.4)
(89.3)
312.4 
310.8 

0.55    $

0.63    $

0.98    $

1.21 

0.54    $

0.62    $

0.98    $

1.20  

We computed the interim earnings per common and common equivalent share amounts as if each quarter was 
a discrete period. As a result, the sum of the basic and diluted earnings per share by quarter will not necessarily 
total the annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

Consolidated net income in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was 
increased  by  $33.8  million  pre-tax  for  our  expected  recovery  and  interest  related  to  an  indirect  tax  claim  and 
increased  by  $29.5  million  pre-tax  related  to  Hurricane  Michael  insurance  proceeds  received.  Basic  and  diluted 
earnings  per  share  attributable  to  common  stockholders  were  increased  by  approximately  $0.18  and  $0.17  per 
share, respectively for these items. See “Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies — Indirect Tax Claim” and 
“Note 7. Segment Information” for more information.

Consolidated net income in the third quarter of fiscal 2020 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was 
decreased  by  $31.6  million  pre-tax  for  one-time  COVID-19  recognition  awards  to  our  teammates  who  work  in 
manufacturing operations. Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders were each 
decreased by approximately $0.09 per share.

Consolidated  net  loss  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2020  financial  results  by  quarter  (unaudited)  table  was 
driven by a pre-tax non-cash goodwill impairment of $1,333.2 million, or $1,314.3 million after-tax, in our Consumer 
Packaging  reporting  unit.  The  goodwill  impairment  contributed  a  loss  of  $5.06  per  share  each  to  the  basic  and 
diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders. See “Note 1. Description of Business and Summary 
of Significant Accounting Policies — Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets” for more information.

Consolidated net income in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was 
decreased by $39.8 million pre-tax of direct expenses from Hurricane Michael (net of $20.0 million of insurance 
proceeds)  and  an  estimated  $31.4  million  pre-tax  of  lost  production  and  sales.  Additionally,  consolidated  net 
income in the first quarter was decreased by $24.7 million pre-tax of expense for inventory stepped-up in purchase 
accounting related to the KapStone Acquisition and increased by a $48.5 million pre-tax gain on sale of our Atlanta 
beverage facility. Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders were decreased by 
approximately $0.14 and $0.14 per share, respectively for these items.

Consolidated net income in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 financial results by quarter (unaudited) table was 
increased  by  $63.4  million  pre-tax  related  to  Hurricane  Michael  as  $70.0  million  of  insurance  proceeds  were 
partially  offset  by  $6.6  million  of  direct  expenses.  Basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  attributable  to  common 
stockholders were increased by approximately $0.19 and $0.18 per share, respectively for these items.

136

 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of 
WestRock Company

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  WestRock  Company  (the  Company)  as  of 
September 30, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, 
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2020, and the related notes 
(collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at September 30, 2020 and 
2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 
30, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework),  and  our  report  dated  November  20,  2020 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

As discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting 
for leases in 2020 due to the adoption of ASC 842, Leases.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting 
for revenue from contracts with customers and certain fulfillment costs in 2019 due to the adoption of ASC 606, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express 
an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of 
material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and 
disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial 
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to 
accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, 
subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion 
on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit 
matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which 
they relate.

137

Goodwill  Impairment  Assessment  of  the  North  American  Corrugated  and  Consumer 
Packaging Reporting Units.

Description of 
the Matter

As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment 
at least annually at the reporting unit level. This requires management to estimate the fair value 
of the reporting units with goodwill allocated to them. As of September 30, 2020, the Company’s 
goodwill balances totaled $5,962.2 million, of which $3,533.0 million and $ 2,288.7 million related 
to the North American Corrugated and Consumer Packaging reporting units, respectively. The 
Company  recorded  an  impairment  of  $1,333.2  million  related  to  the  Consumer  Packaging 
reporting unit.

Auditing management’s goodwill impairment tests involved especially subjective judgements due 
to  the  significant  estimation  required  in  determining  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units.  In 
particular,  the  estimates  of  the  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  reporting  units  are  sensitive  to 
assumptions such as the discount rate and expected future net cash flows, including projected 
operating results, long term growth rate, capital expenditures and tax rates, which are affected by 
expectations about future market and economic conditions. 

How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of 
controls  over  the  Company’s  goodwill  impairment  review  process.  For  example,  we  tested 
controls  over  the  estimation  of  the  fair  values  of  the  reporting  units,  including  the  Company’s 
controls  over  the  valuation  models,  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the  valuation  models  and 
development of underlying assumptions used to estimate such fair values of the reporting units. 
We also tested management’s review of the reconciliation of the aggregate estimated fair value 
of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company. 

To test the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units, our audit procedures included, 
among  others,  assessing  the  valuation  methodology  and  the  underlying  data  used  by  the 
Company  in  its  analysis,  including  testing  the  significant  assumptions  discussed  above.  We 
compared  the  significant  assumptions  used  by  management  to  current  industry  and  economic 
trends, changes to the Company’s business model and other relevant factors. We assessed the 
historical  accuracy  of  management’s  assumptions  of  future  expected  net  cash  flows  and 
performed  sensitivity  analyses  of  significant  assumptions  to  evaluate  the  changes  in  the  fair 
values  of  the  reporting  units  that  would  result  from  changes  in  the  assumptions.  We  involved 
valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the valuation methodology and the significant 
assumptions,  including  the  discount  rate  used  in  determining  the  fair  values  of  the  reporting 
units.    We also tested the reconciliation of the aggregate estimated fair value of the reporting 
units to the market capitalization of the Company.

Uncertain Tax Positions 

Description of 
the Matter

As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has unrecognized 
income tax benefits of $206.7 million related to its uncertain tax positions at September 30, 2020. 
The Company uses significant judgment in determining (1) whether a tax position, based solely 
on  its  technical  merits,  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination,  and  (2) 
measuring  the  tax  benefit  as  the  largest  amount  of  benefit  which  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be 
realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company does not record any benefit for the tax positions 
that do not meet the more-likely-than-not initial recognition threshold.

Auditing management’s analysis of its uncertain tax positions and resulting unrecognized income 
tax benefits involved especially subjective and complex judgements because each tax position 
carries unique facts and circumstances that require interpretation of laws, regulations and legal 
rulings, and other factors.

How We 
Addressed the 
Matter in Our 
Audit

We  tested  the  Company’s  controls  that  address  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  relating  to 
uncertain  tax  positions.  For  example,  we  tested  controls  over  management’s  identification  of 
uncertain tax positions and application of the two-step recognition and measurement principles, 

138

including management’s review of the inputs and resulting calculations of unrecognized income 
tax benefits. 

To  test  the  Company’s  measurement  and  recording  of  its  uncertain  tax  positions,  our  audit 
procedures included, among others, inspecting the Company’s analysis and related tax opinions 
to evaluate the assumptions the Company used to develop its uncertain tax positions and related 
unrecognized income tax benefit amounts by jurisdiction. We also tested the completeness and 
accuracy of the underlying data used by the Company to calculate its uncertain tax positions. For 
example,  we  compared  the  recorded  unrecognized  income  tax  benefits  to  similar  positions  in 
prior periods and assessed management’s consideration of current tax controversy and litigation 
trends  in  similar  positions  challenged  by  tax  authorities.  In  addition,  we  involved  tax  subject 
matter resources to evaluate the application of relevant tax laws in the Company’s recognition 
determination.  We  also  evaluated  the  Company’s  income  tax  disclosures  in  relation  to  these 
matters included in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

We have served as the Company’s or its predecessor’s auditor since at least 1975, but we are unable to determine 
the specific year. 

Atlanta, Georgia

November 20, 2020

139

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of 
WestRock Company

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited WestRock Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based 
on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  WestRock 
Company (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
September 30, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of WestRock Company as of September 30, 2020 and 
2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, equity and cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2020, and the related notes and our report dated 
November 20, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and 
for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  in  the  accompanying 
Management’s  Annual  Report  On  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an 
opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting 
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance 
with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan 
and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the 
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

140

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

November 20, 2020

141

WESTROCK COMPANY
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

The management of WestRock Company is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the consolidated 
financial  statements  appearing  in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K.  The  financial  statements  were  prepared  in 
conformity with GAAP appropriate in the circumstances and, accordingly, include certain amounts based on our 
best judgments and estimates. Financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is consistent with that in 
the financial statements.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule 13a-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting is supported 
by a program of internal audits and appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful 
selection and training of qualified personnel and a written code of conduct adopted by our board of directors that is 
applicable  to  all  officers  and  employees  of  our  Company  and subsidiaries,  as  well  as  a  code  of  conduct  that  is 
applicable to all of our directors.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements and even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to 
financial  statement  preparation  and  presentation.  Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future 
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the 
degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 
2020.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 framework). 
The scope of our efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to fiscal 2020 included 
all of our operations. Based on our assessment, management believes that we maintained effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020. Our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm, are appointed by the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Ernst & Young 
LLP has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of WestRock Company, and has issued an 
attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report of the independent 
registered public accounting firm is contained in this Annual Report.

Audit Committee Responsibility

The  Audit  Committee  of  our  board  of  directors,  composed  solely  of  directors  who  are  independent  in 
accordance with the requirements of the NYSE listing standards, the Exchange Act and our Corporate Governance 
Guidelines, meets with the independent auditors, management and internal auditors periodically to discuss internal 
control over financial reporting and auditing and financial reporting matters. The Audit Committee reviews with the 
independent auditors the scope and results of the audit effort. The Audit Committee also meets periodically with 
the  independent  auditors  and  the  chief  internal  auditor  without  management  present  to  ensure  that  the 
independent  auditors  and  the  chief  internal  auditor  have  free  access  to  the  Audit  Committee.  Our  Audit 
Committee’s Report will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with our 2021 annual 
meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

STEVEN C. VOORHEES,
Chief Executive Officer and President

WARD H. DICKSON,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

November 20, 2020

142

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE

There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We  maintain  disclosure  controls  and  other  procedures  that  are  designed  with  the  objective  of  ensuring  the 

following:

•

•

that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange 
Act are recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s 
rules and forms; and

that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  CEO  and  our  Chief  Financial 
Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We have performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls 
and procedures as of September 30, 2020, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, 
including  our  CEO  and  CFO.  Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  CEO  and  CFO  have  concluded  that  our  disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  were  effective  as  of  September 30,  2020,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  we 
record, process, summarize and report the information we must disclose in reports that we file or submit under the 
Exchange  Act  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC's  rules  and  forms  and  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding required disclosure.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls 
and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving 
the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do. Management also noted that the design of any system 
of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and that there can 
be  no  assurance  that  any  such  design  will  succeed  in  achieving  its  stated  goals  under  all  potential  future 
conditions, regardless of how remote. Management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating 
the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The report called for by Item 308(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to Management’s 
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting of WestRock Company, included in Part II, Item 8 of 
this report.

The attestation report called for by Item 308(b) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference to the 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, included in 
Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Management has evaluated, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, changes in our internal controls over 
financial  reporting  during  the  quarter  ended  September 30,  2020.  In  connection  with  that  evaluation,  we  have 
determined that there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection 
with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the 
fourth  quarter  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting. 

143

CEO and CFO Certifications

Our CEO and CFO have filed with the SEC the certifications required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2, respectively, to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, on February 11, 2020, 
our  CEO  certified  to  the  NYSE  that  he  was  not  aware  of  any  violation  by  the  Company  of  the  NYSE  corporate 
governance listing standards as in effect on February 11, 2020. The foregoing certification was unqualified.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

144

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Identification of Executive Officers

The executive officers of the Company are as follows as of November 13, 2020:

Name
Steven C. Voorhees
Patrick E. Lindner
Jeffrey W. Chalovich
James B. Porter III
Ward H. Dickson
Robert B. McIntosh
Vicki L. Lostetter
Julia A. McConnell

Age
66
51
57
69
58
63
61
51

Position Held
Chief Executive Officer and President
Chief Innovation Officer and President Consumer Packaging
Chief Commercial Officer and President Corrugated Packaging
President, Business Development and Latin America
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Chief Human Resources Officer
Chief Accounting Officer

Steven C. Voorhees has served as WestRock’s chief executive officer and president since July 1, 2015. He 
served  as  RockTenn’s  chief  executive  officer  from  November  2013  through  June  30,  2015,  as  RockTenn’s 
president and chief operating officer from January 2013 through October 2013 and as RockTenn’s executive vice 
president  and  chief  financial  officer,  from  September 2000  through  January  2013.  Mr. Voorhees  also  served  as 
RockTenn’s chief administrative officer from July 2008 through January 2013.

Patrick E. Lindner has served as WestRock’s president, consumer packaging since March 2019 and as chief 
innovation officer since October 2019. He previously served as chief operating officer for W.L. Gore & Associates. 
Prior  to  joining  W.L.  Gore  &  Associates,  Mr.  Lindner  served  in  various  leadership  roles  with  E.  I.  Du  Pont  De 
Nemours  and  Company,  including  as  president  –  DuPont  Performance  Materials  and  president  –  DuPont 
Performance Polymers.

Jeffrey W. Chalovich has served as WestRock’s president, corrugated packaging since September 2016 and 
as chief commercial officer since February 2019. He previously served as WestRock’s executive vice president of 
corrugated containers and commercial excellence. He served as Rock-Tenn’s senior vice president and general 
manager of corrugated containers through June 30, 2015. Mr. Chalovich joined RockTenn in connection with its 
acquisition of Southern Container Corp in 2008, where he served in a variety of sales and general management 
roles.

James  B.  Porter  III  has  served  as  WestRock’s  president,  business  development  and  Latin  America  since 
September 2016. He previously served as WestRock’s president, paper solutions since July 1, 2015. He served as 
RockTenn’s  president,  paper  solutions  from  April  2014  through  June  30,  2015,  as  RockTenn’s  president  - 
corrugated packaging from July 2012 to April 2014, as RockTenn’s president - corrugated packaging and recycling 
from May 2011 to July 2012 and as executive vice president of RockTenn’s corrugated packaging business from 
July  2008  until  May  2011.  Mr. Porter  joined  RockTenn  in  connection  with  its  acquisition  of  Southern  Container 
Corp.  in  2008.  Prior  to  his  appointment  as  executive  vice  president  of  RockTenn,  Mr. Porter  served  as  the 
president and chief operating officer of Southern Container from 2004 and as the president of Solvay Paperboard, 
a subsidiary of Southern Container, from 1997 through 2004. Mr. Porter is expected to retire effective December 
31, 2020.

Ward H. Dickson has served as WestRock’s executive vice president and chief financial officer since July 1, 
2015. He served as RockTenn’s executive vice president and chief financial officer from September 2013 through 
June 30, 2015. From November 2011 until September 2013, he served as the senior vice president of finance for 
the  global  sales  and  service  organization  of  Cisco  Systems,  Inc.,  and,  from  July  2009  to  November  2011,  he 
served as the vice president of finance for the global sales and service organization of Cisco. Mr. Dickson served 
as the vice president of finance at Scientific Atlanta, Inc., a division of Cisco, from February 2006 until July 2009. 
Prior to Cisco’s acquisition of Scientific Atlanta, Inc. in February 2006, Mr. Dickson had served as that company’s 
vice president of worldwide financial operations since 2003.

145

Robert B. McIntosh has served as WestRock’s executive vice president, general counsel and secretary since 
July  1,  2015.  He  served  as  RockTenn’s  executive  vice  president,  general  counsel  and  secretary  from  January 
2009  through  June  30,  2015  and  as  RockTenn’s  senior  vice  president,  general  counsel  and  secretary  from 
August 2000 until January 2009. Mr. McIntosh joined RockTenn in 1995 as vice president and general counsel.

Vicki  L.  Lostetter  has  served  as  WestRock’s  chief  human  resources  officer  since  February  2018.  She 
previously served as General Manager, Talent and Organization Capability and General Manager, Global Talent 
Management  with  Microsoft  Incorporated.  Prior  to  joining  Microsoft,  Ms.  Lostetter  served  in  various  leadership 
roles  within  the  human  resources  function  with  Coca-Cola  Enterprises,  Inc.,  The  Coca-Cola  Company  and 
Honeywell, Inc.

Julia A. McConnell has served as WestRock’s chief accounting officer since June 2020. Prior to joining the 
Company,  Ms.  McConnell  worked  for  Carter’s,  Inc.,  where  she  served  as  vice  president,  international  &  supply 
chain  since  2018  and  as  vice  president,  finance  and  corporate  controller  from  2010  to  2019. Prior  to  joining 
Carter’s, Ms. McConnell served as assistant controller for PepsiCo, Inc. from 2004 to 2010.

All of our executive officers are elected annually by, and serve at the discretion of, the board of directors. 

See Part I, Item 1 “Available Information” of this Form 10-K for information about our Code of Ethical Conduct 
for our Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, including that any amendments to, or waiver from, 
any provision of such code required to be disclosed will be posted on our website. The remainder of the information 
required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection with our 2021 annual 
meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection 

with our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection 

with our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection 

with our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be contained in our definitive proxy statement issued in connection 

with our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

146

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

PART IV

The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of  our  company  and  our  consolidated  subsidiaries  and  the 

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  (Loss)  Income  for  the  years  ended  September  2020, 

2019 and 2018

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 

Reporting

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

2. Financial Statement Schedule of WestRock Company.

Page
Reference
59

60
61
62
63
65
137

140
142

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required because this information is provided 

in the financial statements.

3. Exhibits.

See separate Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated herein.

(b) See Item 15(a)(3) and separate Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated herein.

(c) Not applicable.

Item 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number

    2.1

    2.2

    3.1

    3.2

    3.3

    4.1(a)

    4.1(b)

    4.1(c)

    4.1(d)

    4.1(e)

    4.1(f)

    4.1(g)

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Description of Exhibits

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 23, 2017, among WestRock Company, WRK Merger 
Sub  Limited  and  Multi  Packaging  Solutions  International  Limited  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 2.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2017).

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  January  28,  2018,  among  KapStone  Paper  and  Packaging 
Corporation, WestRock Company, Whiskey Holdco, Inc., Whiskey Merger Sub, Inc. and Kola Merger 
Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on January 29, 2018).

Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  WestRock  Company,  effective  as  of 
November 2, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Certificate  of  Correction  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  WestRock 
Company dated November 13, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of WestRock’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed on November 16, 2018).

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  WestRock  Company,  effective  as  of  November  2,  2018 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  of  WestRock’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
November 5, 2018).

Form of Indenture, dated as of July 15, 1982, between The Mead Corporation and Deutsche Bank 
Trust Company Americas (formerly Bankers Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 
2001).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1987, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 1982, 
between  The  Mead  Corporation  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas  (formerly  Bankers 
Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 15, 1989, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 
1982,  between  The  Mead  Corporation  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas  (formerly 
Bankers Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 15, 1991, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 
1982,  between  The  Mead  Corporation  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas  (formerly 
Bankers Trust Company), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.viv of MWV’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 
1982,  between  The  Mead  Corporation,  WestRock  MWV,  LLC  (formerly  MeadWestvaco 
Corporation),  Westvaco  Corporation  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas  (formerly 
Bankers  Trust  Company),  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  MWV’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2002).

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 
1982, between MW Custom Papers, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 
2003).

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 
1982,  between  WestRock  MWV,  LLC  (formerly  MeadWestvaco  Corporation)  and  Deutsche  Bank 
Trust  Company  Americas,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  of  MWV’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2003).

    4.1(h)

Seventh  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  July  1,  2015,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of  July  15, 

148

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    4.1(i)

P 4.2(a)

    4.2(b)

    4.2(c)

    4.2(d)

    4.2(e)

    4.3(a)

    4.3(b)

    4.3(c)

    4.3(d)

    4.3(e)

    4.3(f)

    4.4(a)

1982,  between  WestRock  MWV,  LLC  (formerly  MeadWestvaco  Corporation)  and  Deutsche  Bank 
Trust  Company  Americas,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  of  WestRock’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of July 15, 
1982,  between  MWV  and  Deutsche  Bank  Trust  Company  Americas,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Form of Indenture, dated as of March 1, 1983, between Westvaco Corporation and The Bank of New 
York  (formerly  Irving  Trust  Company),  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2  of 
Westvaco Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on January 24, 1984).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of March 1, 
1983,  by  and  among  Westvaco  Corporation,  WestRock  MWV,  LLC  (formerly  MeadWestvaco 
Corporation),  The  Mead  Corporation  and  The  Bank  of  New  York,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2002).

Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  December  31,  2002,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
March 1, 1983, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank 
of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on January 7, 2003).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of March 1, 1983, 
between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New York 
Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of March 
1, 1983, between MWV and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Indenture,  dated  as  of  February  1,  1993,  between  The  Mead  Corporation  and  The  First  National 
Bank of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.vv of MWV’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the Transition Period ended December 31, 2001).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2002, to the Indenture dated as of February 1, 
1993,  between  The  Mead  Corporation,  WestRock  MWV,  LLC  (formerly  MeadWestvaco 
Corporation), Westvaco Corporation and Bank One Trust Company, NA, as Trustee (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 4.3 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 1, 2002).

Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  December  31,  2002,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
February 1, 1993, between MW Custom Papers, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, NA, as Trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 
2003).

Third  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  December  31,  2002,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
February 1, 1993, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and Bank 
One  Trust  Company,  NA,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.5  of  MWV’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2003).

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of February 1, 
1993, between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New 
York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of February 
1, 1993, between MWV and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.5 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Indenture, dated as of April 2, 2002, by and among WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco 
Corporation), Westvaco Corporation, The Mead Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4(a)  of  MWV’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  April  2, 
2002).

149

    4.4(b)

    4.4(c)

    4.5(a)

    4.5(b)

    4.5(c)

    4.5(d)

    4.5(e)

    4.6(a)

    4.6(b)

    4.6(c)

    4.6(d)

    4.6(e)

    4.7(a)

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of April 2, 2002, 
between WestRock MWV, LLC (formerly MeadWestvaco Corporation) and The Bank of New York 
Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of April 2, 
2002, between MWV and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.6 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as 
defined therein) and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.18 of RockTenn’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on February 8, 2013, File 
No. 333-186552).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 7, 2013, to the Indenture dated as of February 
22, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and HSBC Bank 
USA,  National  Association,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.6(c)  of  WestRock’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  February  21,  2014,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
February  22,  2012,  by  and  among  Rock-Tenn  Company,  the  Guarantors  (as  defined  therein)  and 
HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6(d) of 
WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of February 22, 
2012,  by  and  among  Rock-Tenn  Company,  the  Guarantors  (as  defined  therein)  and  HSBC  Bank 
USA,  National  Association,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of  WestRock’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Fourth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  November  2,  2018,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
February 22, 2012, by and among RKT, the guarantors party thereto and HSBC Bank USA, National 
Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Indenture, dated as of September 11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as 
defined therein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of RockTenn’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).

First  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  November  7,  2013,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
September 11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
4.7(c) of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  February  21,  2014,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
September 11, 2012, by and among Rock-Tenn Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and 
The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
4.7(d) of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of September 11, 
2012,  by  and  among  Rock-Tenn  Company,  the  Guarantors  (as  defined  therein)  and  The  Bank  of 
New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of 
WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Fourth  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of  November  2,  2018,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of 
September 11, 2012, by and among RKT, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York 
Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  WestRock’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Indenture,  dated  August  24,  2017,  by  and  among  WestRock  Company,  WestRock  MWV  LLC, 
WestRock  RKT  Company  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 
24, 2017).

150

    4.7(b)

    4.7(c)

    4.7(d)

    4.8(a)

    4.8(b)

    4.8(c)

    4.8(d)

    4.9

*10.1(a)

*10.1(b)

*10.1(c)

*10.1(d)

*10.2(a)

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 24, 2017, to the Indenture dated as of August 24, 2017, 
by and among WestRock Company, WestRock MWV LLC, WestRock RKT Company and The Bank 
of  New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of 
WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2017).

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 6, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of August 24, 
2017, by and among WestRock Company, WestRock MWV LLC, WestRock RKT Company and The 
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2018).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of August 
24, 2017, among WRKCo, RKT, MWV and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Indenture,  dated  as  of  December  3,  2018,  by  and  among  WRKCo  Inc.,  WestRock  Company, 
WestRock  MWV,  LLC,  WestRock  RKT,  LLC  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust  Company, 
N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on December 3, 2018).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2018, to the Indenture dated as of December 
3, 2018, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, WestRock RKT, 
LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 4.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 3, 2018).

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2019, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock 
Company,  WestRock  MWV,  LLC,  WestRock  RKT,  LLC  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Trust 
Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  WestRock  Company’s 
Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  May  20,  2019).Second  Supplemental  Indenture,  dated  as  of 
May  20,  2019,  to  the  Indenture  dated  as  of  December  3,  2018,  by  and  among  WRKCo  Inc., 
WestRock Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, WestRock RKT, LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon 
Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  trustee  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  of  WestRock’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2019).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 3, 2020, to the Indenture dated as of December 3, 
2018, by and among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, WestRock RKT, LLC 
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.2 of the WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2020).

Description of the Registrant’s Common Stock Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.9  of  WestRock’s  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019).

The Mead Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended through June 24, 1999 (incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  The  Mead  Corporation’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarter ended July 4, 1999).

The  Mead  Corporation  1996  Stock  Option  Plan,  as  amended  February  22,  2001  (incorporated  by 
reference to Appendix 2 of The Mead Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2001 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders filed with the SEC on March 9, 2001).

Amendment to The Mead Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan, effective April 23, 2002 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 
2002).

Amendment  to  The  Mead  Corporation  1996  Stock  Option  Plan,  effective  January  23,  2007 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2007).

WestRock Company Second Amended and Restated Annual Executive Bonus Plan (incorporated by 
reference  to  pages  A-1  to  A-3  of  WestRock’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2018  Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders filed with the SEC on December 19, 2017).

*10.2(b)

WestRock Company Third Amended and Restated Annual Executive Bonus Plan, dated January 31, 
2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 

151

*10.3

*10.4(a)

*10.4(b)

*10.4(c)

*10.4(d)

*10.4(e)

*10.4(f)

*10.5

*10.6(a)

*10.6(b)

*10.6(c)

*10.7(a)

*10.7(b)

*10.7(c)

*10.7(d)

*10.8

the quarter ended March 31, 2019).

Rock-Tenn  Company  Supplemental  Retirement  Savings  Plan,  effective  as  of  May  15,  2003 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of RockTenn’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on 
April 30, 2003, File No. 333-104870).

Rock-Tenn  Company  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of 
RockTenn’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005).

Amendment  Number  1  to  Rock-Tenn  Company  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 
31, 2007).

Amendment  Number  2  to  Rock-Tenn  Company  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 
31, 2008).

Amendment  Number  3  to  Rock-Tenn  Company  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 
31, 2009).

Amendment  Number  4  to  Rock-Tenn  Company  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 
31, 2011).

Amendment  Number  5  to  Rock-Tenn  Company  2004  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 
31, 2011).

MeadWestvaco  Corporation  2005  Performance  Incentive  Plan  effective  April  22,  2005  and  as 
amended  February  26,  2007,  January  1,  2009,  February  28,  2011  and  February  25,  2013 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 25, 
2013).

Amended and Restated Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective as 
of  January  1,  2006  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  RockTenn’s  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2005).

Second Amendment to the Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective 
as of November 16, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2007).

First Amendment to the Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, effective as of 
October 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

MeadWestvaco  Corporation  Deferred  Income  Plan  Restatement,  effective  January  1,  2007 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.25  of  MWV’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2008).

First  Amendment  to  the  MeadWestvaco  Corporation  Deferred  Income  Plan  (2007  Restatement) 
effective  September  1,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7(b)  of  WestRock’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Second Amendment to the MeadWestvaco Corporation Deferred Income Plan (2007 Restatement) 
effective January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(c) of WestRock’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Third  Amendment  to  the  MeadWestvaco  Corporation  Deferred  Income  Plan  (2007  Restatement) 
effective July 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(d) of WestRock’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

MeadWestvaco Corporation Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective January 
1, 2009 except as otherwise provided (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of MWV’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).

152

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.9

*10.10

*10.11

*10.12

*10.13

*10.14

*10.15

*10.16

*10.17

*10.18

*10.19

*10.20(a)

*10.20(b)

10.21

*10.22

*10.23

10.24(a)

MeadWestvaco  Corporation  Retirement  Restoration  Plan,  effective  January  1,  2009,  except  as 
otherwise provided (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended December 31, 2008).

Stock Option Awards in 2009 - Terms and Conditions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of 
MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).

Service  Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Awards  in  2009  -  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 
2009).

Rock-Tenn Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Amended and Restated effective as 
of October 27, 2011(incorporated by reference to  Exhibit 10.2 of RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

Amended and Restated Rock-Tenn Company 2004 Incentive Stock Plan effective as of January 27, 
2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

Stock  Option  Awards  (for  2012)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.43  of  MWV’s  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.46 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2015 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.51 of MWV’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2015).

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2015 Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.50 to MWV’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2015).

WestRock Company 2016 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 30, 2016).

Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated February 2, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 
of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

WestRock  Company  2016  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of 
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

WestRock Company Amended and Restated 2016 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference 
to  pages  B-1  to  B-14  of  WestRock’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2018  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders filed with the SEC on December 19, 2017).

Master  Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement,  dated  October  28,  2013,  by  and  among  MeadWestvaco 
Corporation,  MWV  Community  Development  and  Land  Management,  LLC  and  MWV  Community 
Development, Inc., as sellers, and Plum Creek Timberlands, L.P., Plum Creek Marketing, Inc., Plum 
Creek  Land  Company  and  Highland  Mineral  Resources,  LLC,  as  purchasers,  and  Plum  Creek 
Timber Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of MWV’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on October 29, 2013).

Summary of MeadWestvaco Corporation 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.51 of MWV’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

Amendments  to  Grants  under  the  MeadWestvaco  Corporation  2005  Performance  Incentive  Plan 
Amended  and  Restated  Effective  February  25,  2013  (2005  Performance  Incentive  Plan),  effective 
January 27, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of MWV’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2013).

Sixth Amended and Restated Receivables Sale Agreement, dated July 22, 2016, among WestRock 
Company  of  Texas,  WestRock  Converting  Company,  WestRock  Mill  Company,  LLC,  WestRock  - 
Southern Container, LLC, WestRock California, Inc., WestRock Minnesota Corporation, WestRock 
CP, LLC, WestRock - Solvay, LLC, WestRock - REX, LLC, WestRock - Graphics, Inc., WestRock 
Commercial,  LLC,  WestRock  Packaging,  Inc.,  WestRock  Slatersville  LLC,  WestRock  Consumer 

153

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.24(b)

10.25(a)

10.25(b)

10.25(c)

10.25(d)

  10.26(a)

  10.26(b)

  10.26(c)

  10.26(d)

Packaging  Group,  LLC,  WestRock  Dispensing  Systems,  Inc.,  and  WestRock  Packaging  Systems, 
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended September 30, 2016).

Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 2, 2019, to the Sixth Amended and Restated Receivables Sale 
Agreement, among WestRock Company of Texas, WestRock Converting Company, WestRock Mill 
Company,  LLC,  WestRock  -  Southern  Container,  LLC,  WestRock  California,  Inc.,  WestRock 
Minnesota  Corporation,  WestRock  CP,  LLC,  WestRock  -  Solvay,  LLC,  WestRock  -  REX,  LLC, 
WestRock  -  Graphics,  Inc.,  WestRock  Commercial,  LLC,  WestRock  Packaging,  Inc.,  WestRock 
Slatersville LLC, WestRock Consumer Packaging Group, LLC, WestRock Dispensing Systems, Inc., 
and WestRock Packaging Systems, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019).

Seventh Amended and Restated Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015 among 
Rock-Tenn Financial, Inc., as Borrower, Rock-Tenn Converting Company, as Servicer, the Lenders 
and  Co-Agents 
thereto,  and  Coöperatieve  Centrale  Raiffeisen-
Boerenleenbank  B.A.,  “Rabobank  Nederland”,  New  York  Branch,  as  Administrative  Agent  and  as 
Funding Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

time  party 

from 

time 

to 

Eighth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  July  22,  2016,  among 
WestRock Financial Inc., WestRock Converting Company, the lenders and co-agents from time to 
time party thereto and Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24(b) 
of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2016).

Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as  of  May  2,  2019,  to  the  Eighth  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  and 
Security Agreement among WestRock Financial Inc., WestRock Converting Company, the lenders 
and  co-agents  from  time  to  time  party  thereto  and  Coöperatieve  Rabobank,  U.A  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 
30, 2019).

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 27, 2020, to the Eighth Amended and Restated Credit and 
Security Agreement among WestRock Financial Inc., WestRock Converting Company, the lenders 
and co-agents from time to time party thereto and Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A. (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 
31, 2020).

Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, among the Company, Rock-Tenn Company of Canada 
Holdings  Corp./Compagnie  de  Holdings  RockTenn  du  Canada  Corp.,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the 
Company  from  time  to  time  party  thereto  as  subsidiary  borrowers,  certain  subsidiaries  of  the 
Company from time to time party thereto as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo 
Bank,  National  Association,  as  administrative  agent  and  multicurrency  agent  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015).

Amendment No. 1, dated July 1, 2015, among WestRock Company, WestRock Company of Canada 
Holdings Corp./Compagnie de Holdings WestRock du Canada Corp., the other Credit Parties, the 
Lenders  thereto  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  administrative  agent  and 
multicurrency agent for the Lenders to the Credit Agreement, dated July 1, 2015 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.27.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2016).

Amendment  No.  2,  dated  June  30,  2017,  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated  July  1,  2015,  among 
WestRock  Company,  WestRock  Company  of  Canada  Holdings  Corp./Compagnie  de  Holdings 
WestRock du Canada Corp., the other Credit Parties, the Lenders thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as administrative agent and multicurrency agent for the Lenders (incorporated 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  WestRock’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
June 30, 2017).

Amendment No. 3, dated as of March 7, 2018, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, 
among  WestRock  Company,  WestRock  Company  of  Canada  Holdings  Corp./Compagnie  de 
Holdings  WestRock  du  Canada  Corp.,  WestRock  RKT  Company,  WestRock  MWV,  LLC,  Wells 
Fargo Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

154

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  10.26(e)

  10.26(f)

  10.27(a)

  10.27(b)

  10.27(c)

  10.27(d)

  10.28

  10.29

  10.30

  10.31

@10.32

  10.33

Joinder, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, among 
the  Company,  WRKCo,  WestRock  Company  of  Canada  Holdings  Corp./Compagnie  de  Holdings 
WestRock du Canada Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent 
and multicurrency agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Amendment  No.  4,  dated  as  of  November  21,  2019,  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  1, 
2015, among WRKCo Inc., WestRock Company of Canada Corp./Compagnie WestRock du Canada 
Corp., WRK Luxembourg S.à r.l., the other credit parties, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo 
Bank,  National  Association  as  administrative  agent  and  multicurrency  agent  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2019).

Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  1,  2015,  among  RockTenn  CP,  LLC,  Rock-Tenn  Converting 
Company  and  MeadWestvaco  Virginia  Corporation,  as  borrowers,  as  the  guarantors  from  time  to 
time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and CoBank, ACB, as administrative 
agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 2, 2015).

Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as  of  July  1,  2016,  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  1,  2015, 
among  WestRock  Company,  WestRock  CP,  LLC,  WestRock  Converting  Company,  WestRock 
Virginia Corporation and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.27(b) of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019).

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 7, 2018, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, 
among  WestRock  Company,  WestRock  CP,  LLC,  WestRock  Converting  Company,  WestRock 
Virginia Corporation and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.4 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

Joinder, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2015, by and 
among  the  Company,  WestRock  CP,  LLC,  WestRock  Converting  Company,  WestRock  Virginia 
Corporation and CoBank, ACB, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Credit Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2019, among WestRock Southeast, LLC, as borrower, 
the  guarantors  from  time  to  time  thereunder,  the  lenders  party  thereto  and  CoBank,  ACB,  as 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  WestRock’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed on September 27, 2019).

Fifth Amended and Restated Performance Undertaking, dated as of September 1, 2015, executed 
by  Westrock  RKT  Company,  as  successor-in-interest  to  Rock-Tenn  Company,  and  Westrock 
Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Uncommitted and Revolving Credit Line Agreement, dated February 11, 2016, between The Bank of 
Tokyo-Mitsubishi  UFJ,  Ltd.  and  WestRock  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of 
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

Uncommitted Line of Credit, dated March 4, 2016, between Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York 
Branch and WestRock Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of WestRock’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

Commitment  Agreement,  dated  September  8,  2016,  among  WestRock  Company,  Prudential 
Insurance  Company  of  America  and  State  Street  Bank  and  Trust  Company  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.44  of  WestRock’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
September 30, 2016).

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2017, by and among WestRock Company, as Parent, MWV 
Luxembourg S.à r.l. and WestRock Packaging Systems UK LTD., as Borrowers, the lenders party 
thereto,  Coöperatieve  Rabobank  U.A.,  New  York  Branch,  as  Administrative  Agent,  Coöperatieve 
Rabobank  U.A.,  New  York  Branch,  as  Joint  Lead  Arranger  and  Sole  Bookrunner,  and  Sumitomo 
Mitsui  Banking  Corporation,  TD  Bank,  N.A.,  and  HSBC  Bank  USA,  National  Association  as  Joint 
Lead  Arrangers  and  Co-Syndication  Agents  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of 
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2017).

155

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  10.34(a)

  10.34(b)

  10.34(c)

  10.34(d)

  10.34(e)

  10.35(a)

  10.35(b)

  10.35(c)

  10.36(a)

  10.36(b)

  10.36(c)

Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2017, among WestRock Company, the subsidiaries of 
the Company from time to time party thereto, as borrowers, the subsidiaries of the Company from 
time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo 
Bank,  National  Association,  as  administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of 
WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2017).

Amendment  No.  1,  dated  as  of  March  7,  2018,  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  31, 
2017, among WestRock Company, WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto Amendment (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 29, 2018, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 
2017, among WestRock Company, WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, Wells Fargo 
Bank, National Association, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 
of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2018).

Joinder, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2017, by 
and among the Company, WRKCo and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative 
agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 5, 2018).

Amendment No. 3, dated as of October 25, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 
2017, among WestRock Company, WestRock RKT Company, WestRock MWV, LLC, Wells Fargo 
Bank,  National  Association,  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.34(e) of WestRock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2019).

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2018, among Whiskey Holdco, Inc., as borrower, WestRock 
Company and its subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to 
time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 9, 2018).

Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 26, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 
2018, among WRKCo Inc., the other credit parties from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association and the lenders referred to therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of 
WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019).

Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 21, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 
2018, among WRKCo Inc., the other credit parties, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National  Association  as  administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of 
WestRock's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2019).

Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  April  27,  2018,  among  WestRock  Company,  as  parent,  WRK 
Luxembourg  S.à  r.l.,  WRK  International  Holdings  S.à  r.l.,  Multi  Packaging  Solutions  Limited  and 
WestRock  Packaging  Systems  Germany  GmbH,  as  borrowers,  the  lenders  party  thereto  and 
Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2018).

Joinder, dated as of November 2, 2018, to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 27, 2018, by and 
among  the  Company,  WRKCo  and  Coöperatieve  Rabobank  U.A.,  New  York  Branch,  as 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  of  WestRock’s  Current  Report  on 
Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2018).

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 21, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 27, 
2018,  among  WRKCo  Inc.,  WRK  Luxembourg  S.à  r.l.,  WRK  International  Holdings  S.à.  r.l.,  Multi 
Packaging Solutions Limited, WestRock Packaging Systems Germany GmbH, the other guarantors 
and lenders thereto and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as administrative agent  
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  WestRock's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
November 25, 2019).

  10.37

Form  of  Dealer  Agreement  among  WestRock  Company,  WRKCo  Inc.,  WestRock  RKT,  LLC, 
WestRock  MWV,  LLC  and  the  Dealer  party  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of 
WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 10, 2018).

156

 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.38

*10.39

 *10.40

*10.41(a)

Letter Agreement between MeadWestvaco Corporation, Rock-Tenn Company and John A. Luke, Jr., 
dated June 30, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of WestRock’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2015).

Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  31,  2007,  between  Southern  Container  Corp.  and  Jeffrey  W. 
Chalovich (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on December 16, 2016).

Employment  Agreement,  dated  January  23,  2017,  among  Multi  Packaging  Solutions  International 
Limited,  WestRock  Company  and  Marc  Shore  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  Multi 
Packaging Solutions’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2017).

Employment Agreement by  and  among  RockTenn-Southern Container, LLC (successor-in-interest 
to  Southern  Container  Corp.),  Rock-Tenn  Services  Inc.,  and  James  B.  Porter  III,  dated  as  of 
December 22, 2014, and effective as of January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
RockTenn’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ending December 31, 2014).

*10.41(b)

Executive  Consulting  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  31,  2020,  by  and  between  WestRock 
Company and James B. Porter III.

 *10.42

 *10.43

 *10.44

  21

  23

  31.1

  31.2

#32.1

WestRock Company Executive Severance Plan, dated April 5, 2019 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2019).

Amended and Restated WestRock Company 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, effective as of July 1, 
2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of WestRock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2020).

WestRock Company 2020 Incentive Stock Plan.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Certification Accompanying Periodic Report Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002,  executed  by  Steven  C.  Voorhees,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  President  of  WestRock 
Company.

Certification Accompanying Periodic Report Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002,  executed  by  Ward  H.  Dickson,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of 
WestRock Company.

Certification  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  Adopted  Pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  executed  by  Steven  C.  Voorhees,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
President  of  WestRock  Company,  and  by  Ward  H.  Dickson,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief 
Financial Officer of WestRock Company.

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data 
File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Label Linkbase.

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

104

Cover  Page  Interactive  Data  File  –  the  cover  page  interactive  data  file  does  not  appear  in  the 
Interactive  Data  File  because  its  XBRL  tags  are  embedded  within  the  Inline  XBRL  document 
(included in Exhibit 101).

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

157

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
@    Confidential treatment has been requested for certain portions omitted from this exhibit pursuant to Rule 

24b-2 under the Exchange Act. Confidential portions of this exhibit have been separately filed with the SEC.

P    Paper filing.

#

In accordance with SEC Release No. 33-8238, Exhibit 32.1 is to be treated as “accompanying” this report 

rather than “filed” as part of the report.

158

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: November 20, 2020

  By:

/s/ STEVEN C. VOORHEES
Steven C. Voorhees

Chief Executive Officer and President

  WESTROCK COMPANY

159

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:  

Signature

Title

/s/ STEVEN C. VOORHEES   Chief Executive Officer and President 
  (Principal Executive Officer), Director

Steven C. Voorhees

/s/ WARD H. DICKSON   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
  (Principal Financial Officer)

Ward H. Dickson

/s/ JULIA A. MCCONNELL   Chief Accounting Officer 

Julia A. McConnell

  (Principal Accounting Officer)

Date

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

/s/ JOHN A. LUKE, JR.
John A. Luke, Jr.

  Director, Non-Executive Chairman of the Board

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

November 20, 2020

/s/ COLLEEN F. ARNOLD   Director

Colleen F. Arnold

/s/ TIMOTHY J. BERNLOHR   Director

Timothy J. Bernlohr

/s/ J. POWELL BROWN   Director

J. Powell Brown

/s/ TERRELL K. CREWS   Director

Terrell K. Crews

/s/ RUSSELL M. CURREY   Director

Russell M. Currey

/s/ SUZAN F. HARRISON   Director

Suzan F. Harrison

/s/ GRACIA C. MARTORE   Director

Gracia C. Martore

/s/ JAMES E. NEVELS
James E. Nevels

  Director

/s/ TIMOTHY H. POWERS   Director

Timothy H. Powers

/s/ BETTINA M. WHYTE   Director

Bettina M. Whyte

/s/ ALAN D. WILSON
Alan D. Wilson

  Director

160

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION ACCOMPANYING PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Steven C. Voorhees, Chief Executive Officer and President, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WestRock Company;

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under 
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this 
report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash 
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for 
the registrant and have:

(a) Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a 

significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: November 20, 2020

/s/ Steven C. Voorhees

  Steven C. Voorhees
  Chief Executive Officer and President

A  signed  original  of  this  written  statement  required  by  Section 302,  or  other  document  authenticating, 
acknowledging,  or  otherwise  adopting  the  signature  that  appears  in  typed  form  within  the  electronic 
version of this written statement required by Section 302, has been provided to WestRock Company and 
will be retained by WestRock Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its 
staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION ACCOMPANYING PERIODIC REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Ward H. Dickson, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of WestRock Company;

1.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under 
which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for 
the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented 

in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: November 20, 2020

/s/ Ward H. Dickson

Ward H. Dickson
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302, or other document authenticating, 
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic 
version of this written statement required by Section 302, has been provided to WestRock Company and 
will be retained by WestRock Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its 
staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix A 

Non-GAAP Measures and Reconciliations 

We have included in the 2020 Annual Report financial measures that were not prepared in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Non-GAAP financial measures should be 
viewed  in  addition  to,  and  not  as  an  alternative  for,  our  GAAP  results.  The  non-GAAP  financial  measures  we 
present may differ from similarly captioned measures presented by other companies. 

Below,  we  define  the  non-GAAP  financial  measures  we  use,  discuss  the  reasons  that  we  believe  this 
information is useful to management and may be useful to investors and provide reconciliations of the non-GAAP 
financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

Adjusted Operating Cash Flow and Adjusted Free Cash Flow 

WestRock uses the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted Operating Cash Flow” and “Adjusted Free Cash 
Flow”.  Management  believes  these  measures  provide  WestRock’s  board  of  directors,  investors,  potential 
investors, securities analysts and others with useful information to evaluate WestRock’s performance relative to 
other periods because it excludes certain cash restructuring and other costs, net of tax that management believes 
are not indicative of the ongoing operating results of the business. We believe “Adjusted Free Cash Flow” provides 
even greater comparability across periods by excluding capital expenditures. Set forth below is a reconciliation of 
“Adjusted Operating Cash Flow” and “Adjusted Free Cash Flow” to “Net cash provided by operating activities”, 
the most directly comparable GAAP measure to each of these non-GAAP financial measures for the periods below 
(in millions): 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$  

2,070.7

$  

2,310.2

$  

1,931.2

$  

1,463.8

$  

1,223.3

Plus:  Retrospective accounting policy adoptions

—

—

489.7

436.7

465.1

Fiscal 
2020

Fiscal 
2019

Fiscal 
2018

Fiscal 
2017

Fiscal 
2016

Plus:  Cash Restructuring and other costs, net of

  income tax benefit of $19.4, $29.9, $14.5,

  $36.4 and $70.4

Adjusted Operating Cash Flow

Less: Capital expenditures

Adjusted Free Cash Flow

59.8

2,130.5

102.7

2,412.9

(978.1)

(1,369.1)

41.3

2,462.2

(999.9)

99.5

2,000.0

(778.6)

139.3

1,827.7

(796.7)

$  

1,152.4

$  

1,043.8

$  

1,462.3

$  

1,221.4

$  

1,031.0

Adjusted Segment EBITDA and Adjusted Segment EBITDA Margins 

WestRock  uses  “Adjusted  Segment  EBITDA”  and  “Adjusted  Segment  EBITDA  Margins”,  along  with  other 
factors, to evaluate our segment performance against our peers. Management believes these measures provide 
our board of directors, investors, potential investors, securities analysts and others useful information to evaluate 
WestRock’s performance relative to our peers. “Adjusted Segment EBITDA” on a consolidated basis is reconciled 
below to “Net loss attributable to common stockholders” and at a segment level to “segment income”.  

A- 1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
           
       
       
       
        
       
        
        
       
    
    
    
    
    
      
   
      
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
Set forth below are reconciliations of “Segment EBITDA” and “Adjusted Segment EBITDA” to the most directly 

comparable GAAP measure “Net loss attributable to common stockholders” (in millions): 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

$       

(690.9)

Fiscal
2020

Adjustments: (1)
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Income tax expense
Other income, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Interest expense, net
Restructuring and other costs
Goodwill impariment
Multiemployer pension withdrawal income
Gain on sale of certain closed facilities
Non-allocated expenses
Segment income
Non-allocated expenses
Depreciation and amortization
Segment EBITDA
Adjustments
Adjusted Segment EBITDA

4.8
163.5
(9.5)
1.5
393.5
112.7
1,333.2
(1.1)
(15.6)
70.7
1,362.8
(70.7)
1,487.0
2,779.1
33.1
2,812.2

$      

(1)  Schedule adds back expense or subtracts income for certain financial statement and segment footnote
       items to compute segment income, Segment EBITDA and Adjusted Segment EBITDA.

Set forth below are reconciliations of “Adjusted Segment Sales”, “Adjusted Segment EBITDA” and “Adjusted 
Segment  EBITDA  Margins”  to  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP  measures,  “segment  sales”  and  “segment 
income” (in millions, except percentages). “Segment EBITDA Margin” is calculated for each segment by dividing 
that segment’s “Segment EBITDA” by “segment sales”. “Adjusted Segment EBITDA Margin” is calculated for each 
segment by dividing that segment’s “Adjusted Segment EBITDA” by “Adjusted Segment Sales”. 

Reconciliation for the Year Ended September 30, 2020

Corrugated 
Packaging

Consumer 
Packaging

Land and 
Development

Corporate 
/ Elim.

Consolidated

Segment / Net sales
Less: Trade sales
Adjusted Segment Sales

Segment income
Non-allocated expenses
Depreciation & amortization
     Segment EBITDA
Adjustments
     Adjusted Segment EBITDA

$ 

$ 

11,419.2
(373.5)
11,045.7

$  

$  

6,333.0
-
6,333.0

$          

$          

18.9
-
18.9

$   

$   

(192.3)
-
(192.3)

$   

$   

17,578.8
(373.5)
17,205.3

$   

$    

1,037.7
-
951.4
1,989.1
16.2
2,005.3

323.7
-
529.5
853.2
18.3
871.5

1.4
$            
-
-
1.4
(1.4)
$            
-

$        
-
(70.7)
6.1
(64.6)
-
(64.6)

$     

$     

$     

1,362.8
(70.7)
1,487.0
2,779.1
33.1
2,812.2

$   

$    

Segment EBITDA Margins
Adj. Segment EBITDA Margins 

17.4%
18.2%

13.5%
13.8%

A- 2

 
 
 
              
          
             
              
          
          
       
             
           
            
       
           
       
       
            
 
 
 
  
      
          
             
         
        
           
          
             
       
          
       
      
             
         
       
    
      
             
       
       
         
        
            
         
           
 
Set  forth  below  is  a  reconciliation  of  Packaging  Solutions  Sales  to  the  most  directly  comparable  GAAP 

measure, “Net Sales” on a consolidated basis and by segment for fiscal 2020 (in millions, except percentage): 

Packaging 
Solutions

External 
Paper

Changes in 
Eliminations

Other

Segment / 
Consolidated 
Net Sales

Corrugated Packaging segment
Consumer Packaging segment
Land & Development segment
Eliminations
Total

Percent of sales

$   

8,274.2
4,270.2
-
-

$ 

12,544.4

71%

Forward-looking Guidance 

$   

$         

3,078.5
2,042.2
-
-
5,120.7

$   

$         

66.5
20.6
-
-
87.1

-
$         
-
18.9
(192.3)
(173.4)

$     

$   

$   

11,419.2
6,333.0
18.9
(192.3)
17,578.8

See “Forward-Looking Information” in our annual report on Form 10-K for a discussion of our use of forward-

looking statements. 

In addition to forward looking statements related to fiscal 2020 that were included in our annual report on Form 
10-K, this 2020 Annual Report includes additional forward-looking statements that were not included in our annual 
report on Form 10-K (e.g., that we are well positioned for success over both the short term and long term, that we 
have multiple levers to increase productivity that will help offset anticipated cost inflation and price pressures over 
the next year and beyond, that our strategic capital projects are expected to add more than $125 million of EBITDA 
in both fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022, that we will continue to grow our participation in higher value packaging solutions 
markets  and  reduce  our  participation  in  lower  margin  paper  markets,  that  we  will  invest  in  expanding  our 
commercial, operating and innovation capabilities while building our workplace for the future, that as we execute 
our disciplined capital allocation strategy in the near term we will focus on reducing our leverage and that we expect 
our Adjusted Free Cash Flow to be greater than $1.0 billion for the sixth consecutive year). 

This 2020 Annual Report includes forward looking guidance related to non-GAAP financial measures, such as 
Adjusted Free Cash Flow. We are not providing forward-looking guidance related to GAAP financial measures or 
reconciliations of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measure 
because of the inherent difficulty in predicting the occurrence, the financial impact and the periods in which potential 
non-GAAP  adjustments  may  be  recognized  (e.g.,  acquisition  and  integration-related  expenses,  restructuring 
expenses, asset impairments, litigation settlements, changes to contingent consideration and certain other gains 
or losses). For the same reason, we are unable to address the probable significance of the unavailable information. 
These items are uncertain, depend on various factors, and could have a material impact on GAAP reported results 
for the guidance period. 

A- 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
          
           
       
           
           
            
         
           
           
           
            
      
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION

COMPANY ADDRESS
1000 Abernathy Road N.E.  
Atlanta, GA 30328
770-448-2193

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
First Class/Registered/Certified Mail:
Computershare Investor Services 
P.O. Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233-5000 

Courier Services:
Computershare Investor Services
462 South 4th Street 
Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Investor Relations Department
WestRock Company
1000 Abernathy Road N.E. 
Atlanta, GA 30328
678-291-7900
Fax: 678-291-7903

AUDITORS
Ernst & Young LLP
55 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard
Suite 1000
Atlanta, GA 30308

COMMON STOCK
Our Common Stock trades on the New 
York Stock Exchange under the symbol 
“WRK”.

As of December 4, 2020, there were 
approximately 6,476 stockholders 
of record of our Common Stock. The 
number of stockholders of record 
includes one single stockholder,  
Cede & Co., for all of the shares of 
our Common Stock held by our 
stockholders in individual brokerage 
accounts maintained at banks, brokers 
and institutions.

DIRECT DEPOSIT OF DIVIDENDS
WestRock stockholders may have their 
quarterly cash dividends automatically 
deposited to checking, savings or 
money market accounts through the 
automatic clearing house system. If 
you wish to participate in the program, 
please contact: 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
800-568-3476
www.computershare.com

ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of stockholders 
will be held online at www.
virtualshareholdermeeting.com/
WRK2021 at 9 a.m., Eastern Standard 
Time, Friday, January 29, 2021. Please 
refer to the proxy statement for 
information concerning the meeting.

STOCK PERFORMANCE

The graph below reflects the cumulative stockholder return on the investment of $100 on September 30, 2015, in WestRock Company’s 
Common Stock (assuming the reinvestment of dividends) through September 30, 2020, for WestRock Company’s Common Stock compared 
to the return on the same investment in the S&P 500 Index and our Industry Peer Group and the reinvestment of dividends. Our Industry 
Peer Group consists of public companies that either compete directly in one or more of our product lines or are diversified, international 
manufacturing companies1. ©2020 Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.

Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return2

$200

$150

$100

$50

WestRock Co. 

S&P 500 

Peer Group 

09/2015 

$100 

$100 

$100 

09/2016 

$108.18 

$115.43 

$123.16 

09/2017 

$130.42 

$136.91 

$146.35 

09/2018 

$126.46 

$161.43 

$156.72 

09/2019 

$90.38 

$168.30 

$156.91 

09/2020

$89.41

$193.80

$165.93

1  Peer Group includes: 3M Company, Avery Dennison Corp., Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings, Inc., Freeport McMoRan Inc., The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Honeywell 

International, Inc., International Paper Company, Kimberly-Clark Corporation, LyondellBasell Industries NV, Nucor Corporation, Packaging Corporation of America, PPG Industries Inc., 
Sherwin-Williams Company, United States Steel Corporation and Weyerhaeuser Company.

2  $100 invested on Sept. 30, 2015, in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending September 30.

 
 
2020

ANNUAL 

REPORT

PLEASE RECYCLE

Cover printed on WestRock Tango® 12pt C2S.
westrock.com
©2020 WestRock Company. WESTROCK, WestRock and Design, and the  
WestRock Logo are trademarks owned by WestRock Company. All rights reserved.